6.6.2 Out of band emission
36.521-13GPPEvolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA)Part 1: Conformance testingRadio transmission and receptionRelease 17TSUser Equipment (UE) conformance specification
Out of band emissions are unwanted emissions immediately outside the nominal channel resulting from the modulation process and non-linearity in the transmitter but excluding spurious emissions. This out of band emission limit is specified in terms of a Spectrum Emission Mask and Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio.
6.6.2.1 Spectrum Emission Mask
6.6.2.1.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth.
6.6.2.1.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8 and forward.
6.6.2.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB) starting from the edge of the assigned E-UTRA channel bandwidth. For frequencies greater than (ΔfOOB) as specified in Table 6.6.2.1.3-1 the spurious requirements in clause 6.6.3 are applicable.
The power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.1.3-1 for the specified channel bandwidth.
Table 6.6.2.1.3-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-10 |
-13 |
-15 |
-18 |
-20 |
-21 |
30 kHz |
± 1-2.5 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 2.5-2.8 |
-25 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 2.8-5 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
|
± 5-6 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 6-10 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||
± 10-15 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 15-20 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 20-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.1.
6.6.2.1.4 Test description
6.6.2.1.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
|||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||
Ch BW |
N/A for SEM testing |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
|
FDD |
TDD |
|||
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
|
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
|
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
6 |
6 |
|
3MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
15 |
|
3MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
4 |
|
3MHz |
16QAM |
4 |
4 |
|
3MHz |
16QAM |
15 |
15 |
|
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
25 |
|
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
8 |
|
5MHz |
16QAM |
8 |
8 |
|
5MHz |
16QAM |
25 |
25 |
|
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
50 |
|
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
12 |
|
10MHz |
16QAM |
12 |
12 |
|
10MHz |
16QAM |
50 (Note 4) |
50 (Note 4) |
|
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
75 |
|
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
16 |
|
15MHz |
16QAM |
16 |
16 |
|
15MHz |
16QAM |
75 (Note 4) |
75 (Note 4) |
|
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
100 |
|
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
18 |
|
20MHz |
16QAM |
18 |
18 |
|
20MHz |
16QAM |
100 (Note 4) |
100 (Note 4) |
|
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The allowed MPR for maximum output power UE might apply is described in clause 6.2.3.3. Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (max+1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 4: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2 |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1.4.3.
6.6.2.1.4.2 Test procedure
SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3.5-1 for Power Class 3 UEs or in 6.2.3_1.5-1 for HPUE (Power Class 1 or Power Class 2 UEs). The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
4. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1.5-1 or 6.6.2.1.5-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6.6.2.1.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.
6.6.2.1.5 Test requirements
The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3.5-1 as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1.5-1 or Table.6.6.2.1.5-2, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.1.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.1.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
-18.2 |
-19.2 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.1_1 Spectrum Emission Mask for Multi-Cluster PUSCH
6.6.2.1_1.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified level for the specified channel bandwidth for Multi-Cluster PUSCH transmission.
6.6.2.1_1.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support multi cluster PUSCH within a component carrier for the tested band.
6.6.2.1_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB) starting from the edge of the assigned E-UTRA channel bandwidth. For frequencies greater than (ΔfOOB) as specified in Table 6.6.2.1_1.3-1 the spurious requirements in clause 6.6.3 are applicable.
The power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.1_1.3-1 for the specified channel bandwidth.
Table 6.6.2.1_1.3-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-10 |
-13 |
-15 |
-18 |
-20 |
-21 |
30 kHz |
± 1-2.5 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 2.5-2.8 |
-25 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 2.8-5 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
|
± 5-6 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 6-10 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||
± 10-15 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 15-20 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 20-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.1.
6.6.2.1_1.4 Test description
6.6.2.1_1.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.1_1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.1_1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
|||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
Normal |
||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
||||
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Highest |
||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
|||||
Configuration ID |
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||
Ch BW |
N/A for SEM testing |
Mod’n |
Cluster1 RB allocations (LCRB @ RBstart) |
Cluster2 RB allocations (LCRB @ RBstart) |
|
1 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
2@0 |
1@24 |
|
2 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
18@0 |
2@22 |
|
3 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
2@0 |
18@6 |
|
4 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
3@0 |
2@48 |
|
5 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
42@0 |
3@45 |
|
6 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
3@0 |
42@6 |
|
7 |
15MHz |
16QAM |
8@0 |
7@68 |
|
8 |
15MHz |
16QAM |
60@0 |
4@68 |
|
9 |
15MHz |
16QAM |
4@0 |
60@12 |
|
10 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
4@0 |
4@96 |
|
11 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
92@0 |
4@96 |
|
12 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
4@0 |
92@8 |
|
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1_1.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1.4.3.
6.6.2.1_1.4.2 Test procedure
1. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1_1.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3_2.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
4. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1_1.5-1 or 6.6.2.1_1.5-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6.6.2.1_1.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.
6.6.2.1_1.5 Test requirements
The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3_2.5-1 as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.1_1.5-1 or Table 6.6.2.1_1.5-2, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.1_1.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.1_1.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
-18.2 |
-19.2 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.1A Spectrum emission mask for CA
6.6.2.1A.0 Minimum conformance requirements
For inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per operating band and the uplink active in two E-UTRA bands, the spectrum emission mask of the UE is defined per component carrier while both component carriers are active and the requirements are specified in subclauses 6.6.2.1.3 and 6.6.2.2.3. If for some frequency spectrum emission masks of component carriers overlap then spectrum emission mask allowing higher power spectral density applies for that frequency. If for some frequency a component carrier spectrum emission mask overlaps with the channel bandwidth of another component carrier, then the emission mask does not apply for that frequency.
For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB) starting from the ± edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth (Table 5.4.2A-1) For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the bandwidth class B and C, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.1A.0-1 and Table 6.6.2.1A.0-2 for the specified channel bandwidth.
Table 6.6.2.1A.0-1: General E-UTRA CA spectrum emission mask for Bandwidth Class B
Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA |
|||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
25RB+25RB (9.8MHz) |
25RB+50RB (14.95 MHz) |
25RB+75RB (19.8MHz) |
50RB+50RB (19.9 MHz) |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-18 |
-20 |
-21 |
-21 |
30 kHz |
± 1-5 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 5-9.8 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 9.8-14.8 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 14.8-14.95 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 14.95-19.80 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 19.80-19.90 |
-25 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 19.90-19.95 |
-25 |
-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
|
± 19.95-24.80 |
-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
||
± 24.80-24.90 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
Table 6.6.2.1A.0-2: General E-UTRA CA spectrum emission mask for Bandwidth Class C
Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
25RB+100RB (24.95MHz) |
50RB+75RB (24.75 MHz) |
50RB+100RB (29.9 MHz) |
75RB+75RB (30 MHz) |
75RB+100RB (34.85 MHz) |
100RB+100RB (39.8 MHz) |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-22 |
-22 |
-22.5 |
-22.5 |
-23.5 |
-24 |
30 kHz |
± 1-5 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 5-24.75 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 24.75-24.95 |
-13 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 24.95-29.75 |
-25 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 29.75-29.9 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 29.9-29.95 |
-25 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 29.95-30 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||
± 30-34.85 |
-25 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||
± 34.85-34.9 |
-25 |
-25 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||
± 34.9-35 |
-25 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 35-39.8 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 39.8-39.85 |
-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 39.85-44.8 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation transmission the spectrum emission mask requirement is defined as a composite spectrum emissions mask. Composite spectrum emission mask applies to frequencies up to ± ΔfOOB starting from the edges of the sub-blocks. Composite spectrum emission mask is defined as follows:
a) Composite spectrum emission mask is a combination of individual sub-block spectrum emissions masks
b) In case the sub-block consist of one component carrier the sub-lock general spectrum emission mask is defined in subclause 6.6.2.1.3
c) If for some frequency sub-block spectrum emission masks overlap then spectrum emission mask allowing higher power spectral density applies for that frequency
d) If for some frequency a sub-block spectrum emission mask overlaps with the sub-block bandwidth of another sub-block, then the emission mask does not apply for that frequency.
For combinations of intra-band and inter-band carrier aggregation with three uplink component carriers (up to two contiguously aggregated carriers per band), the spectrum emission mask of the UE is defined per E-UTRA band while all component carriers are active. For the E-UTRA band supporting one component carrier the requirements in subclauses 6.6.2.1.3 and 6.6.2.2.3 apply. For the E-UTRA band supporting two contiguous component carriers the requirements specified in subclause 6.6.2.1A.0 apply. If for some frequency spectrum emission masks of single component carrier and two contiguous component carriers overlap then spectrum emission mask allowing higher power spectral density applies for that frequency. If for some frequency spectrum emission masks of single component carrier or two contiguous component carriers overlap then the emission mask does not apply for that frequency.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.1A.
6.6.2.1A.1 Spectrum emission mask for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA)
6.6.2.1A.1.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth for CA.
6.6.2.1A.1.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA.
6.6.2.1A.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.0.
6.6.2.1A.1.4 Test description
6.6.2.1A.1.4.1 Initial condition
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.1A.1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.1A.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
|||||||||
Test Environment as specified in |
NC |
||||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in |
Low and High range |
||||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest NRB_agg (Note 2) |
||||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||||
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC |
UL Allocation |
||||||
ID |
PCC |
SCCs |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
NRB_alloc |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||||
1 |
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
2 |
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
3 |
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
50 |
P_25@0 |
S_25@0 |
– |
– |
|
4 |
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
5 |
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
6 |
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
50 |
P_25@0 |
S_25@0 |
– |
– |
|
7 |
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@24 |
– |
– |
|
8 |
50 |
25 |
QPSK |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
9 |
50 |
25 |
QPSK |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
10 |
50 |
25 |
QPSK |
75 |
P_50@0 |
S_25@0 |
– |
– |
|
11 |
50 |
25 |
16QAM |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
12 |
50 |
25 |
16QAM |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
13 |
50 |
25 |
16QAM |
75 |
P_50@0 |
S_25@0 |
– |
– |
|
14 |
50 |
25 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@24 |
– |
– |
|
15 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
12 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
16 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
50 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
17 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
100 |
P_50@0 |
S_50@0 |
– |
– |
|
18 |
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
12 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
19 |
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
50 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
20 |
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
100 |
P_50@0 |
S_50@0 |
– |
– |
|
21 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@49 |
– |
– |
|
22 |
75 |
25 |
QPSK |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
23 |
75 |
25 |
QPSK |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
24 |
75 |
25 |
QPSK |
100 |
P_75@0 |
S_25@0 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
75 |
25 |
16QAM |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
26 |
75 |
25 |
16QAM |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
27 |
75 |
25 |
16QAM |
100 |
P_75@0 |
S_25@0 |
– |
– |
|
28 |
75 |
25 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@24 |
– |
– |
|
29 |
75 |
50 |
QPSK |
12 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
30 |
75 |
50 |
QPSK |
50 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
31 |
75 |
50 |
QPSK |
125 |
P_75@0 |
S_50@0 |
– |
– |
|
32 |
75 |
50 |
16QAM |
12 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
33 |
75 |
50 |
16QAM |
50 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
34 |
75 |
50 |
16QAM |
125 |
P_75@0 |
S_50@0 |
– |
– |
|
35 |
75 |
50 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@49 |
– |
– |
|
36 |
75 |
75 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
16 |
P_16@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
37 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
75 |
P_75@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
38 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
150 |
P_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
– |
– |
|
39 |
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
16 |
P_16@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
40 |
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
75 |
P_75@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
41 |
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
150 |
P_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
– |
– |
|
42 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@74 |
– |
– |
|
43 |
100 |
25 |
QPSK |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
44 |
100 |
25 |
QPSK |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
45 |
100 |
25 |
QPSK |
125 |
P_100@0 |
S_25@0 |
– |
– |
|
46 |
100 |
25 |
16QAM |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
47 |
100 |
25 |
16QAM |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
48 |
100 |
25 |
16QAM |
125 |
P_100@0 |
S_25@0 |
– |
– |
|
49 |
100 |
25 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@24 |
– |
– |
|
50 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
12 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
51 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
50 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
52 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
150 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
– |
– |
|
53 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
12 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
54 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
50 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
55 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
150 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
– |
– |
|
56 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@49 |
– |
– |
|
57 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
16 |
P_16@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
58 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
75 |
P_75@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
59 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
175 |
P_100@0 |
S_75@0 |
– |
– |
|
60 |
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
16 |
P_16@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
61 |
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
75 |
P_75@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
62 |
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
175 |
P_100@0 |
S_75@0 |
– |
– |
|
63 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@74 |
– |
– |
|
64 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
18 |
P_18@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
65 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
100 |
P_100@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
66 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
200 |
P_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
– |
– |
|
67 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
18 |
P_18@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
68 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
100 |
P_100@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
69 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
200 |
P_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
– |
– |
|
70 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@99 |
– |
– |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1A.1.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.1.4.3.
6.6.2.1A.1.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.1.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
5. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers in the CA configuration of the radio access mode, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
7. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1A.1.5-1 or 6.6.2.1A.1.5-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6.6.2.1A.1.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.
6.6.2.1A.1.5 Test Requirements
The measured UE mean power with the aggregated channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1 as appropriate,
and
the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1A.1.5-1 or Table.6.6.2.1A.1.5-2 for Bandwidth Class C and Table.6.6.2.1A.1.5-3 or Table.6.6.2.1A.1.5-4 for Bandwidth Class B, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.1A.1.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class C, E-UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
25RB+100RB (24.95MHz) |
50RB+75RB (24.75 MHz) |
50RB+100RB (29.9 MHz) |
75RB+75RB (30 MHz) |
75RB+100RB (34.85 MHz) |
100RB+100RB (39.8 MHz) |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-20.5 |
-20.5 |
-21 |
-21 |
-22 |
-22.5 |
30 kHz |
± 1-5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
1 MHz |
± 5-24.75 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
± 24.75-24.95 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 24.95-29.75 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 29.75-29.9 |
1 MHz |
||||||
± 29.9-29.95 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 29.95-30 |
1 MHz |
||||||
± 30-34.85 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 34.85-34.9 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 34.9-35 |
1 MHz |
||||||
± 35-39.8 |
1 MHz |
||||||
± 39.8-39.85 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 39.85-44.8 |
1 MHz |
||||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth and below the lower edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth. |
Table 6.6.2.1A.1.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class C, 3GHz < E-UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
25RB+100RB (24.95MHz) |
50RB+75RB (24.75 MHz) |
50RB+100RB (29.9 MHz) |
75RB+75RB (30 MHz) |
75RB+100RB (34.85 MHz) |
100RB+100RB (39.8 MHz) |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-20.2 |
-20.2 |
-20.7 |
-20.7 |
-21.7 |
-22.2 |
30 kHz |
± 1-5 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
1 MHz |
± 5-24.75 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
± 24.75-24.95 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 24.95-29.75 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 29.75-29.9 |
1 MHz |
||||||
± 29.9-29.95 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 29.95-30 |
1 MHz |
||||||
± 30-34.85 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 34.85-34.9 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 34.9-35 |
1 MHz |
||||||
± 35-39.8 |
1 MHz |
||||||
± 39.8-39.85 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 39.85-44.8 |
1 MHz |
||||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth and below the lower edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth. |
Table 6.6.2.1A.1.5-3: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class B, E-UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA |
|||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
25RB+25RB (9.8MHz) |
25RB+50RB (14.95 MHz) |
25RB+75RB (19.8MHz) |
50RB+50RB (19.9 MHz) |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
± 1-5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
1 MHz |
± 5-9.8 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
± 9.8-14.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 14.8-14.95 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 14.95-19.80 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 19.80-19.90 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 19.90-19.95 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 19.95-24.80 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 24.80-24.90 |
1 MHz |
||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth and below the lower edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth. |
Table 6.6.2.1A.1.5-4: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class B, 3GHz < E-UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA |
|||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
25RB+25RB (9.8MHz) |
25RB+50RB (14.95 MHz) |
25RB+75RB (19.8MHz) |
50RB+50RB (19.9 MHz) |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-16.2 |
-18.2 |
-19.2 |
-19.2 |
30 kHz |
± 1-5 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
1 MHz |
± 5-9.8 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
± 9.8-14.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 14.8-14.95 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 14.95-19.80 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 19.80-19.90 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 19.90-19.95 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 19.95-24.80 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 24.80-24.90 |
1 MHz |
||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth and below the lower edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth. |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.1A.2 Spectrum emission mask for CA (inter-band DL CA and UL CA)
6.6.2.1A.2.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth for CA.
6.6.2.1A.2.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support inter-band DL CA and UL CA.
6.6.2.1A.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.0.
6.6.2.1A.2.4 Test description
6.6.2.1A.2.4.1 Initial condition
Same as in clause 6.6.2.1A.1.4.1 with the following exceptions:
– Instead of Table 5.4.2A.1-1🡪 use Table 5.4.2A.1-2 for CA configurations with two bands or Table 5.4.2A.1-2a for CA configurations with three bands.
– Instead of Table 6.6.2.1A.1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.6.2.1A.2.4.1-1.
– Instead of clause 6.6.2.1A.1.4.3 use clause 6.6.2.1A.2.4.3.
Table 6.6.2.1A.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
||||||||
Test Environment as specified in |
NC |
|||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes. |
Low range for PCC and SCC High range for PCC and SCC |
|||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest NRB_agg Highest NRB_agg (Note 2) |
|||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
||||||||
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC |
UL Allocation |
|||||
PCC |
SCCs |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
NRB_alloc |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||||
6 |
25 |
N/Afor this test |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
– |
6 |
25 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@5 |
S_1@24 |
– |
– |
|
6 |
25 |
QPSK |
13 |
P_5@0 |
S_8@0 |
– |
– |
|
6 |
25 |
QPSK |
13 |
P_5@1 |
S_8@17 |
– |
– |
|
6 |
25 |
16QAM |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
|||
6 |
25 |
16QAM |
2 |
P_1@5 |
S_1@24 |
|||
6 |
25 |
16QAM |
13 |
P_5@0 |
S_8@0 |
|||
6 |
25 |
16QAM |
13 |
P_5@1 |
S_8@17 |
|||
6 |
50 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
– |
|
6 |
50 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@5 |
S_1@49 |
– |
– |
|
6 |
50 |
QPSK |
17 |
P_5@0 |
S_12@0 |
– |
– |
|
6 |
50 |
QPSK |
17 |
P_5@1 |
S_12@38 |
– |
– |
|
6 |
50 |
16QAM |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
– |
|
6 |
50 |
16QAM |
2 |
P_1@5 |
S_1@49 |
– |
– |
|
6 |
50 |
16QAM |
17 |
P_5@0 |
S_12@0 |
– |
– |
|
6 |
50 |
16QAM |
17 |
P_5@1 |
S_12@38 |
– |
– |
|
15 |
25 |
QPSK |
2 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
|||
15 |
25 |
QPSK |
2 |
S_1@14 |
S_1@24 |
|||
15 |
25 |
QPSK |
12 |
S_4@0 |
S_8@0 |
|||
15 |
25 |
QPSK |
12 |
S_4@11 |
S_8@17 |
|||
15 |
25 |
16QAM |
2 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
|||
15 |
25 |
16QAM |
2 |
S_1@14 |
S_1@24 |
|||
15 |
25 |
16QAM |
12 |
S_4@0 |
S_8@0 |
|||
15 |
25 |
16QAM |
12 |
S_4@11 |
S_8@17 |
|||
25 |
6 |
QPSK |
2 |
S_1@0 |
P_1@0 |
|||
25 |
6 |
QPSK |
2 |
S_1@24 |
P_1@5 |
|||
25 |
6 |
QPSK |
13 |
S_8@0 |
P_5@0 |
|||
25 |
6 |
QPSK |
13 |
S_8@17 |
P_5@1 |
|||
25 |
6 |
16QAM |
2 |
S_1@0 |
P_1@0 |
|||
25 |
6 |
16QAM |
2 |
S_1@24 |
P_1@5 |
|||
25 |
6 |
16QAM |
13 |
S_8@0 |
P_5@0 |
|||
25 |
6 |
16QAM |
13 |
S_8@17 |
P_5@1 |
|||
25 |
15 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
15 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@24 |
S_1@14 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
15 |
QPSK |
12 |
P_8@0 |
S_4@0 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
15 |
QPSK |
12 |
P_8@17 |
S_4@11 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
15 |
16QAM |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
15 |
16QAM |
2 |
P_1@24 |
S_1@14 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
15 |
16QAM |
12 |
P_8@0 |
S_4@0 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
15 |
16QAM |
12 |
P_8@17 |
S_4@11 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@24 |
S_1@24 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
16 |
P_8@0 |
S_8@0 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
16 |
P_8@17 |
S_8@17 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
2 |
P_1@24 |
S_1@24 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
16 |
P_8@0 |
S_8@0 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
16 |
P_8@17 |
S_8@17 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
50 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
50 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@24 |
S_1@49 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
50 |
QPSK |
20 |
P_8@0 |
S_12@0 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
50 |
QPSK |
20 |
P_8@17 |
S_12@38 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
50 |
16QAM |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
50 |
16QAM |
2 |
P_1@24 |
S_1@49 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
50 |
16QAM |
20 |
P_8@0 |
S_12@0 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
50 |
16QAM |
20 |
P_8@17 |
S_12@38 |
– |
– |
|
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
– |
|
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@49 |
S_1@49 |
– |
– |
|
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
24 |
P_12@0 |
S_12@0 |
– |
– |
|
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
24 |
P_12@38 |
S_12@38 |
– |
– |
|
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
– |
|
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
2 |
P_1@49 |
S_1@49 |
– |
– |
|
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
24 |
P_12@0 |
S_12@0 |
– |
– |
|
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
24 |
P_12@38 |
S_12@38 |
– |
– |
|
50 |
100 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
– |
|
50 |
100 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@49 |
S_1@99 |
– |
– |
|
50 |
100 |
QPSK |
30 |
P_12@0 |
S_18@0 |
– |
– |
|
50 |
100 |
QPSK |
30 |
P_12@38 |
S_18@82 |
– |
– |
|
50 |
100 |
16QAM |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
– |
|
50 |
100 |
16QAM |
2 |
P_1@49 |
S_1@99 |
– |
– |
|
50 |
100 |
16QAM |
30 |
P_12@0 |
S_18@0 |
– |
– |
|
50 |
100 |
16QAM |
30 |
P_12@38 |
S_18@82 |
– |
– |
|
75 |
25 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
– |
|
75 |
25 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@74 |
S_1@24 |
– |
– |
|
75 |
25 |
QPSK |
24 |
P_16@0 |
S_8@0 |
– |
– |
|
75 |
25 |
QPSK |
24 |
P_16@59 |
S_8@17 |
– |
– |
|
75 |
25 |
16QAM |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
– |
|
75 |
25 |
16QAM |
2 |
P_1@74 |
S_1@24 |
– |
– |
|
75 |
25 |
16QAM |
24 |
P_16@0 |
S_8@0 |
– |
– |
|
75 |
25 |
16QAM |
24 |
P_16@59 |
S_8@17 |
– |
– |
|
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
– |
|
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@74 |
S_1@74 |
– |
– |
|
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
32 |
P_16@0 |
S_16@0 |
– |
– |
|
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
32 |
P_16@59 |
S_16@59 |
– |
– |
|
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
– |
|
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
2 |
P_1@74 |
S_1@74 |
– |
– |
|
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
32 |
P_16@0 |
S_16@0 |
– |
– |
|
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
32 |
P_16@59 |
S_16@59 |
– |
– |
|
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
|||
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@99 |
S_1@49 |
|||
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
30 |
P_18@0 |
S_12@0 |
|||
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
30 |
P_18@82 |
S_12@38 |
|||
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
|||
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
2 |
P_1@99 |
S_1@49 |
|||
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
30 |
P_18@0 |
S_12@0 |
|||
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
30 |
P_18@82 |
S_12@38 |
|||
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
– |
|
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@99 |
S_1@74 |
– |
– |
|
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
34 |
P_18@0 |
S_16@0 |
– |
– |
|
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
34 |
P_18@82 |
S_16@59 |
– |
– |
|
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
– |
|
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
2 |
P_1@99 |
S_1@74 |
– |
– |
|
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
34 |
P_18@0 |
S_16@0 |
– |
– |
|
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
34 |
P_18@82 |
S_16@59 |
– |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@99 |
S_1@99 |
– |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
36 |
P_18@0 |
S_18@0 |
– |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
36 |
P_18@82 |
S_18@82 |
– |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
2 |
P_1@99 |
S_1@99 |
– |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
36 |
P_18@0 |
S_18@0 |
– |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
36 |
P_18@82 |
S_18@82 |
– |
– |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. |
6.6.2.1A.2.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.1.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
5. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
6. Measure the mean power for each CC, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.2.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
7. Measure the power of the transmitted signal for PCC with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1A.2.5-1 or 6.6.2.1A.2.5-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
8. Measure the power of the transmitted signal for SCC with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1A.2.5-1 or 6.6.2.1A.2.5-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6.6.2.1A.2.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.
6.6.2.1A.2.5 Test Requirements
Editor’s note: Need further investigation for test requirements in case some frequency spectrum emission masks of component carriers overlap for future coming inter-band UL CA combinations
The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth for each CC, derived in step 6, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.2.5-1 as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission per component carrier derived in step 7 and 8 shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1A.2.5-1 or Table.6.6.2.1A.2.5-2, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.1A.2.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.1A.2.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
-18.2 |
-19.2 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.1A.3 Spectrum emission mask for CA (intra-band non-contiguous DL CA and UL CA)
6.6.2.1A.3.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth for CA.
6.6.2.1A.3.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support intra-band non-contiguous DL CA and UL CA.
6.6.2.1A.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.0.
6.6.2.1A.3.4 Test description
6.6.2.1A.3.4.1 Initial condition
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-3. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.1A.3.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.1A.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
|||||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2. |
Refer to test points A: Low Wgap, Maximum Wgap |
||||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Refer to test point Test only test points with Lowest NRB for PCC and SCC Highest NRB for PCC and SCC |
||||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||||
ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
Wgap |
DL Allocation |
UL Allocation |
|||||
PCC |
SCCs NRB |
CC MOD |
PCC & SCC |
CC MOD |
PCC NRB_alloc (LCRB @ RBstart) |
CC MOD |
SCC NRB_alloc (LCRB @ RBstart) |
||
Test Parameters for CA_4A-4A Configurations |
|||||||||
1 |
25 |
25 |
35 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_1@0 |
16QAM |
S_1@24 |
2 |
25 |
25 |
35 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_25@0 |
16QAM |
S_25@0 |
3 |
25 |
25 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_1@0 |
16QAM |
S_1@24 |
4 |
25 |
25 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_25@0 |
16QAM |
S_25@0 |
5 |
100 |
100 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_1@0 |
16QAM |
S_1@99 |
6 |
100 |
100 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_25@0 |
16QAM |
S_25@75 |
7 |
100 |
100 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_100@0 |
16QAM |
S_100@0 |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1A.3.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.3.4.3.
6.6.2.1A.3.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels except PHICH.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.3.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
5. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers in the CA configuration of the radio access mode, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
7. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1A.3.5-1 or 6.6.2.1A.3.5-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6.6.2.1A.3.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.
6.6.2.1A.3.5 Test Requirements
The measured UE mean power with the aggregated channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1 as appropriate,
and
the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1A.3.5-1.
Table 6.6.2.1A.3.5-1: E-UTRA spectrum emission mask for CA_4A-4A
Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA |
||||||||
25RB+25RB (Max Gap) |
25RB+25RB (Mid range) |
100RB+100RB |
||||||
Frequency ranges[MHz] |
Limit [dBm] |
MBW [MHz] |
Frequency ranges[MHz] |
Limit [dBm] |
MBW |
Frequency ranges[MHz] |
Limit [dBm] |
MBW [MHz] |
1700-1704 |
-23.5 |
1 |
1715-1719 |
-23.5 |
1 |
1685-1690 |
-23.5 |
1 |
1704-1705 |
-11.5 |
1 |
1719-1720 |
-11.5 |
1 |
1690-1705 |
-11.5 |
1 |
1705-1709 |
-8.5 |
1 |
1720-1724 |
-8.5 |
1 |
1705-1709 |
-8.5 |
1 |
1709-1710 |
-13.5 |
0.03 |
1724-1725 |
-13.5 |
0.03 |
1709-1710 |
-19.5 |
0.03 |
– |
– |
– |
– |
– |
– |
– |
– |
– |
1715-1716 |
-13.5 |
0.03 |
1730-1731 |
-13.5 |
0.03 |
1730-1731 |
-19.5 |
0.03 |
1716-1720 |
-8.5 |
1 |
1732-1734 |
-8.5 |
1 |
1731-1734 |
-8.5 |
1 |
1720-1721 |
-11.5 |
1 |
1734-1735 |
-13.5 |
0.03 |
1734-1735 |
-19.5 |
0.03 |
1721-1725 |
-23.5 |
1 |
– |
– |
– |
– |
– |
– |
1740-1744 |
-23.5 |
1 |
1741-1745 |
-8.5 |
1 |
1756-1760 |
-8.5 |
1 |
1744-1745 |
-11.5 |
1 |
1745-1746 |
-11.5 |
1 |
1760-1775 |
-11.5 |
1 |
1745-1749 |
-8.5 |
1 |
1746-1750 |
-23.5 |
1 |
1775-1780 |
-23.5 |
1 |
1749-1750 |
-13.5 |
0.03 |
||||||
– |
– |
– |
||||||
1755-1756 |
-13.5 |
0.03 |
||||||
1756-1760 |
-8.5 |
1 |
||||||
1760-1761 |
-11.5 |
1 |
||||||
1761-1765 |
-23.5 |
1 |
||||||
Note 1: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 30kHz filter is the inside of +0.015MHz and -0.015MHz, respectively. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: MBW denotes Measurement Bandwidth with which the requirement has to be met. |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.1A.4 Spectrum emission mask for CA (3UL CA)
6.6.2.1A.4.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth for CA.
6.6.2.1A.4.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support intra-band contiguous or inter-band and 3UL CA.
6.6.2.1A.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.0.
6.6.2.1A.4.4 Test description
6.6.2.1A.4.4.1 Initial condition
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-3. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth and are shown in table 6.6.2.1A.4.4.1-1 & 6.6.2.1A.4.4.1-2. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.1A.4.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for intra-band contiguous CA
Initial Conditions |
|||||||||
Test Environment as specified in |
NC |
||||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in |
Low and High range |
||||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest NRB_agg (Note 2) |
||||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||||
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC |
UL Allocation |
||||||
ID |
PCC |
SCCs |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
NRB_alloc |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||||
1 |
100 |
25 |
QPSK |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
2 |
100 |
25 |
QPSK |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
3 |
100 |
25 |
QPSK |
150 |
P_100@0 |
S_25@0 |
S_25@0 |
||
4 |
100 |
25 |
16QAM |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
5 |
100 |
25 |
16QAM |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
6 |
100 |
25 |
16QAM |
150 |
P_100@0 |
S_25@0 |
S_25@0 |
||
7 |
100 |
25 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@24 |
S_1@24 |
||
8 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
16 |
P_16@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
9 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
75 |
P_75@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
10 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
225 |
P_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
||
11 |
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
16 |
P_16@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
12 |
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
75 |
P_75@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
13 |
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
225 |
P_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
||
14 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@74 |
S_1@74 |
||
15 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
12 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
16 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
50 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
17 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
200 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_50@0 |
||
18 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
12 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
19 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
50 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
20 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
200 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_50@0 |
||
21 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@49 |
S_1@49 |
||
22 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
16 |
P_16@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
23 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
75 |
P_75@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
24 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
250 |
P_100@0 |
S_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
||
25 |
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
16 |
P_16@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
26 |
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
75 |
P_75@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
27 |
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
250 |
P_100@0 |
S_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
||
28 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@74 |
S_1@74 |
||
29 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
18 |
P_18@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
30 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
100 |
P_100@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
31 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
300 |
P_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
||
32 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
18 |
P_18@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
33 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
100 |
P_100@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
34 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
300 |
P_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
||
35 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@99 |
S_1@99 |
||
36 |
25 |
50 |
QPSK |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
37 |
25 |
50 |
QPSK |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
38 |
25 |
50 |
QPSK |
125 |
P_25@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_50@0 |
||
39 |
25 |
50 |
16QAM |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
40 |
25 |
50 |
16QAM |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
41 |
25 |
50 |
16QAM |
125 |
P_25@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_50@0 |
||
42 |
25 |
50 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@49 |
S_1@49 |
||
43 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
12 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
44 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
50 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
45 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
150 |
P_50@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_50@0 |
||
46 |
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
12 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
47 |
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
50 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
48 |
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
150 |
P_50@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_50@0 |
||
49 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@49 |
S_1@49 |
||
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. |
Table 6.6.2.1A.4.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table for inter-band CA
Initial Conditions |
||||||||
Test Environment as specified in |
NC |
|||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes. |
Low range for PCC and SCC High range for PCC and SCC |
|||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest NRB_agg Highest NRB_agg (Note 2) |
|||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
||||||||
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC |
UL Allocation |
|||||
PCC |
SCCs |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
NRB_alloc |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||||
6 |
25 |
N/Afor this test |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
6 |
25 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@5 |
S_1@24 |
S_1@24 |
– |
|
6 |
25 |
QPSK |
21 |
P_5@0 |
S_8@0 |
S_8@0 |
– |
|
6 |
25 |
QPSK |
21 |
P_5@1 |
S_8@17 |
S_8@17 |
– |
|
6 |
25 |
16QAM |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
||
6 |
25 |
16QAM |
3 |
P_1@5 |
S_1@24 |
S_1@24 |
||
6 |
25 |
16QAM |
21 |
P_5@0 |
S_8@0 |
S_8@0 |
||
6 |
25 |
16QAM |
21 |
P_5@1 |
S_8@17 |
S_8@17 |
||
6 |
50 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
|
6 |
50 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@5 |
S_1@49 |
S_1@49 |
– |
|
6 |
50 |
QPSK |
29 |
P_5@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_12@0 |
– |
|
6 |
50 |
QPSK |
29 |
P_5@1 |
S_12@38 |
S_12@38 |
– |
|
6 |
50 |
16QAM |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
|
6 |
50 |
16QAM |
3 |
P_1@5 |
S_1@49 |
S_1@49 |
– |
|
6 |
50 |
16QAM |
29 |
P_5@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_12@0 |
– |
|
6 |
50 |
16QAM |
29 |
P_5@1 |
S_12@38 |
S_12@38 |
– |
|
15 |
25 |
QPSK |
3 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
||
15 |
25 |
QPSK |
3 |
S_1@14 |
S_1@24 |
S_1@24 |
||
15 |
25 |
QPSK |
20 |
S_4@0 |
S_8@0 |
S_8@0 |
||
15 |
25 |
QPSK |
20 |
S_4@11 |
S_8@17 |
S_8@17 |
||
15 |
25 |
16QAM |
3 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
||
15 |
25 |
16QAM |
3 |
S_1@14 |
S_1@24 |
S_1@24 |
||
15 |
25 |
16QAM |
20 |
S_4@0 |
S_8@0 |
S_8@0 |
||
15 |
25 |
16QAM |
20 |
S_4@11 |
S_8@17 |
S_8@17 |
||
25 |
6 |
QPSK |
3 |
S_1@0 |
P_1@0 |
P_1@0 |
||
25 |
6 |
QPSK |
3 |
S_1@24 |
P_1@5 |
P_1@5 |
||
25 |
6 |
QPSK |
18 |
S_8@0 |
P_5@0 |
P_5@0 |
||
25 |
6 |
QPSK |
18 |
S_8@17 |
P_5@1 |
P_5@1 |
||
25 |
6 |
16QAM |
3 |
S_1@0 |
P_1@0 |
P_1@0 |
||
25 |
6 |
16QAM |
3 |
S_1@24 |
P_1@5 |
P_1@5 |
||
25 |
6 |
16QAM |
18 |
S_8@0 |
P_5@0 |
P_5@0 |
||
25 |
6 |
16QAM |
18 |
S_8@17 |
P_5@1 |
P_5@1 |
||
25 |
15 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
|
25 |
15 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@24 |
S_1@14 |
S_1@14 |
– |
|
25 |
15 |
QPSK |
16 |
P_8@0 |
S_4@0 |
S_4@0 |
– |
|
25 |
15 |
QPSK |
16 |
P_8@17 |
S_4@11 |
S_4@11 |
– |
|
25 |
15 |
16QAM |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
|
25 |
15 |
16QAM |
3 |
P_1@24 |
S_1@14 |
S_1@14 |
– |
|
25 |
15 |
16QAM |
16 |
P_8@0 |
S_4@0 |
S_4@0 |
– |
|
25 |
15 |
16QAM |
16 |
P_8@17 |
S_4@11 |
S_4@11 |
– |
|
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
|
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@24 |
S_1@24 |
S_1@24 |
– |
|
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
24 |
P_8@0 |
S_8@0 |
S_8@0 |
– |
|
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
24 |
P_8@17 |
S_8@17 |
S_8@17 |
– |
|
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
|
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
3 |
P_1@24 |
S_1@24 |
S_1@24 |
– |
|
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
24 |
P_8@0 |
S_8@0 |
S_8@0 |
– |
|
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
24 |
P_8@17 |
S_8@17 |
S_8@17 |
– |
|
25 |
50 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
|
25 |
50 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@24 |
S_1@49 |
S_1@49 |
– |
|
25 |
50 |
QPSK |
32 |
P_8@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_12@0 |
– |
|
25 |
50 |
QPSK |
32 |
P_8@17 |
S_12@38 |
S_12@38 |
– |
|
25 |
50 |
16QAM |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
|
25 |
50 |
16QAM |
3 |
P_1@24 |
S_1@49 |
S_1@49 |
– |
|
25 |
50 |
16QAM |
32 |
P_8@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_12@0 |
– |
|
25 |
50 |
16QAM |
32 |
P_8@17 |
S_12@38 |
S_12@38 |
– |
|
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
|
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@49 |
S_1@49 |
S_1@49 |
– |
|
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
36 |
P_12@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_12@0 |
– |
|
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
36 |
P_12@38 |
S_12@38 |
S_12@38 |
– |
|
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
|
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
3 |
P_1@49 |
S_1@49 |
S_1@49 |
– |
|
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
36 |
P_12@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_12@0 |
– |
|
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
36 |
P_12@38 |
S_12@38 |
S_12@38 |
– |
|
50 |
100 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
|
50 |
100 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@49 |
S_1@99 |
S_1@99 |
– |
|
50 |
100 |
QPSK |
48 |
P_12@0 |
S_18@0 |
S_18@0 |
– |
|
50 |
100 |
QPSK |
48 |
P_12@38 |
S_18@82 |
S_18@82 |
– |
|
50 |
100 |
16QAM |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
|
50 |
100 |
16QAM |
3 |
P_1@49 |
S_1@99 |
S_1@99 |
– |
|
50 |
100 |
16QAM |
48 |
P_12@0 |
S_18@0 |
S_18@0 |
– |
|
50 |
100 |
16QAM |
48 |
P_12@38 |
S_18@82 |
S_18@82 |
– |
|
75 |
25 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
|
75 |
25 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@74 |
S_1@24 |
S_1@24 |
– |
|
75 |
25 |
QPSK |
32 |
P_16@0 |
S_8@0 |
S_8@0 |
– |
|
75 |
25 |
QPSK |
32 |
P_16@59 |
S_8@17 |
S_8@17 |
– |
|
75 |
25 |
16QAM |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
|
75 |
25 |
16QAM |
3 |
P_1@74 |
S_1@24 |
S_1@24 |
– |
|
75 |
25 |
16QAM |
32 |
P_16@0 |
S_8@0 |
S_8@0 |
– |
|
75 |
25 |
16QAM |
32 |
P_16@59 |
S_8@17 |
S_8@17 |
– |
|
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
|
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@74 |
S_1@74 |
S_1@74 |
– |
|
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
48 |
P_16@0 |
S_16@0 |
S_16@0 |
– |
|
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
48 |
P_16@59 |
S_16@59 |
S_16@59 |
– |
|
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
|
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
3 |
P_1@74 |
S_1@74 |
S_1@74 |
– |
|
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
48 |
P_16@0 |
S_16@0 |
S_16@0 |
– |
|
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
48 |
P_16@59 |
S_16@59 |
S_16@59 |
– |
|
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
||
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@99 |
S_1@49 |
S_1@49 |
||
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
42 |
P_18@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_12@0 |
||
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
42 |
P_18@82 |
S_12@38 |
S_12@38 |
||
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
||
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
3 |
P_1@99 |
S_1@49 |
S_1@49 |
||
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
42 |
P_18@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_12@0 |
||
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
42 |
P_18@82 |
S_12@38 |
S_12@38 |
||
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
|
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@99 |
S_1@74 |
S_1@74 |
– |
|
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
50 |
P_18@0 |
S_16@0 |
S_16@0 |
– |
|
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
50 |
P_18@82 |
S_16@59 |
S_16@59 |
– |
|
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
|
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
3 |
P_1@99 |
S_1@74 |
S_1@74 |
– |
|
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
50 |
P_18@0 |
S_16@0 |
S_16@0 |
– |
|
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
50 |
P_18@82 |
S_16@59 |
S_16@59 |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@99 |
S_1@99 |
S_1@99 |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
54 |
P_18@0 |
S_18@0 |
S_18@0 |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
54 |
P_18@82 |
S_18@82 |
S_18@82 |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
S_1@0 |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
3 |
P_1@99 |
S_1@99 |
S_1@99 |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
54 |
P_18@0 |
S_18@0 |
S_18@0 |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
54 |
P_18@82 |
S_18@82 |
S_18@82 |
– |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1A.4.4.1-1 & 6.6.2.1A.4.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.4.4.3.
6.6.2.1A.4.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels except PHICH.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.4.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
5. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers in the CA configuration of the radio access mode, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.1.5. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
7. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1A.4.5, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6.6.2.1A.4.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.
6.6.2.1A.4.5 Test Requirements
The measured UE mean power with the aggregated channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.1.5 as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1A.4.5.
Table 6.6.2.1A.4.5-1: :General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class C, E-UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz– intra-band contiguous CA
Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA |
||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
25RB+100RB (24.95 MHz) |
50RB+100RB (29.9 MHz) |
75RB+75RB (30 MHz) |
75RB+100RB (34.85 MHz) |
100RB+100RB (39.8 MHz) |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-20.5 |
-21 |
-21 |
-22 |
-22.5 |
30 kHz |
± 1-5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
1 MHz |
± 5-24.95 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
± 24.95-29.9 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 29.9-29.95 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 29.95-30 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 30-34.85 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 34.85-34.9 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 34.9-35 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 35-39.8 |
1 MHz |
|||||
±39.8-39.85 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 39.85-44.8 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth and below the lower edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth. |
Table 6.6.2.1A.4.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class C, 3GHz < E-UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz – intra-band contiguous CA
Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA |
||||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
25RB+100RB (24.95 MHz) |
50RB+100RB (29.9 MHz) |
75RB+75RB (30 MHz) |
75RB+100RB (34.85 MHz) |
100RB+100RB (39.8 MHz) |
Measurement bandwidth |
||
± 0-1 |
-20.2 |
-20.7 |
-20.7 |
-21.7 |
-22.2 |
30 kHz |
||
± 1-5 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
1 MHz |
||
± 5-24.95 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
||
± 24.95-29.9 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
||||||
± 29.9-29.95 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
||||||
± 29.95-30 |
1 MHz |
|||||||
± 30-34.85 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
||||||
± 34.85-34.9 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
||||||
± 34.9-35 |
1 MHz |
|||||||
± 35-39.8 |
1 MHz |
|||||||
±39.8-39.85 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
||||||
± 39.85-44.8 |
1 MHz |
|||||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth and below the lower edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth. |
Table 6.6.2.1A.4.5-3: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class B, E-UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz – intra-band contiguous CA
Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA |
|||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
25RB+50RB (14.95 MHz) |
50RB+50RB (19.9 MHz) |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-20 |
-21 |
30 kHz |
± 1-5 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 5-14.95 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 14.95-19.90 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 19.90-19.95 |
-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
± 19.95-24.90 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
Table 6.6.2.1A.4.5-4: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class B, 3GHz < E-UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz – intra-band contiguous CA
Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA |
|||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
25RB+50RB (14.95 MHz) |
50RB+50RB (19.9 MHz) |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-20 |
-21 |
30 kHz |
± 1-5 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 5-14.95 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 14.95-19.90 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 19.90-19.95 |
-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
± 19.95-24.90 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
Table 6.6.2.1A.4.5-5: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz – inter-band CA
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.1A.4.5-6: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz – inter-band CA
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
-18.2 |
-19.2 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.1A.5 Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (4UL)
6.6.2.1A.5.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified level for the specified channel bandwidth for CA.
6.6.2.1A.5.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support inter-band and 4UL CA.
6.6.2.1A.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.0.
6.6.2.1A.5.4 Test description
6.6.2.1A.5.4.1 Initial condition
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth and are shown in table 6.6.2.1A.5.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.1A.5.4.1-1: inter-band CA Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
|||||||||||
Test Environment as specified in |
NC |
||||||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in |
Low and High range |
||||||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE (Note 1). |
Lowest NRB_agg (Note 2) |
||||||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||||||
CA Configuration / NRB_agg DL Allocation |
DL Allocation |
CC |
UL Allocation |
||||||||
ID |
PCC |
SCC1 |
SCC2 |
SCC3 |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
NRB_ alloc |
PCC & SCC1 & SCC2 & SCC3 RB allocations |
||||
1 |
100 |
50 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
24 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
2 |
100 |
50 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
100 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
3 |
100 |
50 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
300 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
|
4 |
100 |
50 |
100 |
50 |
16 QAM |
24 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
5 |
100 |
50 |
100 |
50 |
16 QAM |
100 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
6 |
100 |
50 |
100 |
50 |
16 QAM |
300 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
|
7 |
100 |
50 |
100 |
50 |
64 QAM |
24 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
8 |
100 |
50 |
100 |
50 |
64 QAM |
300 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
|
9 |
100 |
50 |
100 |
50 |
N/A for this |
256 QAM |
300 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
10 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
test |
QPSK |
24 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
11 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
100 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
12 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
400 |
P_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
13 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
16 QAM |
24 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
14 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
16 QAM |
100 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
15 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
16 QAM |
400 |
P_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
16 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
64 QAM |
24 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
17 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
64 QAM |
300 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
|
18 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
256 QAM |
400 |
P_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
NOTE 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. NOTE 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.55 as appropriate.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1A.5.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.5.4.3.
6.6.2.1A.5.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels except PHICH.
2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.5.4.3.
3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1.5.1-1 on PCC and SCCs. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
5. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers in the CA configuration of the radio access mode, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.5.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
7. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1A.5.5-1 or 6.6.2.1A.5.5-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6.6.2.1A.5.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.
6.6.2.1A.5.5 Test Requirements
The measured UE mean power with the aggregated channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.5.5-1 as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1A.1.5-1 or Table.6.6.2.1A.1.5-2 for Bandwidth Class C, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.1A.5.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class C, E-UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
25RB+100RB (24.95MHz) |
50RB+75RB (24.75 MHz) |
50RB+100RB (29.9 MHz) |
75RB+75RB (30 MHz) |
75RB+100RB (34.85 MHz) |
100RB+100RB (39.8 MHz) |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-20.5 |
-20.5 |
-21 |
-21 |
-22 |
-22.5 |
30 kHz |
± 1-5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
1 MHz |
± 5-24.75 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
± 24.75-24.95 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 24.95-29.75 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 29.75-29.9 |
1 MHz |
||||||
± 29.9-29.95 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 29.95-30 |
1 MHz |
||||||
± 30-34.85 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 34.85-34.9 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 34.9-35 |
1 MHz |
||||||
± 35-39.8 |
1 MHz |
||||||
± 39.8-39.85 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 39.85-44.8 |
1 MHz |
||||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth and below the lower edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth. |
Table 6.6.2.1A.5.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class C, 3GHz < E-UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
25RB+100RB (24.95MHz) |
50RB+75RB (24.75 MHz) |
50RB+100RB (29.9 MHz) |
75RB+75RB (30 MHz) |
75RB+100RB (34.85 MHz) |
100RB+100RB (39.8 MHz) |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-20.2 |
-20.2 |
-20.7 |
-20.7 |
-21.7 |
-22.2 |
30 kHz |
± 1-5 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
1 MHz |
± 5-24.75 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
± 24.75-24.95 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 24.95-29.75 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 29.75-29.9 |
1 MHz |
||||||
± 29.9-29.95 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 29.95-30 |
1 MHz |
||||||
± 30-34.85 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 34.85-34.9 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 34.9-35 |
1 MHz |
||||||
± 35-39.8 |
1 MHz |
||||||
± 39.8-39.85 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
± 39.85-44.8 |
1 MHz |
||||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth and below the lower edge of the aggregated channel bandwidth. |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.1B Spectrum Emission Mask for UL-MIMO
6.6.2.1B.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission at each transmit antenna shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth.
6.6.2.1B.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support UL-MIMO.
6.6.2.1B.3 Minimum conformance requirements
For UE with multiple transmit antenna connectors, the requirements for the spectrum emission mask are specified at each transmit antenna connector. The spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB) starting from the edge of the assigned E-UTRA channel bandwidth. For frequencies greater than (ΔfOOB) as specified in Table 6.6.2.1B.3-1.
For UEs with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme , the requirements in Table 6.6.2.1B.3-1 apply to each transmit antenna connector with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B.3-2.
Table 6.6.2.1B.3-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-10 |
-13 |
-15 |
-18 |
-20 |
-21 |
30 kHz |
± 1-2.5 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 2.5-2.8 |
-25 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 2.8-5 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
|
± 5-6 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 6-10 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||
± 10-15 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 15-20 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 20-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 clause 6.6.2B.
6.6.2.1B.4 Test description
6.6.2.1B.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.1B.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.1B.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1) |
NC |
|||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
|||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||
Ch BW |
N/A for SEM testing |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
|
FDD |
TDD |
|||
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
|
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
|
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
6 |
6 |
|
3MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
15 |
|
3MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
4 |
|
3MHz |
16QAM |
4 |
4 |
|
3MHz |
16QAM |
15 |
15 |
|
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
25 |
|
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
8 |
|
5MHz |
16QAM |
8 |
8 |
|
5MHz |
16QAM |
25 |
25 |
|
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
50 |
|
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
12 |
|
10MHz |
16QAM |
12 |
12 |
|
10MHz |
16QAM |
50 (Note 4) |
50 (Note 4) |
|
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
75 |
|
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
16 |
|
15MHz |
16QAM |
16 |
16 |
|
15MHz |
16QAM |
75 (Note 4) |
75 (Note 4) |
|
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
100 |
|
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
18 |
|
20MHz |
16QAM |
18 |
18 |
|
20MHz |
16QAM |
100 (Note 4) |
100 (Note 4) |
|
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The allowed MPR for maximum output power UE might apply is described in clause 6.2.3B.3. Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (max+1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 4: Applies only for UE-Categories [FFS]. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.28.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1B.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1B.4.3.
6.6.2.1B.4.2 Test procedure
1. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 4 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1B.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
3. Measure the sum of the mean power at each antenna connector of UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in clause 6.2.3B.5. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
4. Measure the power of the transmitted signal at each antenna connector of UE with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1B.5-1 or 6.6.2.1B.5-2 as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6.6.2.1B.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.
6.6.2.1B.5 Test requirements
The measured sum of mean power at each antenna connector of UE in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in clause 6.2.3B.5 as appropriate,
And the power of any UE emission at each transmit antenna connector shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1B.5-1 or Table.6.6.2.1B.5-2 as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.1B.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, E UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.1B.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, 3GHz < E UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
-18.2 |
-19.2 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.1E Spectrum Emission Mask for UE category 0
6.6.2.1E.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.1.1.
6.6.2.1E.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward of UE category 0.
6.6.2.1E.3 Minimum conformance requirements
Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.1.3.
6.6.2.1E.4 Test description
6.6.2.1E.4.1 Initial conditions
Same initial conditions as in clause 6.6.2.1.4.1 with following exceptions:
– Instead of Table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.6.2.1E.4.1-1.
– Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.
Table 6.6.2.1E.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
|||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||
Ch BW |
N/A for SEM testing |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
|
FDD and HD-FDD |
TDD |
|||
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
|
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
|
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|
3MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
15 |
|
3MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
4 |
|
3MHz |
16QAM |
4 |
4 |
|
3MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
25 |
|
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
8 |
|
5MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|
10MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
36 |
|
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
12 |
|
10MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|
15MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
36 |
|
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
16 |
|
15MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|
20MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
36 |
|
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
18 |
|
20MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The allowed MPR for maximum output power UE might apply is described in clause 6.2.3.3. Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (max+1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. |
6.6.2.1E.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.1.4.2 with following exception:
– Instead of Table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.6.2.1E.4.1-1.
6.6.2.1E.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.
6.6.2.1E.5 Test requirements
The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3E.5-1 as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1E.5-1 or Table.6.6.2.1E.5-2, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.1E.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.1E.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
-18.2 |
-19.2 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.1EA Spectrum Emission Mask for UE category M1
6.6.2.1EA.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth.
6.6.2.1EA.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category M1.
6.6.2.1EA.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB) starting from the edge of the assigned E-UTRA channel bandwidth. For frequencies greater than (ΔfOOB) as specified in Table 6.6.2.1.3EA -1 the spurious requirements in clause 6.6.3EA are applicable.
The power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.1.3EA -1 for the specified channel bandwidth.
Table 6.6.2.1EA.3-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-10 |
-13 |
-15 |
-18 |
-20 |
-21 |
30 kHz |
± 1-2.5 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 2.5-2.8 |
-25 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 2.8-5 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
|
± 5-6 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 6-10 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||
± 10-15 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 15-20 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 20-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.1.
6.6.2.1EA.4 Test description
6.6.2.1EA.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.1EA.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.1EA.4.1-1: Test Configuration mask
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15 MHz |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
|||
FDD and HD-FDD |
TDD |
Narrowband index (Note 1) |
||||
Low range, Mid range |
||||||
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
2 |
0 |
||
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
0 |
||
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
0 |
||
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
2 |
0 |
||
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
0 |
||
3MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
2 |
0 |
||
3MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
0 |
||
3MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
0 |
||
3MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
2 |
0 |
||
3MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
0 |
||
5MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
0 |
||
5MHz (Note 4) |
16QAM |
1 |
1 |
0 |
||
5MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
3 |
0 |
||
5MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
0 |
||
10MHz (Note 4) |
QPSK |
4 |
4 |
0 |
||
10MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
0 |
||
10MHz (Note 4) |
16QAM |
3 |
3 |
0 |
||
10MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
0 |
||
15MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
0 |
||
15MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
0 |
||
High range |
||||||
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
2 |
0 |
||
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
0 |
||
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
0 |
||
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
2 |
0 |
||
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
0 |
||
3MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
2 |
1 |
||
3MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
1 |
||
3MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
1 |
||
3MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
2 |
1 |
||
3MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
1 |
||
5MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
3 |
||
5MHz (Note 4) |
16QAM |
1 |
1 |
3 |
||
5MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
3 |
3 |
||
5MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
3 |
||
10MHz (Note 4) |
QPSK |
4 |
4 |
7 |
||
10MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
7 |
||
10MHz (Note 4) |
16QAM |
3 |
3 |
7 |
||
10MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
7 |
||
15MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
11 |
||
15MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
11 |
||
Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4 Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – RB allocation) of the narrowband. Note 4: Only for power class 3 UE. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1EA.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1EA.4.3.
6.6.2.1EA.4.2 Test procedure
1. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 6-0A for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1EA.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Tables 6.2.3EA.5-1 to 6.2.3EA.5-3. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test. For HD-FDD slots with transient periods are not under test. Half-duplex guard sub frame are not under test.
4. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1EA.5-1, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6.6.2.1EA.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the condition CEModeA.
6.6.2.1EA.5 Test requirements
The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Tables 6.2.3EA.5-1 to 6.2.3EA.5-7a as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1EA.5-1, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.1EA.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.1EB Spectrum Emission Mask for UE category 1bis
6.6.2.1EB.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.1.1.
6.6.2.1EB.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category 1bis
6.6.2.1EB.3 Minimum conformance requirements
Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.1.3.
6.6.2.1EB.4 Test description
6.6.2.1EB.4.1 Initial conditions
Same initial conditions as in clause 6.6.2.1.4.1 with following exceptions:
– Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.
6.6.2.1EB.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.1.4.2 with following exception:
– Instead of Table 6.6.2.1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.6.2.1E.4.1-1.
6.6.2.1EB.4.3 Message contents
Message contents same as in clause 6.6.2.1.4.3.
6.6.2.1EB.5 Test requirements
The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3EB.5-1 as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1EB.5-1 or Table.6.6.2.1EB.5-2, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.1EB.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.1EB.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
-18.2 |
-19.2 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.1EC Spectrum Emission Mask for UE category M2
6.6.2.1EC.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth.
6.6.2.1EC.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward of UE category M2.
6.6.2.1EC.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB) starting from the edge of the assigned E-UTRA channel bandwidth. For frequencies greater than (ΔfOOB) as specified in Table 6.6.2.1EC.3-1, the spurious requirements in clause 6.6.3EC are applicable.
The power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.1EC.3-1 for the specified channel bandwidth.
Table 6.6.2.1EC.3-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-10 |
-13 |
-15 |
-18 |
-20 |
-21 |
30 kHz |
± 1-2.5 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 2.5-2.8 |
-25 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 2.8-5 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
|
± 5-6 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 6-10 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||
± 10-15 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 15-20 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 20-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.1.
6.6.2.1EC.4 Test description
6.6.2.1EC.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.1EC.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.1EC.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 |
Normal |
|||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD and HD-FDD |
TDD |
Narrowband index (Note 1) |
||||
Low range, Mid range |
||||||
1 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
2 |
0 |
|
2 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
0 |
|
3 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
0 |
|
4 |
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
2 |
0 |
|
5 |
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
6 |
6 |
0 |
|
6 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
2 |
0 |
|
7 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
0 |
|
8 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
12 |
0 |
|
9 |
3MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
2 |
0 |
|
10 |
3MHz |
16QAM |
12 |
12 |
0 |
|
11 (Note 4) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
1 |
0 |
|
12 (Note 5) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
3 |
3 |
0 |
|
13 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
24 |
0 |
|
14 (Note 4) |
5MHz |
16QAM |
1 |
1 |
0 |
|
15 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
3 |
0 |
|
16 (Note 5) |
5MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
0 |
|
17 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
24 |
0 |
|
18 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
4 |
0 |
|
19 (Note 5) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
0 |
|
20 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
24 |
0 |
|
21 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
3 |
0 |
|
22 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
0 |
|
23 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
24 |
0 |
|
24 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
16 |
0 |
|
25 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
24 |
0 |
|
26 |
15MHz |
16QAM |
16 |
16 |
0 |
|
27 |
15MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
24 |
0 |
|
28 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
18 |
0 |
|
29 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
24 |
0 |
|
30 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
18 |
18 |
0 |
|
31 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
24 |
0 |
|
High range |
||||||
1 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
2 |
0 |
|
2 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
0 |
|
3 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
0 |
|
4 |
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
2 |
0 |
|
5 |
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
6 |
6 |
0 |
|
6 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
2 |
1 |
|
7 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
1 |
|
8 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
12 |
0 |
|
9 |
3MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
2 |
1 |
|
10 |
3MHz |
16QAM |
12 |
12 |
0 |
|
11 (Note 4) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
1 |
3 |
|
12 (Note 5) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
3 |
3 |
3 |
|
13 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
24 |
0 |
|
14 (Note 4) |
5MHz |
16QAM |
1 |
1 |
3 |
|
15 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
3 |
3 |
|
16 (Note 5) |
5MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
3 |
|
17 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
24 |
0 |
|
18 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
4 |
7 |
|
19 (Note 5) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
7 |
|
20 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
24 |
4 |
|
21 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
3 |
7 |
|
22 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
7 |
|
23 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
24 |
4 |
|
24 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
15 |
9 |
|
25 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
24 |
8 |
|
26 |
15MHz |
16QAM |
15 |
15 |
9 |
|
27 |
15MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
24 |
8 |
|
28 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
18 |
13 |
|
29 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
24 |
12 |
|
30 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
18 |
18 |
13 |
|
31 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
24 |
12 |
|
Note 1: Denotes the lowest narrowband index in the channel bandwidth where the wideband shall be placed. The allocation is contiguous, starting from the lowest narrowband index. Narrowband, Narrowband index and Wideband are defined in TS 36.211 [8], 5.2.7. Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – (RB allocation mod 6)) of the narrowband. Note 4: Only for power class 3 UE Note 5: Only for power class 5 or power class 6 UE |
Table 6.6.2.1EC.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table, subPRB allocation
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 |
Normal |
|||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15 MHz |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
N/A |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD and HD-FDD |
Narrowband index (Note 1) |
|||||
Low range, Mid range |
||||||
1 |
5MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
2 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
3 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
0 |
||
4 |
10MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
5 |
10MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
4 |
||
6 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
7 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
¼ |
4 |
||
8 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
0 |
||
9 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
4 |
||
10 |
15MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
11 |
15MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
8 |
||
12 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
13 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
¼ |
8 |
||
14 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
0 |
||
15 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
8 |
||
High range |
||||||
16 |
5MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
17 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
18 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
0 |
||
19 |
10MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
20 |
10MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
4 |
||
21 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
22 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
4 |
||
23 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
24 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
4 |
||
25 |
15MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
26 |
15MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
8 |
||
27 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
28 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
¼ |
8 |
||
29 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
0 |
||
30 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
8 |
||
Note 1: Denotes the lowest narrowband index in the channel bandwidth where the wideband shall be placed. The allocation is contiguous, starting from the lowest narrowband index. Narrowband, Narrowband index and Wideband are defined in TS 36.211 [8], 5.2.7. Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – (RB allocation mod 6)) of the narrowband. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1EC.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1EC.4.3.
6.6.2.1EC.4.2 Test procedure
1. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 6-0A for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1EC.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Tables 6.2.3EC.5-1 to 6.2.3EC.5-3. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test. For HD-FDD slots with transient periods are not under test. Half-duplex guard sub frame are not under test.
4. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1EC.5-1, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
5. For UE supporting subPRB allocation, repeat step 1-4 with UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1EC.4.1-2.
6.6.2.1EC.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the condition CEModeA.
6.6.2.1EC.5 Test requirements
The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Tables 6.2.3EC.5-1 to 6.2.3EC.5-3 as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1EC.5-1, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.1EC.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth
6.6.2.1F Spectrum Emission Mask for category NB1 and NB2
6.6.2.1F.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of the category NB1 and NB2 UE emission shall not exceed specified level for the specified channel bandwidth.
6.6.2.1F.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 13 and forward of category NB1.
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 14 and forward of category NB2.
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 15 and forward of category NB1 and NB2.
6.6.2.1F.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The spectrum emission mask of the category NB1 and NB2 UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB) starting from the ± edge of the assigned category NB1 or NB2 channel bandwidth. For frequencies greater than (ΔfOOB) as specified in Table 6.6.2.1F.3-1 the spurious requirements in subclause 6.6.3 are applicable.
The power of any category NB1 or NB2 UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.1F.3-1.
Table 6.6.2.1F.3-1: category NB1 and NB2 UE spectrum emission mask
ΔfOOB (kHz) |
Emission limit (dBm) |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0 |
26 |
30 kHz |
± 100 |
-5 |
30 kHz |
± 150 |
-8 |
30 kHz |
± 300 |
-29 |
30 kHz |
± 500-1700 |
-35 |
30 kHz |
In addition to the spectrum emission mask requirement in Table 6.6.2.1F.3-1 a category NB1 or NB2 UE shall also meet the applicable E-UTRA spectrum emission mask requirement in sub-clause 6.6.2. E-UTRA spectrum emission requirement applies for frequencies that are Foffset away from edge of NB1 or NB2 channel edge as defined in Table 6.6.2.1F.3-2.
Table 6.6.2.1F.3-2: Foffset for category NB1 and NB2 UE spectrum emission mask
Channel BW (MHz) |
Foffset [kHz] |
1.4 |
165 |
3 |
190 |
5 |
200 |
10 |
225 |
15 |
240 |
20 |
245 |
NOTE: Foffset in Table 6.6.2.1F.3-2 is used to guarantee co-existence for guard-band operation.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2F.1.
6.6.2.1F.4 Test description
6.6.2.1F.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions and test frequencies based on the subset of E-UTRA operating bands defined for NB-IoT in clause 5.2F. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters shown in table 6.6.2.1F.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2. Configurations of NPDSCH and NPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.1F.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for FDD & TDD
Initial Conditions |
||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 8.1.1 |
Normal |
|||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.3.1 |
Frequency ranges defined in Annex K.1.2 |
|||
Test Parameters |
||||
Configuration ID |
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||
N/A |
Modulation |
Ntones |
Sub-carrier spacing (kHz) |
|
1 |
QPSK |
1@0 |
3.75kHz |
|
2 |
QPSK |
1@47 |
3.75kHz |
|
3 |
QPSK |
1@0 |
15kHz |
|
4 |
QPSK |
1@11 |
15kHz |
|
5 (Note 1) |
QPSK |
3@0 |
15kHz |
|
6 (Note 1) |
QPSK |
3@3 |
15kHz |
|
7 (Note 1) |
QPSK |
3@9 |
15kHz |
|
8 (Note 1) |
QPSK |
6@0 |
15kHz |
|
9 (Note 1) |
QPSK |
6@6 |
15kHz |
|
10 (Note 1) |
QPSK |
12@0 |
15kHz |
|
Note 1: The allowed MPR for maximum output power UE might apply is described in clause [6.2.3F.3]. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3 using only main Tx/Rx antenna.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1.1 and H.4.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1F.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimisation according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.5. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1F.4.3.
6.6.2.1F.4.2 Test procedure
1. SS sends uplink scheduling information via NPDCCH DCI format N0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1F.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC. (UE should be already transmitting PUMAX after Initial Conditions setting).
2. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3F.5-1. The measurement duration is at least one sub-frame (1ms) for 15 KHz channel spacing, and at least a 2ms slot (excluding the 2304Ts gap when UE is not transmitting) respectively for the 3.75 KHz channel spacing.
3. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1F.5-1 as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs. For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
NOTE 1: For configuration IDs applicable to UE depending on UE capability in Test Configuration Table with different UL sub-carrier spacing, the SS shall release the connection through State 3A-NB and finally ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimisation according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.5 using the appropriate UL subcarrier spacing in Random Access Response message.
6.6.2.1F.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.6.
6.6.2.1F.5 Test requirements
The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3F.5-1 as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in 6.6.2.1F.5-1 as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.1F.5-1: category NB1 and NB2 UE spectrum emission mask, category NB1/NB2 bands ≤ 3GHz
ΔfOOB (kHz) |
Spectrum emission limit (dBm) |
Measurement bandwidth |
0 -100 |
30 kHz |
|
100 – 150 |
30 kHz |
|
150 – 300 |
30 kHz |
|
300 – 500 |
30 kHz |
|
500 – 1700 |
-33.5 |
30 kHz |
Note 1: The limit shall be calculated for the measurement frequency F given in kHz, cantered in the measurement bandwidth. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is the inside of +15 kHz and -15 kHz, respectively. The filter shall be stepped to cover the whole range. |
Table 6.6.2.1F.5-2: Void
NOTE 1: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
NOTE 2: The minimum requirements in clause 6.6.2.1F.3 have been combined into table 6.6.2.1F.5-1 to reduce testing complexity and test time.
6.6.2.1G Spectrum Emission Mask for V2X Communication
6.6.2.1G.1 Spectrum Emission Mask for V2X Communication Non-concurrent with E-UTRA uplink transmissions
6.6.2.1G.1.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified level for the specified channel bandwidth when UE is configured for E-UTRA V2X sidelink transmissions non-concurrent with E-UTRA uplink transmissions for E-UTRA V2X operating bands.
6.6.2.1G.1.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to UE which support V2X Sidelink communication and Band 47.
6.6.2.1G.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements
When UE is configured for E-UTRA V2X sidelink transmissions non-concurrent with E-UTRA uplink transmissions for E-UTRA V2X operating bands specified in TS 36.101 [2] Table 5.5G-1, the requirements in TS 36.101[2] subclause 6.6.2 apply except for the ACLR requirements for power class 2 V2X UE.
The spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB) starting from the edge of the assigned E-UTRA channel bandwidth. The power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.1G.1.3-1.
Table 6.6.2.1G.1.3-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-10 |
-13 |
-15 |
-18 |
-20 |
-21 |
30 kHz |
± 1-2.5 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 2.5-2.8 |
-25 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 2.8-5 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
|
± 5-6 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 6-10 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||
± 10-15 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 15-20 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 20-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2G.
6.6.2.1G.1.4 Test description
6.6.2.1G.1.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2G. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.1G.1.4.1-1 the details of the V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in sub-clause A.8.3 and the GNSS configuration in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.11.
Table 6.6.2.1G.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration for V2X sidelink transmission
Initial Conditions |
||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in subclause 5.4.2G) |
Lowest, Highest |
|
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||
V2X Configuration to Trasmit |
||
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
PSSCH RB Allocation |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 (Note 3) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
48@2 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
12 (Note 3) |
10MHz |
16QAM |
48@2 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 (Note 3) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
96@2 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
18 (Note 3) |
20MHz |
16QAM |
96@2 |
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in specified in subclause 5.4.2G. Note 2: The allowed MPR for maximum output power UE might apply is described in clause 36.101[2] subclause 6.2.3G. Note 3: The test shall be performed with allocated sub-channel(s) at low and high end of the channel bandwidth respectively. |
1. Connect the SS and GNSS simulator to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Figure A.92.
2. The parameter settings for the V2X sidelink transmission over PC5 for both SS and UE are pre-configured according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.10.1. Message content exceptions are defined in clause 6.6.2.1G.1.4.3.
3. The V2X reference measurement channel is set according to Table 6.6.2.1G.1.4.1-1.
4. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7] Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0;
6. Ensure the UE is in State 5A-V2X in Transmit Mode according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9 , Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1G.1.4.3
7. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.
6.6.2.1G.1.4.2 Test procedure
1. The V2X UE schedules the V2X RMC with transmission power at PUMAX level according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration which is in line with the test configuration in Table 6.6.2.1G.1.4.1-1;
2. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3G.1.1.5-1for Power Class 3 UEs or in [6.2.3G.2.1.5-1] for Power Class 2 UEs. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms).
3. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1G.1.5-1. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6.6.2.1G.1.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with following exceptions listed in the Table 6.6.2.1G.1.4.3-1 and Table 6.6.2.1G.1.4.3-2.
Table 6.6.2.1G.1.4.3-1: SL-V2X-Preconfiguration
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 9.3.2 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
SL-V2X-Preconfiguration-r14 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
v2x-PreconfigFreqList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF SEQUENCE { |
|||
v2x-CommPreconfigGeneral-r14 SEQUENCE { |
SL-PreconfigGeneral-r12 |
||
maxTxPower-r12 |
23 |
Power class3 |
|
26 |
Power class2 |
||
sl-bandwidth-r12 |
n50 |
10Mhz |
|
n100 |
20Mhz |
||
} |
|||
} |
|||
v2x-CommPreconfigSync-r14 SEQUENCE { |
SL-PreconfigSync-r12 |
||
syncOffsetIndicators-r14 SEQUENCE { |
|||
syncOffsetIndicator1-r14 |
Not Present |
Double synchronization signal transmission |
|
} |
|||
} |
|||
v2x-CommRxPoolList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-RxPoolPreconf-r14)) OF SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14 { |
1 entry |
||
SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14[1] |
SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14-DEFAULT with exception listed in Table 6.6.2.1G.1.4.3-2 |
||
} |
|||
v2x-CommTxPoolList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-TxPoolPreconf-r14)) OF SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14 { |
|||
SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14[1] |
SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14-DEFAULT with exception listed in Table 6.6.2.1G.1.4.3-2 |
||
} |
|||
v2x-ResourceSelectionConfig |
SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig-r14-DEFAULT with exception listed in Table 6.6.2.1G.1.4.3-3 |
||
} |
Table 6.6.2.1G.1.4.3-2: SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14-DEFAULT
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.8 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
SL-CommResroucePoolV2X-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
sl-Subframe-r14 CHOICE { |
|||
bs20-r14 |
11111111111111111111 |
BITMAP_6 |
|
} |
|||
sizeSubchannel-r14 |
n15 |
BW10 |
|
n50 |
BW10 |
||
n20 |
BW20 |
||
n100 |
BW20 |
||
dataTxParameters-r14 SEQUENCE { |
|||
p0-r12 |
31 |
It’s set to the maximum value to disable its effect on transmission power. |
|
} |
|||
} |
Table 6.6.2.1G.1.4.3-2: SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-r14
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.8 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-r14 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
minMCS-PSSCH-r14 |
0 |
QPSK |
|
11 |
16QAM |
||
maxMCS-PSSCH-r14 |
10 |
QPSK |
|
19 |
16QAM |
||
} |
6.6.2.1G.1.5 Test requirements
The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3G.1.1.5-1as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1G.1.5-1.
Table 6.6.2.1G.1.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, E-UTRA bands ≥ 5GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
10 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-16 |
-19 |
30 kHz |
± 1-2.5 |
-8 |
-8 |
1 MHz |
± 2.5-2.8 |
-8 |
-8 |
1 MHz |
± 2.8-5 |
-8 |
-8 |
1 MHz |
± 5-6 |
-12 |
-11 |
1 MHz |
± 6-10 |
-12 |
-11 |
1 MHz |
± 10-15 |
-23 |
-11 |
1 MHz |
± 15-20 |
-11 |
1 MHz |
|
± 20-25 |
-23 |
1 MHz |
|
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.1G.2 Spectrum Emission Mask for V2X Communication /Sidelink simultaneous with E-UTRA uplink transmissions
6.6.2.1G.2.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified level for the specified channel bandwidth when UE is configured for configured for simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink transmissions for inter-band E-UTRA V2X / E-UTRA band
6.6.2.1G.2.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward that supports V2X communication and is capable of V2X Sidelink communication simultaneous with E-UTRA uplink transmission.
6.6.2.1G.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements
When UE is configured for simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink transmissions for inter-band E-UTRA V2X / E-UTRA bands specified in TS 36.101 [2] Table 5.5G-2, the requirements in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2 apply per V2X sidelink transmission and E-UTRA uplink transmission as specified for the corresponding inter-band con-current operation with uplink assigned to two bands.
Consequently, the emission power of the V2X UE per sidelink and E-UTRA link shall not exceed the values specified in Tables 6.6.2.1G.2.2-1
Table 6.6.2.1G.2.2-1 General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-10 |
-13 |
-15 |
-18 |
-20 |
-21 |
30 kHz |
± 1-2.5 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 2.5-2.8 |
-25 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 2.8-5 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
|
± 5-6 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 6-10 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||
± 10-15 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 15-20 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 20-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2G and subclause 6.6.2.
6.6.2.1G.2.4 Test description
6.6.2.1G.2.4.1 Initial condition
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and CC combinations based on Inter-band con-current V2X configurations specified in table 5.4.2G.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.1G.2.1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink and V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in sub-clause A.2 and A.8.3. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.1G.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 |
Normal |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Low range for uplink and Low range for V2X, High range for uplink and High range for V2X |
||||||
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg |
||||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
|||||||
Downlink |
Uplink Configuration |
V2X Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
PSSCH RB allocation |
|
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
10 MHz |
QPSK |
48@2 |
||
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
10 MHz |
16QAM |
48@2 |
||
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
20 MHz |
QPSK |
96@2 |
||
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
6 |
20 MHz |
16QAM |
96@2 |
||
3MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
|||||
3MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
|||||
3MHz |
16QAM |
4 |
|||||
3MHz |
16QAM |
15 |
|||||
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
|||||
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
|||||
5MHz |
16QAM |
8 |
|||||
5MHz |
16QAM |
25 |
|||||
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
|||||
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
|||||
10MHz |
16QAM |
12 |
|||||
10MHz |
16QAM |
50 (Note 3) |
|||||
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
|||||
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
|||||
15MHz |
16QAM |
16 |
|||||
15MHz |
16QAM |
75 (Note 3) |
|||||
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
|||||
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
|||||
20MHz |
16QAM |
18 |
|||||
20MHz |
16QAM |
100 (Note 3) |
|||||
Note 1: V2X con-current band configurations are checked separately for each band configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2G.1-2. Note 2: For Low range the E-UTRA carrier uses only test points with RBstart=0. For High range the E-UTRA carrier uses only test points with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.93.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3. Message content exceptions are defined in clause 6.6.2.1G.2.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL and V2X Reference Measurement Channels are set according to table 6.6.2.1G.2.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-V2X according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2C. Message content exceptions are defined in clause 6.2.3G.1.3.4.3.
6.6.2.1G.2.4.2 Test procedure
SS sends RRC reconfiguration message specified in clause 6.6.2.1G.2.4.3 to enable PSCCH and PSSCH transmission at the PUMAX level.;
1. The SS simultaneously sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC and V2X scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 5A for SL_V_RNTI to schedule the V2X RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1G.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL and V2X RMCs.
2. SS sends continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE to ensure that the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3G.1.3.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). On E-UTRA carrier, the TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
4. Measure the power of the transmitted signal for E-UTRA uplink with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1G.2.5-1or 6.6.2.1G.2.5-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs. On E-UTRA carrier, the TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
5. Measure the power of the transmitted signal for V2X sidelink with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1G.2.5-3, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6.6.2.1G.2.4.3 Message content
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.
6.6.2.1G.2.5 Test requirements
The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3 and step 4 shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3G.1.3.5-1, and the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.1G.1.5-1~ Table 6.6.2.1G.2.5-3.
Table 6.6.2.1G.2.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.1G.2.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
-18.2 |
-19.2 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.1G.2.5-3: General E-UTRA V2X spectrum emission mask, E-UTRA bands ≥ 5GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
10 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-16 |
-19 |
30 kHz |
± 1-2.5 |
-8 |
-8 |
1 MHz |
± 2.5-2.8 |
-8 |
-8 |
1 MHz |
± 2.8-5 |
-8 |
-8 |
1 MHz |
± 5-6 |
-12 |
-11 |
1 MHz |
± 6-10 |
-12 |
-11 |
1 MHz |
± 10-15 |
-23 |
-11 |
1 MHz |
± 15-20 |
-11 |
1 MHz |
|
± 20-25 |
-23 |
1 MHz |
|
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.1G.3 Spectrum Emission Mask for V2X Communication / Intra-band contiguous MCC operation
6.6.2.1G.3.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified level for the specified channel bandwidth when UE is configured for Intra-band contiguous MCC operation V2X sidelink transmissions.
6.6.2.1G.3.2 Test Applicability
This test case applies to UE which support Intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation V2X Sidelink communication and Band 47.
6.6.2.1G.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements
For intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation, the general CA spectrum emission mask for Bandwidth Class B shall apply, which refers to the minimum conformance requirements defined in clause 6.6.2.1A.0.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2G.
6.6.2.1G.3.4 Test Description
6.6.2.1G.3.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2G. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.1G.3.4.1-1 the details of the V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in sub-clause A.8.3 and the GNSS configuration in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.11.
Table 6.6.2.1G.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for PSSCH and PSCCH
Initial Conditions |
||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 |
Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
|||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Low range, Mid range , High range |
|||
Test CC Combination setting(NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2G |
Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg |
|||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||
V2X Multi-carrier Configuration |
V2X PSSCH Allocation |
|||
CC1 NRB |
CC2 NRB |
CC1 & CC2 Mod |
CC1 and CC2 RB Allocation |
|
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
12@2+0@0 |
|
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
0@0+12@37 |
|
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
48@2+0@0 |
|
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
0@0+48@2 |
|
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
48@2+48@2 |
|
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
12@2+0@0 |
|
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
0@0+12@37 |
|
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
48@2+0@0 |
|
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
0@0+48@2 |
|
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
48@2+48@2 |
|
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
1@2+1@47 |
1. Connect the SS and GNSS simulator to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Figure A.89a.
2. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
2a The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7] Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.
3. Ensure the UE is in test state 5A-V2X, according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1G.3.4.3.
4. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.
6.6.2.1G.3.4.2 Test procedure
1. Set the V2X sidelink communication parameters for both the V2X sidelink capable UE (hereinafter referred to as V2X UE) and SS according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration in TS36.508[7] Table subclause 4.10 with the exception specified in table 6.6.2.1G.3.4.3-1;
2. The V2X UE schedules the V2X RMC with transmission power at PUMAX level according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration which is in line with the test configuration in Table 6.6.2.1G.3.4.1-1;
3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3G.1.1.5-1 for Power Class 3 . The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms).
4. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1G.3.5-1. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6.6.2.1G.3.4.3 Message Contents
Message content are according to 36.508[7] subclause 4.10 Table 4.10.1.1-2 with the exception listed in table 6.6.2.1G.3.4.3-1, 6.6.2.1G.3.4.3-2 and 6.6.2.1G.3.4.3-3
Table 6.6.2.1G.3.4.3-1: SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo-r14-DEFAULT for CC1 & CC2
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 9.3.2 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
SL-V2X-PreconfigFreqInfo-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
v2x-CommPreconfigGeneral-r14 SEQUENCE { |
SL-PreconfigGeneral-r12 |
||
maxTxPower-r12 |
23 |
Power class 3 |
|
sl-bandwidth-r12 |
n50 |
10Mhz |
V2X_47B |
} |
|||
} |
|||
v2x-CommRxPoolList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-RxPoolPreconf-r14)) OF SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14 { |
1 entry |
||
SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14[1] |
SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14-DEFAULT using condition BITMAP_6 and exception listed in Table 6.6.2.1G.3.4.3-2 |
SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14 |
|
} |
|||
v2x-CommTxPoolList-r14 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSL-V2X-TxPoolPreconf-r14)) OF SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14 { |
|||
SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14[1] |
SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14-DEFAULT using condition BITMAP_6 and exception listed in Table 6.6.2.1G.3.4.3-2 |
||
} |
|||
v2x-ResourceSelectionConfig |
SL-CommTxPoolSensingConfig-r14-DEFAULT with exception listed in Table 6.6.2.1G.3.4.3-3 |
||
syncPriority-r14 |
GNSS |
||
} |
Table 6.6.2.1G.3.4.3-2: SL-V2X-PreconfigCommPool-r14-DEFAULT
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.8 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
SL-CommResroucePoolV2X-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
sl-Subframe-r14 CHOICE { |
|||
bs20-r14 |
11111111111111111111 |
BITMAP_6 |
|
} |
|||
sizeSubchannel-r14 |
n1 |
NRB_alloc = 1 |
|
n12 |
NRB_alloc = 12 |
||
n48 |
NRB_alloc = 48, NRB_alloc = 96 |
||
numSubchannel-r14 |
n1 |
||
startRB-Subchannel-r14 |
According to the test configuration in table 6.6.2.1G.3.4.1-1 |
||
dataTxParameters-r14 SEQUENCE { |
|||
p0-r12 |
31 |
It’s set to the maximum value to disable its effect on transmission power. |
|
} |
|||
syncAllowed-r14 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
gnss-Sync-r14 |
True |
The resource of CC1 can be used if the UE is directly or indirectly synchronized to GNSS |
CC with LCRB >0 |
enb-Sync-r14 |
True |
The resource of CC1 can be used if the UE is directly or indirectly synchronized to enb |
CC with LCRB =0 |
} |
|||
} |
Table 6.6.2.1G.3.4.3-3: SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-r14
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.8 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
SL-PSSCH-TxParameters-r14 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
minMCS-PSSCH-r14 |
0 |
QPSK |
|
11 |
16QAM |
||
maxMCS-PSSCH-r14 |
10 |
QPSK |
|
19 |
16QAM |
||
} |
6.6.2.1G.3.5 Test Requirement
The power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.1G.3.5-1 Bandwidth Class B.
Table 6.6.2.1G.3.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class B, E-UTRA bands > 5GHz
Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA |
||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
50RB+50RB (19.9 MHz) |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
19 |
30 kHz |
± 1-5 |
8 |
1 MHz |
± 5-14.95 |
11 |
1 MHz |
± 14.95-19.90 |
11 |
1 MHz |
± 19.90-19.95 |
23 |
1 MHz |
± 19.95-24.90 |
23 |
1 MHz |
6.6.2.1_s Spectrum Emission Mask for subslot/slot TTI
6.6.2.1_s.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth.
6.6.2.1_s.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA Power Class 3 UE release 15 and forward that support subslot/slot TTI.
6.6.2.1_s.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The spectrum emission mask of the UE applies to frequencies (ΔfOOB) starting from the edge of the assigned E-UTRA channel bandwidth. For frequencies greater than (ΔfOOB) as specified in Table 6.6.2.1_s.3-1 the spurious requirements in clause 6.6.3 are applicable.
The power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.1_s.3-1 for the specified channel bandwidth.
Table 6.6.2.1_s.3-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-10 |
-13 |
-15 |
-18 |
-20 |
-21 |
30 kHz |
± 1-2.5 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 2.5-2.8 |
-25 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 2.8-5 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
|
± 5-6 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 6-10 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||
± 10-15 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 15-20 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 20-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.1.
6.6.2.1_s.4 Test description
6.6.2.1_s.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.1_s.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.1_s.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
|||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||
Ch BW |
N/A for SEM testing |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
|
FDD |
TDD |
|||
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
|
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
|
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
6 |
6 |
|
3MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
15 |
|
3MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
4 |
|
3MHz |
16QAM |
4 |
4 |
|
3MHz |
16QAM |
15 |
15 |
|
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
25 |
|
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
8 |
|
5MHz |
16QAM |
8 |
8 |
|
5MHz |
16QAM |
25 |
25 |
|
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
50 |
|
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
12 |
|
10MHz |
16QAM |
12 |
12 |
|
10MHz |
16QAM |
50 (Note 4) |
50 (Note 4) |
|
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
75 |
|
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
16 |
|
15MHz |
16QAM |
16 |
16 |
|
15MHz |
16QAM |
75 (Note 4) |
75 (Note 4) |
|
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
100 |
|
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
18 |
|
20MHz |
16QAM |
18 |
18 |
|
20MHz |
16QAM |
100 (Note 4) |
100 (Note 4) |
|
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The allowed MPR for maximum output power UE might apply is described in clause 6.2.3_s.3. Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (max+1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 4: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2 |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1_s.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.1_s.4.3.
6.6.2.1_s.4.2 Test procedure
1. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.1_s.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3_s.5-1 for Power Class 3 UEs. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of 7 OS (0.5ms) for slot TTI and 2/3 OS for subslot TTI. For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
4. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.1_s.5-1 or 6.6.2.1_s.5-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6.6.2.1_s.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exceptions:
Table 6.6.2.1_s.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT (preamble)
Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.8.2.1.6-1 with condition Short-TTI |
||||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
||||
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15 SEQUENCE { |
||||
shortTTI-r15 SEQUENCE { |
||||
dl-STTI-Length-r15 |
subslot |
FDD_sTTI-22 OR FDD_sTTI-27 |
||
ul-STTI-Length-r15 |
subslot |
FDD_sTTI-22 |
||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
Condition |
Explanation |
FDD_sTTI-22 |
FDD cell environment and UEs supporting {subslot, subslot} combination |
FDD_sTTI-27 |
FDD cell environment and UEs supporting {subslot, slot} combination |
6.6.2.1_s.5 Test requirements
The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3_s.5-1 as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table.6.6.2.1_s.5-1 or Table.6.6.2.1_s.5-2, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.1_s.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.1_s.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
-18.2 |
-19.2 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.2 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask
6.6.2.2.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified level for the specified channel bandwidth under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.
6.6.2.2.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8 and forward.
6.6.2.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements
6.6.2.2.3.1 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”)
When "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” or “NS_21” is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”)
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-10 |
-13 |
-15 |
-18 |
-20 |
-21 |
30 kHz |
± 1-2.5 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 2.5-2.8 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 2.8-5 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 5-6 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 6-10 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||
± 10-15 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 15-20 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 20-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.2.1.
6.6.2.2.3.2 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_04")
When "NS_04" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2.3.2-1. or Table 6.6.2.2.3.2-2
Table 6.6.2.2.3.2-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04") (Rel-11 and earlier)
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-10 |
-13 |
-15 |
-18 |
-20 |
-21 |
30 kHz |
± 1-2.5 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 2.5-2.8 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 2.8-5 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 5-6 |
-25 |
-25 |
-25 |
-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
|
± 6-10 |
-25 |
-25 |
-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
||
± 10-15 |
-25 |
-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 15-20 |
-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 20-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.2-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04") (Rel-12 and onwards)
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-15 |
-18 |
-20 |
-21 |
30 kHz |
± 1-2.5 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 2.5-2.8 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 2.8-5 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 5-6 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 6-9 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 9-10 |
-25 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 10-13.5 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 13.5-15 |
-25 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 15-18 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||
± 18-20 |
-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
||
± 20-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.2.2.
6.6.2.2.3.3 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_06" or NS_07)
When "NS_06" or "NS_07" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1.
Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07")
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB |
1.4 |
3.0 |
5 |
10 |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-0.1 |
-13 |
-13 |
-15 |
-18 |
30 kHz |
± 0.1-1 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
100 kHz |
± 1-2.5 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 2.5-2.8 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 2.8-5 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 5-6 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 6-10 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||
± 10-15 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.2.3.
6.6.2.2.3.4 Minimum requirement (network signalled value “NS_27”)
Additional spectrum emission requirements are signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall meet an additional requirement for a specific deployment scenario as part of the cell handover/broadcast message.
When “NS_27” is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2.3.4-1.
Table 6.6.2.2.3.4-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_27")
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
Note 1 |
± 1-10 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 10-15 |
-25 |
-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
|
± 15-20 |
-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
||
± 20-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
|||
Note 1: The measurement bandwidth is 1% of the applicable E-UTRA channel bandwidth. |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.2.5.
6.6.2.2.3.5 Minimum requirement (network signalled value “NS_35”)
Additional spectrum emission requirements are signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall meet an additional requirement for a specific deployment scenario as part of the cell handover/broadcast message.
When "NS_35" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2.3.5-1.
Table 6.6.2.2.3.5-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_35")
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth (unless otherwise stated) |
± 0-0.1 |
-15 |
-18 |
-20 |
-21 |
30 kHz |
± 0.1-6 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
100 kHz |
± 6-10 |
-251 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
100 kHz |
± 10-15 |
-251 |
-13 |
-13 |
100 kHz |
|
± 15-20 |
-251 |
-13 |
100 kHz |
||
± 20-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
|||
Note 1: The measurement bandwidth shall be 1 MHz |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.2.7.
6.6.2.2.3.6 Void
6.6.2.2.4 Test description
6.6.2.2.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Tables 6.6.2.2.4.1-1 through 6.6.2.2.4.1-11. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_03")
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD |
TDD |
FDD |
TDD |
|||
1.4MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing. |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
||
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
|||
1.4MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
5 |
5 |
|||
3MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
15 |
|||
3MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
4 |
|||
3MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
15 |
15 |
|||
3MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
4 |
4 |
|||
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
25 |
|||
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
8 |
|||
5MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
|||
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
25 |
25 |
|||
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
8 |
8 |
|||
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
50 |
|||
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
12 |
|||
10MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
|||
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
50 (Note 3) |
50 (Note 3) |
|||
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
12 |
12 |
|||
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
75 |
|||
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
16 |
|||
15MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
8 |
|||
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
75 (Note 3) |
75 (Note 3) |
|||
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
16 |
16 |
|||
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
100 |
|||
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
18 |
|||
20MHz |
QPSK |
10 |
10 |
|||
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
100 (Note 3) |
100 (Note 3) |
|||
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
18 |
18 |
|||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2. Note 4: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM. |
Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_04", Power Class 2)
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
Normal |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low Range, Mid Range, High Range Additional test frequencies: For 5 MHz bandwidth: 2500.6 MHz, NUL= 39696 For 10 MHz bandwidth: 2504.1 MHz, NUL= 39731 For 15 MHz bandwidth: 2510.9 MHz, NUL= 39799 For 20 MHz bandwidth: 2517.6 MHz, NUL= 39866 |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz |
|||||
Test Parameters for NS_04 A-MPR |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation TDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation TDD |
RBstart TDD |
1 (Note 1) |
5MHz |
N/A for A-MPR testing |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
|
2 (Note 1) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
9 |
||
3 (Note 2) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
0 |
||
4 (Note 1) |
5MHz |
16QAM |
16 |
9 |
||
5 (Note 2) |
5MHz |
16QAM |
25 |
0 |
||
6 (Note 1) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
7 (Note 1) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
49 |
||
8 (Note 1) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
0 |
||
9 (Note 1) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
40 |
10 |
||
10 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
0 |
||
11 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
50 |
0 |
||
12 (Note 1) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
13 (Note 1) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
74 |
||
14 (Note 1) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
32 |
0 |
||
15 (Note 1) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
60 |
15 |
||
16 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
0 |
||
17 |
15MHz |
16QAM |
75 |
0 |
||
18 (Note 1) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
19 (Note 1) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
99 |
||
20 (Note 1) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
0 |
||
21 (Note 1) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
25 |
||
22 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
0 |
||
23 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
100 |
0 |
||
Note 1: Only applicable for Low Range. Note 2: Only applicable for Mid, High Range and additional test frequencies. |
Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_04", Power Class 3)
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range Additional test frequencies for Rel-12 to Rel-13 and bit 2 of modifiedMPRbehavior = 0: For 5 MHz bandwidth: 2499.6 MHz, NUL= 39686 For 10 MHz bandwidth: 2504.1 MHz, NUL= 39731 For 15 MHz bandwidth: 2510.9 MHz, NUL= 39799 For 20 MHz bandwidth: 2517.6 MHz, NUL= 39866 Additional test frequencies for Rel-12 and later and bit 2 of modifiedMPRbehavior = 1: For 5 MHz bandwidth: 2500.6 MHz, NUL= 39696 For 10 MHz bandwidth: 2504.1 MHz, NUL= 39731 For 15 MHz bandwidth: 2510.9 MHz, NUL= 39799 For 20 MHz bandwidth: 2517.6 MHz, NUL= 39866 |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
5MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, 20MHz |
|||||
Test Parameters for NS_04 A-MPR |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Configura-tion ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation TDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation TDD |
RBstart TDD |
1 (Note 6) |
5MHz |
N/A for A-MPR testing |
QPSK |
25 |
0 |
|
2 (Note 6) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
Note 3 |
||
3(Note 6) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
Note 3 |
||
4 (Note 6) |
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
25 |
0 |
||
5 (Note 6) |
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
8 |
Note 3 |
||
6 (Note 6) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
7 (Note 6) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
0 |
||
8 (Note 6) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
0 |
||
9 Note 6) |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
50 (Note 4) |
0 |
||
10 (Note 6) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
13 |
||
11 (Note 6) |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
24 |
13 |
||
12 (Note 6) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
13 |
||
13 (Note 6) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
37 |
||
14 (Note 6) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
49 |
||
15 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
16 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
0 |
||
17 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
0 |
||
18 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
75 (Note 4) |
0 |
||
19 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
19 |
||
20 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
36 (Note 4) |
19 |
||
21 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
19 |
||
22 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
56 |
||
23 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
74 |
||
24 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
25 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
0 |
||
26 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
0 |
||
27 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
100 (Note 4) |
0 |
||
28 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
25 |
||
29 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
50 (Note 4) |
25 |
||
30 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
25 |
||
31 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
75 |
||
32 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
99 |
||
33 (Note 8) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
34 (Note 8) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
9 |
||
35 (Note 9) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
0 |
||
36 (Note 8) |
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
16 |
9 |
||
37 (Note 9) |
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
25 |
0 |
||
38 (Note 8) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
39 (Note 8) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
49 |
||
40 (Note 8) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
0 |
||
41 (Note 8) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
40 |
10 |
||
42 (Note 7) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
0 |
||
43 (Note 7) |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
50 |
0 |
||
44 (Note 8) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
45 (Note 8) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
74 |
||
46 (Note 8) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
32 |
0 |
||
47 (Note 8) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
60 |
15 |
||
48 (Note 7) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
0 |
||
49 (Note 7) |
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
75 |
0 |
||
50 (Note 8) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
51 (Note 8) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
99 |
||
52 (Note 8) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
0 |
||
53 (Note 8) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
25 |
||
54 (Note 7) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
0 |
||
55 (Note 7) |
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
100 |
0 |
||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to be corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE. Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 4: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2. Note 5: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM. Note 6: Applies only for Rel-11 and earlier. Note 7: Applies only for Rel-12 and later. Note 8: Applies only for Rel-12 and later and Low Range. Note 9: Applies only for Rel-12 and later and Mid, High Range and additional test frequencies. |
Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_06", Power Class 1)
Initial Conditions |
|||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
Normal |
||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
||||
Test Parameters for NS_06 A-MPR |
|||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
1 |
5MHz |
N/A for A-MPR testing |
QPSK |
25 |
|
2 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
||
3 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
8 |
||
4 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
||
5 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
||
6 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
12 |
||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4_1.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE. Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. |
Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-5: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_06", Power Class 3)
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD |
TDD |
FDD |
TDD |
|||
1.4MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing. |
QPSK |
6 |
NA |
||
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
||||
1.4MHz |
16QAM (Note 3) |
5 |
||||
3MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
||||
3MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
||||
3MHz |
16QAM (Note 3) |
4 |
||||
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
||||
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
||||
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 3) |
8 |
||||
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
||||
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
||||
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 3) |
12 |
||||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM. |
Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-6: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_07")
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Mid range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
10MHz |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Test Number |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
RBstart |
1 |
10MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing. |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
|
2 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
0 |
||
3 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
13 |
||
4 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
20 |
13 |
||
5 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
13 |
||
6 |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 2) |
36 (Note 1) |
13 |
||
7 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
19 |
||
8 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
19 |
||
9 |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 2) |
16 |
19 |
||
10 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
30 |
19 |
||
11 |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 2) |
30 (Note 1) |
19 |
||
12 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
43 |
||
13 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
48 |
||
14 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
0 |
||
15 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
0 |
||
16 |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 2) |
50 (Note 1) |
0 |
||
Note 1: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2. Note 2: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM. |
Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-7: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_11")
Initial Conditions |
|||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
Normal |
||||
Test Frequencies |
Low range, Mid range, High range For 3 MHz Channel Bandwidth: a. 2001.5 MHz (NUL = 25515) b. 2004.5 MHz (NUL = 25545) For 5 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2002.5 MHz (NUL = 25525) b. 2004.5 MHz (NUL = 25545) c. 2007.5 MHz (NUL = 25575) For 10 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2005 MHz (NUL = 25550) b. 2005.5 MHz (NUL = 25555) c. 2015 MHz (NUL = 25650) For 15 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2007.5 MHz (NUL = 25575) b. 2012.5 MHz (NUL = 25625) For 20 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2010 MHz (NUL = 25600) |
||||
Test Channel Bandwidths |
3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz |
||||
Test Parameters for NS_11 A-MPR |
|||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
1 |
3MHz |
N/A for A-MPR testing |
QPSK |
6 |
|
2 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
||
3 |
3MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
6 |
||
4 |
3MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
15 |
||
5 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
||
6 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
||
7 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
||
8 |
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
8 |
||
9 |
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
25 |
||
10 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
||
11 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
||
12 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
||
13 |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
12 |
||
14 |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
50 |
||
(Note 3) |
|||||
15 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
||
16 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
||
17 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
||
18 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
30 |
||
19 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
||
20 |
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
8 |
||
21 |
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
25 |
||
22 |
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
30 |
||
23 |
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
75 |
||
24 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
||
25 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
10 |
||
26 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
||
27 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
||
28 |
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
10 |
||
29 |
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
25 |
||
30 |
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
100 |
||
Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2. Note 4: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM. |
Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-8: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_20")
Initial Conditions |
|||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
Normal |
||||
Test Frequencies |
Low range, Mid range, High range For 5 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2002.5 MHz (NUL = 25525) b. 2007.5 MHz (NUL = 25575) c. 2012.5 MHz (NUL = 25625) d. 2017.5 MHz (NUL = 25675) For 10 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2005 MHz (NUL = 25550) b. 2015 MHz (NUL = 25650) For 15 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2012.5 MHz (NUL = 25625) For 20 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2010 MHz (NUL = 25600) |
||||
Test Channel Bandwidths |
5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz |
||||
Test Parameters for NS_20 A-MPR |
|||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
1 |
5MHz |
N/A for A-MPR testing |
QPSK |
8 |
|
2 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
||
3 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
||
4 |
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
15 |
||
5 |
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
25 |
||
6 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
||
7 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
||
8 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
||
9 |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
12 |
||
10 |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
50 |
||
(Note 3) |
|||||
11 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
||
12 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
||
13 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
||
14 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
||
15 |
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
25 |
||
16 |
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
36 |
||
17 |
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
75 |
||
18 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
||
19 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
||
20 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
||
21 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
||
22 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
||
23 |
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
18 |
||
24 |
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
25 |
||
25 |
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
75 |
||
26 |
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
100 |
||
Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2. Note 4: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM. |
Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-9: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_21")
Initial Conditions |
||||||||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||||||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range or High range |
|||||||||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
5 MHz, 10 MHz |
|||||||||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||||||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
RBstart FDD |
||||||
1 (note 2) |
5 MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||||||||
2 (note 2) |
5 MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
0 |
||||||||
3 (note 2) |
10 MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||||||||
4 (note 3) |
10 MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
49 |
||||||||
5 (note 2) |
10 MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
0 |
||||||||
6 (note 3) |
10 MHz |
QPSK |
3 |
47 |
||||||||
7 (note 3) |
10 MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
0 |
||||||||
8 (note 1, 3) |
10 MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
50 |
0 |
||||||||
Note 1: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2. Note 2: Applicable only to low range frequency testing. Note 3: Applicable only to high range frequency testing. Note 4: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM. |
Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-10: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_27")
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
Normal |
||||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Refer to Frequency column in test parameters |
||||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz |
||||||
Test Parameters for NS_27 A-MPR |
|||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||||
Configuration ID |
Frequency |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
RBstart FDD |
1 |
Low/Mid |
5MHz |
N/A for A-MPR testing |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
|
2 |
High |
5MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
24 |
||
3 |
Low/Mid/High |
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
0 |
||
4 |
Low/Mid/High |
5MHz |
16QAM |
25 |
0 |
||
5 |
Low/Mid |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
6 |
High |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
49 |
||
7 |
Low/Mid/High |
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
0 |
||
8 (Note 2) |
Low/Mid/High |
10MHz |
16QAM |
50 |
0 |
||
9 |
Low/Mid |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
10 |
Low |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
7 |
||
11 |
Low/Mid |
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
0 |
||
12 |
High |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
74 |
||
13 |
High |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
67 |
||
14 |
High |
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
74 |
||
15 |
Low/Mid/High |
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
0 |
||
16 (Note 2) |
Low/Mid/High |
15MHz |
16QAM |
75 |
0 |
||
17 |
Low/Mid |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
18 |
Low |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
13 |
||
19 |
Low |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
16 |
||
20 |
Low/Mid |
20MHz |
QPSK |
21 |
0 |
||
21 |
High |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
99 |
||
22 |
High |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
86 |
||
23 |
High |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
83 |
||
24 |
High |
20MHz |
QPSK |
21 |
0 |
||
25 |
Low/Mid/High |
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
0 |
||
26 (Note 2) |
Low/Mid/High |
20MHz |
16QAM |
100 |
0 |
||
Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE. Note 2: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2. Note 3: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM. |
Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-11: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_35")
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD |
TDD |
FDD |
TDD |
|||
5MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing. |
QPSK |
25 |
NA |
||
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
||||
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 3) |
8 |
||||
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
||||
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
||||
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 3) |
12 |
||||
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
||||
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
||||
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 3) |
16 |
||||
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
||||
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
||||
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 3) |
18 |
||||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Tables 6.6.2.2.4.1-1 to 6.6.2.2.4.1-11.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2.4.3.
6.6.2.2.4.2 Test procedure
1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to applicable table from Table 6.6.2.2.4.1-1 to 6.6.2.2.4.1-11. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.4.5-1 to 6.2.4.5-28 or 6.2.4_1.5-1 as appropriate. The period of the measurement shall be at least one sub-frame (1ms).
4. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to Table 6.6.2.2.5.1-1, 6.6.2.2.5.2-1, 6.6.2.2.5.3-1 or Table 6.6.2.2.5.1-2, 6.6.2.2.5.2-2, 6.6.2.2.5.3-2, or 6.6.2.2.5.4-1, 6.6.2.2.5.5-1 as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6.6.2.2.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6, with the following exceptions for each network signalled value.
6.6.2.2.4.3.1 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "NS_03")
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_03. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.
Table 6.6.2.2.4.3.1-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions requirement
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
additionalSpectrumEmission |
3 (NS_03) |
6.6.2.2.4.3.2 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "NS_04")
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_04. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.
Table 6.6.2.2.4.3.2-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions requirement
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
additionalSpectrumEmission |
4 (NS_04) |
6.6.2.2.4.3.3 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "NS_06")
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_06. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.
Table 6.6.2.2.4.3.3-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions requirement
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
additionalSpectrumEmission |
6 (NS_06) |
6.6.2.2.4.3.4 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "NS_07")
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_07. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.
Table 6.6.2.2.4.3.4-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions requirement
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
additionalSpectrumEmission |
7 (NS_07) |
6.6.2.2.4.3.5 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "NS_11")
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_11. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.
Table 6.6.2.2.4.3.5-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions requirement
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
additionalSpectrumEmission |
11 (NS_11) |
6.6.2.2.4.3.6 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "NS_20")
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_20. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.
Table 6.6.2.2.4.3.6-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions requirement
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
additionalSpectrumEmission |
20 (NS_20) |
6.6.2.2.4.3.7 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "NS_21")
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_21. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.
Table 6.6.2.2.4.3.7-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions requirement
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
additionalSpectrumEmission |
21 (NS_21) |
6.6.2.2.4.3.8 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "NS_27")
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_27. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.
Table 6.6.2.2.4.3.8-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions requirement
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
additionalSpectrumEmission |
27 (NS_27) |
6.6.2.2.4.3.9 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "NS_35")
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_35. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spurious emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.
Table 6.6.2.2.4.3.8-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions requirement
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
additionalSpectrumEmission |
32 |
||
additionalSpectrumEmission-v10l0 |
35 (NS_35) |
6.6.2.2.5 Test requirements
6.6.2.2.5.1 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”)
When "NS_03" or “NS_11” or “NS_20” or “NS_21” is indicated in the cell:
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-1, 6.2.4.5-2, 6.2.4.5-11, 6.2.4.5-20 and 6.2.4.5-21 as appropriate,
and
– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2.5.1-1 or 6.6.2.2.5.1-2, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2.5.1-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.2.5.1-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
-18.2 |
-19.2 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
6-10 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.2.5.2 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_04")
When "NS_04" is indicated in the cell:
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-3 for a Power Class 3 UE or 6.2.4_1.5-2 for a Power Class 2 UE as appropriate,
and
– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2.5.2-1 or Table.6.6.2.2.5.2-3, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2.5.2-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04") (Rel-11 and earlier)
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
1 MHz |
||||||
10-15 |
1 MHz |
||||||
15-20 |
1 MHz |
||||||
20-25 |
1 MHz |
||||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_04 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.2.5.2-2: Void
Table 6.6.2.2.3.2-3: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04") (Rel-12 and onwards)
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
± 1-2.5 |
-8.5 |
–8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
1 MHz |
± 2.5-2.8 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 5-6 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
± 6-9 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 9-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 10-13.5 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 13.5-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 15-18 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 18-20 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 20-25 |
1 MHz |
NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.2.5.3 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07")
When "NS_06" or "NS_07" is indicated in the cell:
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-5, 6.2.4.5-6 and 6.2.4.5-7 as appropriate for a Power Class 3 UE or in Table 6.2.4_1.5-1 for a Power Class 1 UE,
and
– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2.5.3-1 or Table.6.6.2.2.5.3-2, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2.5.3-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07"), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB |
1.4 |
3.0 |
5 |
10 |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-0.1 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
30 kHz |
0.1-1 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
100 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.2.5.3-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07"), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB |
1.4 |
3.0 |
5 |
10 |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-0.1 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
30 kHz |
0.1-1 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
100 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
6-10 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
10-15 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.2.5.4 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_27")
When "NS_27" is indicated in the cell:
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-27 as appropriate for a Power Class 3 UE
and
– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2.5.4-1, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2.5.4-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_27")
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
Note 1 |
± 1-10 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
± 10-15 |
-23.2 |
-23.2 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|
± 15-20 |
-23.2 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
||
± 20-25 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
Note 1: The measurement bandwidth is 1% of the applicable E-UTRA channel bandwidth. |
6.6.2.2.5.5 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_35")
When "NS_35" is indicated in the cell:
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-28 as appropriate for a Power Class 3 UE
and
– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2.5.5-1, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2.5.5-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_35")
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth (unless otherwise stated) |
± 0-0.1 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
± 0.1-6 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
100 kHz |
± 6-10 |
-23.51 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
100 kHz |
± 10-15 |
-23.51 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
100 kHz |
|
± 15-20 |
-23.51 |
-11.5 |
100 kHz |
||
± 20-25 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
Note 1: The measurement bandwidth shall be 1 MHz |
6.6.2.2_1 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for UL 64QAM
6.6.2.2_1.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.2.1
6.6.2.2_1.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE from release 13 and forward that support UL 64QAM.
6.6.2.2_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements
Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2.3
6.6.2.2_1.4 Test description
6.6.2.2_1.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Tables 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-1 through 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-9. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_03")
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD |
TDD |
FDD |
TDD |
|||
1.4MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing. |
64QAM |
5 |
5 |
||
3MHz |
64QAM |
15 |
15 |
|||
3MHz |
64QAM |
4 |
4 |
|||
5MHz |
64QAM |
25 |
25 |
|||
5MHz |
64QAM |
8 |
8 |
|||
10MHz |
64QAM |
50 |
50 |
|||
10MHz |
64QAM |
12 |
12 |
|||
15MHz |
64QAM |
75 |
75 |
|||
15MHz |
64QAM |
16 |
16 |
|||
20MHz |
64QAM |
100 |
100 |
|||
20MHz |
64QAM |
18 |
18 |
|||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: The 64QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs for which TC 6.6.2.2_2 is executed with network signalled value NS_03. |
Table 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_04")
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
Normal |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low Range, Mid Range, High Range Additional test frequencies for Rel-12 to Rel-13 and bit 2 of modifiedMPRbehavior = 0: For 5 MHz bandwidth: 2499.6 MHz, NUL= 39696 For 10 MHz bandwidth: 2504.1 MHz, NUL= 39731 For 15 MHz bandwidth: 2510.9 MHz, NUL= 39799 For 20 MHz bandwidth: 2517.6 MHz, NUL= 39866 Additional test frequencies for Rel-12 and later and bit 2 of modifiedMPRbehavior = 1: For 5 MHz bandwidth: 2500.6 MHz, NUL= 39686 For 10 MHz bandwidth: 2504.1 MHz, NUL= 39731 For 15 MHz bandwidth: 2510.9 MHz, NUL= 39799 For 20 MHz bandwidth: 2517.6 MHz, NUL= 39866 |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz |
|||||
Test Parameters for NS_04 A-MPR |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
RBstart FDD |
1 (Note 1) |
5MHz |
N/A for A-MPR testing |
64QAM |
16 |
9 |
|
2 (Note 2) |
5MHz |
64QAM |
25 |
0 |
||
3 |
10MHz |
64QAM |
50 |
0 |
||
4 |
15MHz |
64QAM |
75 |
0 |
||
5 |
20MHz |
64QAM |
100 |
0 |
||
Note 1: Only applicable for Low Range. Note 2: Only applicable for Mid, High Range and additional test frequencies. Note 3: The 64QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs for which TC 6.6.2.2_2 is executed with network signalled value NS_04. |
Table 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_06")
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD |
TDD |
FDD |
TDD |
|||
1.4MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission |
64QAM |
5 |
NA |
||
5MHz |
Mask testing |
64QAM |
8 |
|||
10MHz |
64QAM |
12 |
||||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: The 64QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs for which TC 6.6.2.2_2 is executed with network signalled value NS_06. |
Table 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_07")
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Mid range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
10MHz |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Test Number |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
RBstart |
1 |
10MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing. |
64QAM |
36 |
13 |
|
2 |
10MHz |
64QAM |
16 |
19 |
||
3 |
10MHz |
64QAM |
30 |
19 |
||
4 |
10MHz |
64QAM |
50 |
0 |
||
Note 1: The 64QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs for which TC 6.6.2.2_2 is executed with network signalled value NS_07. |
Table 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-5: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_11")
Initial Conditions |
|||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
Normal |
||||
Test Frequencies |
Low range, Mid range, High range For 3 MHz Channel Bandwidth: a. 2001.5 MHz (NUL = 25515) b. 2004.5 MHz (NUL = 25545) For 5 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2002.5 MHz (NUL = 25525) b. 2004.5 MHz (NUL = 25545) c. 2007.5 MHz (NUL = 25575) For 10 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2005 MHz (NUL = 25550) b. 2005.5 MHz (NUL = 25555) c. 2015 MHz (NUL = 25650) For 15 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2007.5 MHz (NUL = 25575) b. 2012.5 MHz (NUL = 25625) For 20 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2010 MHz (NUL = 25600) |
||||
Test Channel Bandwidths |
3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz |
||||
Test Parameters for NS_11 A-MPR |
|||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
1 |
3MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing. |
64QAM |
6 |
|
2 |
3MHz |
64QAM |
15 |
||
3 |
5MHz |
64QAM |
8 |
||
4 |
5MHz |
64QAM |
25 |
||
5 |
10MHz |
64QAM |
12 |
||
6 |
10MHz |
64QAM |
50 |
||
7 |
15MHz |
64QAM |
8 |
||
8 |
15MHz |
64QAM |
25 |
||
9 |
15MHz |
64QAM |
30 |
||
10 |
15MHz |
64QAM |
75 |
||
11 |
20MHz |
64QAM |
10 |
||
12 |
20MHz |
64QAM |
25 |
||
13 |
20MHz |
64QAM |
100 |
||
Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: The 64QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs for which TC 6.6.2.2_2 is executed with network signalled value NS_11. |
Table 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-6: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_20")
Initial Conditions |
|||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
Normal |
||||
Test Frequencies |
Low range, Mid range, High range For 5 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2002.5 MHz (NUL = 25525) b. 2007.5 MHz (NUL = 25575) c. 2012.5 MHz (NUL = 25625) d. 2017.5 MHz (NUL = 25675) For 10 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2005 MHz (NUL = 25550) b. 2015 MHz (NUL = 25650) For 15 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2012.5 MHz (NUL = 25625) For 20 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2010 MHz (NUL = 25600) |
||||
Test Channel Bandwidths |
5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz |
||||
Test Parameters for NS_20 A-MPR |
|||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
1 |
5MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing. |
64QAM |
15 |
|
2 |
5MHz |
64QAM |
25 |
||
3 |
10MHz |
64QAM |
12 |
||
4 |
10MHz |
64QAM |
50 |
||
5 |
15MHz |
64QAM |
25 |
||
6 |
15MHz |
64QAM |
36 |
||
7 |
15MHz |
64QAM |
75 |
||
8 |
20MHz |
64QAM |
18 |
||
9 |
20MHz |
64QAM |
25 |
||
10 |
20MHz |
64QAM |
75 |
||
11 |
20MHz |
64QAM |
100 |
||
Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: The 64QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs for which TC 6.6.2.2_2 is executed with network signalled value NS_20. |
Table 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-7: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_21")
Initial Conditions |
||||||||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||||||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
High range |
|||||||||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
10 MHz |
|||||||||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||||||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
RBstart FDD |
||||||
1 |
10 MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing. |
64QAM |
50 |
0 |
|||||||
Note 1: The 64QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs for which TC 6.6.2.2_2 is executed with network signalled value NS_21. |
Table 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-8: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_27")
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
Normal |
||||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Refer to Frequency column in test parameters |
||||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz |
||||||
Test Parameters for NS_27 A-MPR |
|||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||||
Configuration ID |
Frequency |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
RBstart FDD |
1 |
Low/Mid/High |
5MHz |
64QAM |
25 |
0 |
||
2 |
Low/Mid/High |
10MHz |
64QAM |
50 |
0 |
||
3 |
Low/Mid/High |
15MHz |
64QAM |
75 |
0 |
||
4 |
Low/Mid/High |
20MHz |
64QAM |
100 |
0 |
||
Note 1: The 64QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs for which TC 6.6.2.2_2 is executed with network signalled value NS_27. |
Table 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-9: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_35")
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD |
TDD |
FDD |
TDD |
|||
5MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing. |
64QAM |
8 |
NA |
||
10MHz |
64QAM |
12 |
||||
15MHz |
64QAM |
16 |
||||
20MHz |
64QAM |
18 |
||||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: The 64QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs for which TC 6.6.2.2_2 is executed with network signalled value NS_35. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Tables 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-1 to 6.6.2.2_1.4.1-9.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2_1.4.3.
6.6.2.2_1.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.2.4.2
6.6.2.2_1.4.3 Message contents
Same message contents as in clause 6.6.2.2.4.3
6.6.2.2_1.5 Test requirements
Same test requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2.5
6.6.2.2_2 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for UL 256QAM
6.6.2.2_2.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.2.1
6.6.2.2_2.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE from release 14 and forward that support UL 256QAM.
6.6.2.2_2.3 Minimum conformance requirements
Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2.3
6.6.2.2_2.4 Test description
6.6.2.2_2.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Tables 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-1 through 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-9. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_03")
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
||||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
||||||
Test Parameters for NS_03 A-MPR |
|||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||||
Configura-tion ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD |
TDD |
FDD |
TDD |
||||
1 |
3MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing |
256QAM |
15 |
15 |
||
2 |
5MHz |
256QAM |
25 |
25 |
|||
3 |
10MHz |
256QAM |
50 |
50 |
|||
4 |
15MHz |
256QAM |
75 |
75 |
|||
5 |
20MHz |
256QAM |
100 |
100 |
|||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. |
Table 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_04")
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
Normal |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low Range, Mid Range, High Range Additional test frequencies for Rel-12 to Rel-13 and bit 2 of modifiedMPRbehavior = 0: For 5 MHz bandwidth: 2499.6 MHz, NUL= 39686 For 10 MHz bandwidth: 2504.1 MHz, NUL= 39731 For 15 MHz bandwidth: 2510.9 MHz, NUL= 39799 For 20 MHz bandwidth: 2517.6 MHz, NUL= 39866 Additional test frequencies for Rel-12 and later and bit 2 of modifiedMPRbehavior = 1: For 5 MHz bandwidth: 2500.6 MHz, NUL= 39696 For 10 MHz bandwidth: 2504.1 MHz, NUL= 39731 For 15 MHz bandwidth: 2510.9 MHz, NUL= 39799 For 20 MHz bandwidth: 2517.6 MHz, NUL= 39866 |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz |
|||||
Test Parameters for NS_04 A-MPR |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
RBstart FDD |
1 (Note 1) |
5MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing |
256QAM |
16 |
9 |
|
2 (Note 2) |
5MHz |
256QAM |
25 |
0 |
||
3 |
10MHz |
256QAM |
50 |
0 |
||
4 |
15MHz |
256QAM |
75 |
0 |
||
5 |
20MHz |
256QAM |
100 |
0 |
||
Note 1: Only applicable for Low Range. Note 2: Only applicable for Mid, High Range and additional test frequencies. |
Table 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_06")
Initial Conditions |
|||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
Normal |
||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
||||
Test Parameters for NS_06 A-MPR |
|||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||
Configura-tion ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
1 |
1.4MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing |
256QAM |
6 |
|
2 |
5MHz |
256QAM |
25 |
||
3 |
10MHz |
256QAM |
50 |
||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. |
Table 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_07")
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Mid range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
10MHz |
|||||
Test Parameters for NS_07 A-MPR |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Configura-tion ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
RBstart FDD |
1 |
10MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing |
256QAM |
36 |
13 |
|
2 |
10MHz |
256QAM |
16 |
19 |
||
3 |
10MHz |
256QAM |
30 |
19 |
||
4 |
10MHz |
256QAM |
50 |
0 |
Table 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-5: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_11")
Initial Conditions |
|||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
Normal |
||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
For 3 MHz Channel Bandwidth: a. 2001.5 MHz (NUL = 25515) b. 2004.5 MHz (NUL = 25545) For 5 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2002.5 MHz (NUL = 25525) b. 2004.5 MHz (NUL = 25545) c. 2007.5 MHz (NUL = 25575) For 10 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2005 MHz (NUL = 25550) b. 2005.5 MHz (NUL = 25555) c. 2015 MHz (NUL = 25650) For 15 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2007.5 MHz (NUL = 25575) b. 2012.5 MHz (NUL = 25625) For 20 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2010 MHz (NUL = 25600) |
||||
Test Channel Bandwidths |
3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz |
||||
Test Parameters for NS_11 A-MPR |
|||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
1 |
3MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing |
256QAM |
15 |
|
2 |
5MHz |
256QAM |
25 |
||
3 |
10MHz |
256QAM |
50 |
||
4 |
15MHz |
256QAM |
8 |
||
5 |
15MHz |
256QAM |
25 |
||
6 |
15MHz |
256QAM |
30 |
||
7 |
15MHz |
256QAM |
75 |
||
8 |
20MHz |
256QAM |
10 |
||
9 |
20MHz |
256QAM |
25 |
||
10 |
20MHz |
256QAM |
100 |
||
Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.6.2.2_2.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. |
Table 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-6: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_20")
Initial Conditions |
|||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
Normal |
||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
For 5 MHz Channel Bandwidth b. 2007.5 MHz (NUL = 25575) c. 2012.5 MHz (NUL = 25625) d. 2017.5 MHz (NUL = 25675) For 10 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2005 MHz (NUL = 25550) b. 2015 MHz (NUL = 25650) For 15 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2012.5 MHz (NUL = 25625) For 20 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2010 MHz (NUL = 25600) |
||||
Test Channel Bandwidths |
5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz |
||||
Test Parameters for NS_20 A-MPR |
|||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
1 |
5MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing |
256QAM |
15 |
|
2 |
5MHz |
256QAM |
25 |
||
3 |
10MHz |
256QAM |
50 |
||
4 |
15MHz |
256QAM |
25 |
||
5 |
15MHz |
256QAM |
36 |
||
6 |
15MHz |
256QAM |
75 |
||
7 |
20MHz |
256QAM |
25 |
||
8 |
20MHz |
256QAM |
75 |
||
9 |
20MHz |
256QAM |
100 |
||
Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.6.2.2_2.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. |
Table 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-7: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_21")
Initial Conditions |
||||||||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||||||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
High range |
|||||||||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
10 MHz |
|||||||||||
Test Parameters for NS_21 A-MPR |
||||||||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||||||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
RBstart FDD |
||||||
1 |
10 MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing |
256QAM |
50 |
0 |
Table 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-8: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_27")
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
Normal |
||||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Refer to Frequency column in test parameters |
||||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz |
||||||
Test Parameters for NS_27 A-MPR |
|||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||||
Configuration ID |
Frequency |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
RBstart FDD |
1 |
Low/Mid/High |
5MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing |
256QAM |
25 |
0 |
|
2 |
Low/Mid/High |
10MHz |
256QAM |
50 |
0 |
||
3 |
Low/Mid/High |
15MHz |
256QAM |
75 |
0 |
||
4 |
Low/Mid/High |
20MHz |
256QAM |
100 |
0 |
Table 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-9: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_35")
Initial Conditions |
|||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
Normal |
||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz |
||||
Test Parameters for NS_35 A-MPR |
|||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||
Configura-tion ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
1 |
5MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing |
256QAM |
25 |
|
2 |
10MHz |
256QAM |
50 |
||
3 |
15MHz |
256QAM |
75 |
||
4 |
20MHz |
256QAM |
100 |
||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Tables 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-1 to 6.6.2.2_2.4.1-9.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2_2.4.3.
6.6.2.2_2.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.2.4.2
6.6.2.2_2.4.3 Message contents
Same message contents as in clause 6.6.2.2.4.3
6.6.2.2_2.5 Test requirements
Same test requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2.5
6.6.2.2_3 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask with PUSCH frequency hopping
Editor’s notes: This test case is incomplete. The following aspects are either missing or TBD.
– Annex F is not updated
– HARQ configuration for re-transmissions is missing
6.6.2.2_3.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified level for the specified channel bandwidth under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.
6.6.2.2_3.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 8 and forward.
6.6.2.2_3.3 Minimum conformance requirements
Same minimum conformance requirements as section 6.6.2.2.3
6.6.2.2_3.4 Test description
6.6.2.2_3.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Table 6.6.2.2_3.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.2_3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
Normal |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Mid range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Test dependant |
|||||
Test Parameters |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Configuration ID |
NS-value |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
1 |
NS_07 |
10 MHz |
N/A for A-MPR testing |
QPSK |
1 |
|
3 (Note 3) |
NS_11 |
15 MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
||
10 (Note 4) |
NS_20 |
10 MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
||
Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4_3.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: High range test frequency to be used. Note 4: Low range test frequency to be used. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.2_3.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2.4.3.
6.6.2.2_3.4.2 Test procedure
1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 with hopping bit(s) set to 1 (PUSCH type 2 hopping) for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to the applicable Table 6.6.2.2_3.4.1-1. SS sends always NACK on PHICH to trigger UE retransmissions needed for mirroring of RBs. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode in a TTI. The period of measurement shall be one sub-frame (1ms) excluding the 20 us transient periods in beginning and end of the subframe.
4. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode in the next TTI of the same HARQ process. The period of measurement shall be one sub-frame (1ms) excluding the 20 us transient periods in beginning and end of the subframe.
5. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to Tables 6.6.2.2.5-1 to 6.6.2.2.5-6, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs excluding the 20 us transient periods in beginning and end of the subframe. The measurement period shall include at least two consecutive UL TTI’s.
6.6.2.2_3.4.3 Message contents
Message content is the same as in section 6.6.2.2.4.2
6.6.2.2_3.5 Test requirements
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3 and 4, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4_3.5-1 and 6.2.4_3.5-2 as appropriate,
and
– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2_3.5-1 to 6.6.2.2_3.5-6, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2_3.5-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.2_3.5-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
-18.2 |
-19.2 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
6-10 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
Table 6.6.2.2_3.5-3: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04"), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
1 MHz |
||||||
10-15 |
1 MHz |
||||||
15-20 |
1 MHz |
||||||
20-25 |
1 MHz |
||||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_04 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.2_3.5-4: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04"), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
-18.2 |
-19.2 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
-23.2 |
-23.2 |
-23.2 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
1 MHz |
||||||
10-15 |
1 MHz |
||||||
15-20 |
1 MHz |
||||||
20-25 |
1 MHz |
||||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_04 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
Table 6.6.2.2_3.5-5: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07"), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB |
1.4 |
3.0 |
5 |
10 |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-0.1 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
30 kHz |
0.1-1 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
100 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.2_3.5-6: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07"), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB |
1.4 |
3.0 |
5 |
10 |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-0.1 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
30 kHz |
0.1-1 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
100 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
6-10 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
10-15 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.2A Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA
6.6.2.2A.1 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA)
6.6.2.2A.1.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth for CA under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.
6.6.2.2A.1.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA but do not support UL 64QAM or UL 256QAM.
6.6.2.2A.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements
6.6.2.2A.1.3.1 Minimum requirements (network signalled value "CA_NS_04")
Additional spectrum emission requirements are signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall meet an additional requirement for a specific deployment scenario as part of the cell handover/broadcast message.
When "CA_NS_04" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2A.1.3.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.2A.1.3.1-1: Additional requirements
Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
50+75RB (24.75 MHz) |
25+100RB (24.95 MHz) |
50+100RB (29.9 MHz) |
75+75RB (30 MHz) |
75+100RB (34.85 MHz) |
100+100RB (39.8 MHz) |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-22 |
-22 |
-22.5 |
-23 |
-23.5 |
-24 |
30 kHz |
± 1-5 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 5-22.95 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 22.95-23.25 |
-13 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
±23.25-27.9 |
-25 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 27.9-28.5 |
-25 |
-25 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 28.5-29.75 |
-25 |
-25 |
-25 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 29.75-29.95 |
-25 |
-25 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 29.95-32.85 |
-25 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||
± 32.85-34.9 |
-25 |
-25 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||
± 34.9-35 |
-25 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 35-37.8 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 37.8-39.85 |
-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 39.85-44.8 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101[2] subclause 6.6.2.2A.
6.6.2.2A.1.4 Test description
6.6.2.2A.1.4.1 Initial condition
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.2A.1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.2A.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
||||||||||
Test Environment as specified in |
NC |
|||||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in |
C: Low and High range |
|||||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration |
As in Table 6.6.2.2A.1.3.1-1 |
|||||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
||||||||||
ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC) |
CC |
UL Allocation |
||||||
PCC |
SCCs |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
NRB_alloc |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||||||
1 |
100 |
50 |
N/A |
QPSK |
10 |
P_10@20 |
S_0@0 |
|||
2 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
60 |
P_50@50 |
S_10@0 |
||||
3 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
15 |
P_0@0 |
S_15@0 |
||||
4 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@49 |
||||
5 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
10 |
P_10@20 |
S_0@0 |
||||
6 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
75 |
P_30@45 |
S_45@0 |
||||
7 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@74 |
||||
8 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
10 |
P_10@20 |
S_0@0 |
||||
9 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
80 |
P_50@50 |
S_30@0 |
||||
10 |
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
20 |
P_0@0 |
S_20@15 |
||||
11 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@74 |
||||
12 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
10 |
P_10@25 |
S_0@0 |
||||
13 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
90 |
P_40@60 |
S_50@0 |
||||
14 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
15 |
P_0@0 |
S_15@40 |
||||
15 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
20 |
P_0@0 |
S_20@30 |
||||
16 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@99 |
||||
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1 |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.2A.1.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.1.4.3.
6.6.2.2A.1.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.1.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.2A.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
5. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers in the CA configuration of the radio access mode, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.4A.1.5-4. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
7. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.2A.1.5.1-1. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6.6.2.2A.1.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6. The following exceptions apply for each network signalled value.
6.6.2.2A.1.4.3.1 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "CA_NS_04")
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to CA_NS_04. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spectrum emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.
Table 6.6.2.2A.1.4.3.1-1: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "CA_NS_04"
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 |
4 (CA_NS_04) |
6.6.2.2A.1.5 Test Requirements
6.6.2.2A.1.5.1 Test requirement for CA (network signalled value "CA_NS_04")
When "CA_NS_04" is indicated in the cell
– the measured UE mean power with the aggregated channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6 , shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4A.1.5-4 as appropriate,
and
– the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2A.1.5.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.2A.1.5.1-1: Additional requirements
Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
50+75RB (24.75 MHz) |
25+100RB (24.95 MHz) |
50+100RB (29.9 MHz) |
75+75RB (30 MHz) |
75+100RB (34.85 MHz) |
100+100RB (39.8 MHz) |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-22 |
-22 |
-22.5 |
-23 |
-23.5 |
-24 |
30 kHz |
± 1-5 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 5-22.95 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 22.95-23.25 |
-13 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
±23.25-27.9 |
-25 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 27.9-28.5 |
-25 |
-25 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 28.5-29.75 |
-25 |
-25 |
-25 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 29.75-29.95 |
-25 |
-25 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 29.95-32.85 |
-25 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||
± 32.85-34.9 |
-25 |
-25 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||
± 34.9-35 |
-25 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 35-37.8 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 37.8-39.85 |
-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 39.85-44.8 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel. Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value CA_NS_04 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.2A Table 6.2.2.2A-1. |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.2A.1_1 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for UL 64QAM
Editor’s note: For a transition period until RAN5#83, this test case in version 15.3.1 of 36.521-1 shall be used. This is to ensure no test coverage is lost before the UL 256QAM test case becomes available.
6.6.2.2A.1_1.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.2A.1.1.
6.6.2.2A.1_1.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE from release 13 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA, UL CA and UL 64QAM but do not support UL 256QAM.
6.6.2.2A.1_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements
Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2.A.1.3.
6.6.2.2A.1_1.4 Test description
6.6.2.2A.1_1.4.1 Initial condition
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.2A.1_1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.2A.1_1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for CA_NS_04
Initial Conditions |
||||||||||
Test Environment as specified in |
NC |
|||||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in |
C: Low and High range |
|||||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration |
As in Table 6.6.2.2A.1.3.1-1 |
|||||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
||||||||||
ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC) |
CC |
UL Allocation |
||||||
PCC |
SCCs |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
NRB_alloc |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||||||
1 |
100 |
50 |
N/A |
64QAM |
10 |
P_10@20 |
S_0@0 |
|||
2 |
100 |
50 |
64QAM |
60 |
P_50@50 |
S_10@0 |
||||
3 |
100 |
50 |
64QAM |
15 |
P_0@0 |
S_15@0 |
||||
4 |
100 |
50 |
64QAM |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@49 |
||||
5 |
75 |
75 |
64QAM |
10 |
P_10@20 |
S_0@0 |
||||
6 |
75 |
75 |
64QAM |
75 |
P_30@45 |
S_45@0 |
||||
7 |
75 |
75 |
64QAM |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@74 |
||||
8 |
100 |
75 |
64QAM |
10 |
P_10@20 |
S_0@0 |
||||
9 |
100 |
75 |
64QAM |
80 |
P_50@50 |
S_30@0 |
||||
10 |
100 |
75 |
64QAM |
20 |
P_0@0 |
S_20@15 |
||||
11 |
100 |
75 |
64QAM |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@74 |
||||
12 |
100 |
100 |
64QAM |
10 |
P_10@25 |
S_0@0 |
||||
13 |
100 |
100 |
64QAM |
90 |
P_40@60 |
S_50@0 |
||||
14 |
100 |
100 |
64QAM |
15 |
P_0@0 |
S_15@40 |
||||
15 |
100 |
100 |
64QAM |
20 |
P_0@0 |
S_20@30 |
||||
16 |
100 |
100 |
64QAM |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@99 |
||||
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1 |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.2A.1_1.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.1_1.4.3.
6.6.2.2A.1_1.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.2A.1.4.2 with following exceptions:
– Instead of Table 6.2.4A.1.5-4 use Table 6.2.4A.1_1.5-4.
6.6.2.2A.1_1.4.3 Message contents
Same message contents as in clause 6.6.2.2A.1.4.3.
6.6.2.2A.1_1.5 Test Requirements
Same test requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2A.1.5 with following exceptions:
– Instead of Table 6.2.4A.1.5-4 use Table 6.2.4A.1_1.5-4.
6.6.2.2A.1_2 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for UL 256QAM
6.6.2.2A.1_2.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.2A.1.1.
6.6.2.2A.1_2.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA and UL 256QAM.
6.6.2.2A.1_2.3 Minimum conformance requirements
Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2A.1.3.
6.6.2.2A.1_2.4 Test description
6.6.2.2A.1_2.4.1 Initial condition
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.2A.1_2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.2A.1_2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for CA_NS_04
Initial Conditions |
||||||||||
Test Environment as specified in |
NC |
|||||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in |
C: Low and High range |
|||||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration |
As in Table 6.6.2.2A.1.3.1-1 |
|||||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
||||||||||
ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC) |
CC |
UL Allocation |
||||||
PCC |
SCCs |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
NRB_alloc |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||||||
1 |
100 |
50 |
N/A |
256QAM |
10 |
P_10@20 |
S_0@0 |
|||
2 |
100 |
50 |
256QAM |
60 |
P_50@50 |
S_10@0 |
||||
3 |
100 |
50 |
256QAM |
15 |
P_0@0 |
S_15@0 |
||||
4 |
100 |
50 |
256QAM |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@49 |
||||
5 |
75 |
75 |
256QAM |
10 |
P_10@20 |
S_0@0 |
||||
6 |
75 |
75 |
256QAM |
75 |
P_30@45 |
S_45@0 |
||||
7 |
75 |
75 |
256QAM |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@74 |
||||
8 |
100 |
75 |
256QAM |
10 |
P_10@20 |
S_0@0 |
||||
9 |
100 |
75 |
256QAM |
80 |
P_50@50 |
S_30@0 |
||||
10 |
100 |
75 |
256QAM |
20 |
P_0@0 |
S_20@15 |
||||
11 |
100 |
75 |
256QAM |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@74 |
||||
12 |
100 |
100 |
256QAM |
10 |
P_10@25 |
S_0@0 |
||||
13 |
100 |
100 |
256QAM |
90 |
P_40@60 |
S_50@0 |
||||
14 |
100 |
100 |
256QAM |
15 |
P_0@0 |
S_15@40 |
||||
15 |
100 |
100 |
256QAM |
20 |
P_0@0 |
S_20@30 |
||||
16 |
100 |
100 |
256QAM |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@99 |
||||
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1 |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.2A.1_2.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.1_2.4.3.
6.6.2.2A.1_2.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.2A.1.4.2 with following exceptions:
– Instead of Table 6.2.4A.1.5-4 use Table 6.2.4A.1_2.5-4.
6.6.2.2A.1_2.4.3 Message contents
Same message contents as in clause 6.6.2.2A.1.4.3.
6.6.2.2A.1_2.5 Test Requirements
Same test requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2A.1.5 with following exceptions:
– Instead of Table 6.2.4A.1.5-4 use Table 6.2.4A.1_2.5-4.
6.6.2.2A.2 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (inter-band DL CA and UL CA)
6.6.2.2A.2.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth for CA under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.
6.6.2.2A.2.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support inter-band DL CA and UL CA but do not support UL 64QAM or UL 256QAM.
6.6.2.2A.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum requirements are the same as in section 6.6.2.2.3 per component carrier.
6.6.2.2A.2.4 Test description
6.6.2.2A.2.4.1 Initial condition
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state. For Uplink CA Configurations listed in table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-1, Additional Spectrum emission requirements are tested.
Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-1: Additional Spectrum Emission mask for inter-band CA
Uplink CA Configuration |
NS-value per CC (in same order as UL CA Configuration column) |
Applicable spectrum emission requirements (in same order as UL CA Configuration column) |
||
CA_1A-3A CA_1A-5A CA_1A-7A CA_1A-8A CA_1A-18A CA_1A-26A CA_1A-42A |
NS_05 |
NS_01 |
N/A |
N/A |
CA_1A-19A |
NS_05 |
NS_08 |
N/A |
N/A |
CA_1A-21A |
NS_05 |
NS_09 |
N/A |
N/A |
CA_1A-28A |
NS_05 |
NS_17 |
N/A |
N/A |
CA_2A-4A, CA_2A-66A |
NS_03 |
NS_03 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
CA_2A-12A, CA_2A-13A, CA_4A-12A, CA_4A-13A, CA_4A-17A |
NS_03 |
NS_06 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1 |
CA_2A-30A |
NS_03 |
NS_21 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
CA_3A-5A CA_3A-7A CA_3A-8A CA_5A-7A CA_39A-41A CA_41A-42A |
NS_01 |
NS_01 |
N/A |
N/A |
CA_3A-19A |
NS_01 |
NS_08 |
N/A |
N/A |
CA_3A-20A CA_7A-20A |
NS_01 |
NS_10 |
N/A |
N/A |
CA_2A-13A, CA_4A-13A |
NS_03 |
NS_07 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1 |
CA_2A-5A CA_2A-7A, CA_4A-5A, CA_4A-7A |
NS_03 |
NS_01 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
N/A |
CA_5A-66ANote 5 |
NS_01 |
NS_03 |
N/A |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
CA_5A-12A CA_5A-17A |
NS_01 |
NS_06 |
N/A |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1 |
CA_5A-30A |
NS_01 |
NS_21 |
N/A |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
CA_7A-28A CA_18A-28A |
NS_01 |
NS_17 |
N/A |
N/A |
CA_7A-28A |
NS_01 |
NS_18 |
N/A |
N/A |
CA_12A-30A |
NS_06 |
NS_21 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1 |
CA_12A-66ANote 5 |
NS_06 |
NS_03 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
CA_19A-21A |
NS_08 |
NS_09 |
N/A |
N/A |
Note 1: For CCs with NS_01, there are no additional requirements defined in 36.101. Only CCs with NS-value different than NS_01 needs to be tested. Note 2: A-MPR values for NS-values in this table are the same as in section 6.2.4.3. Note 3: Selection of CA configurations and NS-values to test is derived in TR 36.905 [19]. Note 4: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column. Note 5: As an exception to note 4, PCC is mapped to the second band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column. |
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2 for CA configurations with two bands or Table 5.4.2A.1-2a for CA configurations with three bands. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in tables 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-2 to 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-9. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_03 or network signalled value NS_03/NS_01)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and high range for PCC Mid range for SCC (Note 3) |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg(Note 2) |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||
NS_03 CC |
NS_01 CC |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
||||||
1 |
25 |
25 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
8 |
2 |
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
25 |
25 |
|
3 |
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
QPSK |
25 |
8 |
|
4 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
12 |
|
5 |
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
50 |
50 |
|
6 |
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
QPSK |
50 |
12 |
|
7 |
50 |
100 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
18 |
|
8 |
50 |
100 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
50 |
100 |
|
9 |
50 |
100 |
16QAM |
QPSK |
50 |
18 |
|
10 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
10 |
12 |
|
11 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
100 |
50 |
|
12 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
QPSK |
100 |
12 |
|
13 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
10 |
18 |
|
14 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
100 |
100 |
|
15 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
QPSK |
100 |
18 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. For Mid range place test point with RBstart=0 and RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. Note 4: Mapping of NS-value per CC and PCC/SCC selection are specified in Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-1. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_06)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3) |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg(Note 2) |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||
PCC (NS_03) |
SCC (NS_07) |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
||||||
1 |
25 |
25 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
2 |
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
25 |
9 |
|
3 |
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
6 |
9 |
|
4 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
12 |
12 |
|
5 |
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
50 |
15 |
|
6 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
12 |
15 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_21)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||
PCC (NS_01) |
SCC (NS_21) |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
||||||
1 |
25 |
25 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
8 |
8 |
2 |
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
25 |
25 |
|
3 |
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
8 |
25 |
|
4 (Note 4) |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
12 |
12@7 |
|
5 (Note 5) |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
12 |
12@31 |
|
6 |
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
50 |
1 |
|
7 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
12 |
1 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-1. Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing. Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-5: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_03)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3) |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg (Note 2) |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||
PCC (NS_03) |
SCC (NS_03) |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
||||||
1 |
15 |
25 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
4 |
6 |
2 |
15 |
25 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
15 |
25 |
|
3 |
15 |
25 |
16QAM |
QPSK |
15 |
6 |
|
4 |
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
|
5 |
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
25 |
25 |
|
6 |
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
QPSK |
25 |
6 |
|
7 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
|
8 |
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
50 |
50 |
|
9 |
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
QPSK |
50 |
6 |
|
10 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
10 |
10 |
|
11 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
100 |
100 |
|
12 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
QPSK |
100 |
10 |
|
13 |
6 |
25 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
5 |
6 |
|
14 |
6 |
25 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
6 |
25 |
|
15 |
6 |
25 |
16QAM |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-6: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_06)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3) |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg(Note 2) |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||
PCC (NS_03) |
SCC (NS_06) |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
||||||
1 |
15 |
25 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
4 |
8 |
2 |
15 |
25 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
15 |
25 |
|
3 |
15 |
25 |
16QAM |
QPSK |
15 |
8 |
|
4 |
25 |
15 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
4 |
|
5 |
25 |
15 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
25 |
15 |
|
6 |
25 |
15 |
16QAM |
QPSK |
25 |
4 |
|
7 |
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
8 |
|
8 |
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
25 |
25 |
|
9 |
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
QPSK |
25 |
8 |
|
10 |
25 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
12 |
|
11 |
25 |
50 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
25 |
50 |
|
12 |
25 |
50 |
16QAM |
QPSK |
25 |
12 |
|
13 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
12 |
|
14 |
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
50 |
50 |
|
15 |
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
QPSK |
50 |
12 |
|
16 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
10 |
12 |
|
17 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
100 |
50 |
|
18 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
QPSK |
100 |
12 |
|
19 |
75 |
25 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
8 |
8 |
|
20 |
75 |
25 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
75 |
25 |
|
21 |
75 |
25 |
16QAM |
QPSK |
75 |
8 |
|
22 |
6 |
25 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
5 |
8 |
|
23 |
6 |
25 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
6 |
25 |
|
24 |
6 |
25 |
16QAM |
QPSK |
6 |
8 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-7: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_07)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3) |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg(Note 2) |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||
PCC (NS_03) |
SCC (NS_07) |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
||||||
1 |
25 |
50 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
6@13 |
2 |
25 |
50 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
25 |
50 |
|
3 |
25 |
50 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
6 |
50 |
|
4 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
6@13 |
|
5 |
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
50 |
50 |
|
6 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
6 |
50 |
|
7 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
10 |
6@13 |
|
8 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
100 |
50 |
|
9 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
10 |
50 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-8: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_21)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||
PCC (NS_03) |
SCC (NS_21) |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
||||||
1 |
25 |
25 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
8 |
2 |
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
25 |
25 |
|
3 |
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
QPSK |
25 |
8 |
|
4 (Note 4) |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
10 |
12@7 |
|
5 (Note 5) |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
10 |
12@31 |
|
6 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
100 |
1 |
|
7 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
10 |
1 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-1. Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing. Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-9: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_06/NS_21)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||
PCC (NS_06) |
SCC (NS_21) |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
||||||
1 |
25 |
25 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
8 |
8 |
2 |
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
25 |
25 |
|
3 |
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
QPSK |
25 |
8 |
|
4 (Note 4) |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
12 |
12@7 |
|
5 (Note 5) |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
12 |
12@31 |
|
6 |
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
50 |
1 |
|
7 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
12 |
1 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-1. Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing. Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-2 to 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-9.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.
6.6.2.2A.2.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-2 to 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-9 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
5. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers in the CA configuration of the radio access mode, which shall meet the requirements described in Tables 6.2.4A.2.5-2 to 6.2.4A.2.5-12. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
7. Measure the power of the transmitted signal for PCC if NS-value other than NS_01 with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to tables 6.6.2.2A.2.5.1-1 to 6.6.2.2A.2.5.1-4 as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
8. Measure the power of the transmitted signal for SCC if NS-value other than NS_01 with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to tables 6.6.2.2A.2.5.1-1 to 6.6.2.2A.2.5.1-4 as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6.6.2.2A.2.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6. The following exceptions apply for each network signalled value. These exceptions indicate that the UE shall meet the additional spectrum emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.
6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.1 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value " NS_03" on PCC)
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_03 for PCC. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message.
Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.1-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions test requirement for "NS_03" on PCC
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
additionalSpectrumEmission |
3 (NS_03) |
6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.2 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value " NS_03" on SCC)
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to NS_03 for SCC. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages.
Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.2-1: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "NS_03" on SCC
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 |
3 (NS_03) |
6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.3 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value " NS_06" on SCC)
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to NS_06 for SCC. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages.
Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.3-1: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "NS_06" on SCC
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 |
6 (NS_06) |
6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.4 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value " NS_07" on SCC)
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to NS_07 for SCC. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages.
Table 6.6.2.2A.1.4.3.4-1: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "NS_07" on SCC
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 |
7 (NS_07) |
6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.5 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value " NS_21" on SCC)
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmission is set to NS_21 for SCC. This can be set in the SystemInformationblockType2 as part of the cell broadcast message.
Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.5-1: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions test requirement for "NS_21" on SCC
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
additionalSpectrumEmission |
21 (NS_21) |
2. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to NS_21 for SCC. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages.
Table 6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.5-2: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "NS_21" on SCC
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 |
21 (NS_21) |
6.6.2.2A.2.5 Test Requirements
The measured UE mean power with the aggregated channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6 , shall fulfil requirements in Tables 6.2.4A.2.5-1 to 6.2.4A.2.5-12 as appropriate,
and
The power of any UE emission per component carrier derived in step 7 and 8 shall not exceed the levels specified in Tables 6.6.2.2A.2.5.1-1 to 6.6.2.2A.2.5.1-4.
Table 6.6.2.2A.2.5-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.2.5-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
-18.2 |
-19.2 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
6-10 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.2.5-3: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07"), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB |
1.4 |
3.0 |
5 |
10 |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-0.1 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
30 kHz |
0.1-1 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
100 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.2.5-4: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07"), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB |
1.4 |
3.0 |
5 |
10 |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-0.1 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
30 kHz |
0.1-1 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
100 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
6-10 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
10-15 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel. Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.2A.2_1 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (inter-band DL CA and UL CA) for UL 64QAM
Editor’s note: For a transition period until RAN5#83, this test case in version 15.3.1 of 36.521-1 shall be used. This is to ensure no test coverage is lost before the UL 256QAM test case becomes available.
6.6.2.2A.2_1.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth for CA under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.
6.6.2.2A.2_1.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support inter-band DL CA and UL CA and UL 64QAM but do not support UL 256QAM.
6.6.2.2A.2_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum requirements are the same as in section 6.6.2.2A.2.3.
6.6.2.2A.2_1.4 Test description
6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1 Initial condition
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state. For Uplink CA Configurations listed in table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-1, Additional Spectrum emission requirements are tested.
Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-1: Additional Spectrum Emission mask for inter-band CA
Uplink CA Configuration |
NS-value per CC (in same order as UL CA Configuration column) |
Applicable spectrum emission requirements (in same order as UL CA Configuration column) |
||
CA_2A-4A, CA_2A-66A |
NS_03 |
NS_03 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
CA_2A-12A, CA_2A-13A, CA_4A-12A, CA_4A-13A, CA_4A-17A |
NS_03 |
NS_06 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1 |
CA_2A-13A, CA_4A-13A |
NS_03 |
NS_07 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1 |
CA_2A-5A, CA_2A-7A, CA_4A-5A, CA_4A-7A |
NS_03 |
NS_01 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
N/A |
CA_5A-66ANote5 |
NS_01 |
NS_03 |
N/A |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
CA_2A-30A |
NS_03 |
NS_21 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
CA_5A-12A |
NS_01 |
NS_06 |
N/A |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1 |
CA_5A-30A |
NS_01 |
NS_21 |
N/A |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
CA_12A-30A |
NS_06 |
NS_21 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1 |
CA_1A-3A |
NS_05 |
NS_01 |
N/A |
N/A |
CA_1A-19A |
NS_05 |
NS_08 |
N/A |
N/A |
CA_1A-21A |
NS_05 |
NS_09 |
N/A |
N/A |
CA_3A-19A |
NS_01 |
NS_08 |
N/A |
N/A |
CA_19A-21A |
NS_08 |
NS_09 |
N/A |
N/A |
Note 1: For CCs with NS_01, there are no additional requirements defined in 36.101. Only CCs with NS-value different than NS_01 needs to be tested. Note 2: A-MPR values for NS-values in this table are the same as in section 6.2.4.3. Note 3: Selection of CA configurations and NS-values to test is derived in TR 36.905 [19]. Note 4: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column. Note 5: As an exception to note 4, PCC is mapped to the second band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column. |
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in tables 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-2 to 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-9. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_03 or network signalled value NS_03/NS_01)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and high range for PCC Mid range for SCC (Note 3) |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg(Note 2) |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||
NS_03 CC |
NS_01 CC |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
||||||
1 |
25 |
25 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
8 |
2 |
25 |
25 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
25 |
25 |
|
3 |
25 |
25 |
64QAM |
QPSK |
25 |
8 |
|
4 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
12 |
|
5 |
50 |
50 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
50 |
50 |
|
6 |
50 |
50 |
64QAM |
QPSK |
50 |
12 |
|
7 |
50 |
100 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
18 |
|
8 |
50 |
100 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
50 |
100 |
|
9 |
50 |
100 |
64QAM |
QPSK |
50 |
18 |
|
10 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
10 |
12 |
|
11 |
100 |
50 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
100 |
50 |
|
12 |
100 |
50 |
64QAM |
QPSK |
100 |
12 |
|
13 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
10 |
18 |
|
14 |
100 |
100 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
100 |
100 |
|
15 |
100 |
100 |
64QAM |
QPSK |
100 |
18 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. For Mid range place test point with RBstart=0 and RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. Note 4: Mapping of NS-value per CC and PCC/SCC selection are specified in Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1‑1. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_06)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3) |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg(Note 2) |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||
PCC (NS_03) |
SCC (NS_07) |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
||||||
1 |
25 |
25 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
2 |
25 |
25 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
25 |
9 |
|
3 |
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
64QAM |
6 |
9 |
|
4 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
12 |
12 |
|
5 |
50 |
50 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
50 |
15 |
|
6 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
64QAM |
12 |
15 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_21)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||
PCC (NS_01) |
SCC (NS_21) |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
||||||
1 |
25 |
25 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
8 |
8 |
2 |
25 |
25 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
25 |
25 |
|
3 |
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
64QAM |
8 |
25 |
|
4 (Note 4) |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
12 |
12@7 |
|
5 (Note 5) |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
12 |
12@31 |
|
6 |
50 |
50 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
50 |
1 |
|
7 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
64QAM |
12 |
1 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-1. Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing. Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-5: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_03)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3) |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg (Note 2) |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||
PCC (NS_03) |
SCC (NS_03) |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
||||||
1 |
15 |
25 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
4 |
6 |
2 |
15 |
25 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
15 |
25 |
|
3 |
15 |
25 |
64QAM |
QPSK |
15 |
6 |
|
4 |
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
|
5 |
25 |
25 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
25 |
25 |
|
6 |
25 |
25 |
64QAM |
QPSK |
25 |
6 |
|
7 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
|
8 |
50 |
50 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
50 |
50 |
|
9 |
50 |
50 |
64QAM |
QPSK |
50 |
6 |
|
10 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
10 |
10 |
|
11 |
100 |
100 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
100 |
100 |
|
12 |
100 |
100 |
64QAM |
QPSK |
100 |
10 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-6: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_06)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3) |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg(Note 2) |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||
PCC (NS_03) |
SCC (NS_06) |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
||||||
1 |
15 |
25 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
4 |
8 |
2 |
15 |
25 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
15 |
25 |
|
3 |
15 |
25 |
64QAM |
QPSK |
15 |
8 |
|
4 |
25 |
15 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
4 |
|
5 |
25 |
15 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
25 |
15 |
|
6 |
25 |
15 |
64QAM |
QPSK |
25 |
4 |
|
7 |
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
8 |
|
8 |
25 |
25 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
25 |
25 |
|
9 |
25 |
25 |
64QAM |
QPSK |
25 |
8 |
|
10 |
25 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
12 |
|
11 |
25 |
50 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
25 |
50 |
|
12 |
25 |
50 |
64QAM |
QPSK |
25 |
12 |
|
13 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
12 |
|
14 |
50 |
50 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
50 |
50 |
|
15 |
50 |
50 |
64QAM |
QPSK |
50 |
12 |
|
16 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
10 |
12 |
|
17 |
100 |
50 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
100 |
50 |
|
18 |
100 |
50 |
64QAM |
QPSK |
100 |
12 |
|
19 |
75 |
25 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
8 |
8 |
|
20 |
75 |
25 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
75 |
25 |
|
21 |
75 |
25 |
64QAM |
QPSK |
75 |
8 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-7: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_07)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3) |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg(Note 2) |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||
PCC (NS_03) |
SCC (NS_07) |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
||||||
1 |
25 |
50 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
6@13 |
2 |
25 |
50 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
25 |
50 |
|
3 |
25 |
50 |
QPSK |
64QAM |
6 |
50 |
|
4 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
6@13 |
|
5 |
50 |
50 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
50 |
50 |
|
6 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
64QAM |
6 |
50 |
|
7 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
10 |
6@13 |
|
8 |
100 |
50 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
100 |
50 |
|
9 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
64QAM |
10 |
50 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-8: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_21)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||
PCC (NS_03) |
SCC (NS_21) |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
||||||
1 |
25 |
25 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
8 |
2 |
25 |
25 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
25 |
25 |
|
3 |
25 |
25 |
64QAM |
QPSK |
25 |
8 |
|
4 (Note 4) |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
10 |
12@7 |
|
5 (Note 5) |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
10 |
12@31 |
|
6 |
100 |
50 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
100 |
1 |
|
7 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
64QAM |
10 |
1 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-1. Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing. Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-9: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_06/NS_21)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||
PCC (NS_06) |
SCC (NS_21) |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
||||||
1 |
25 |
25 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
8 |
8 |
2 |
25 |
25 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
25 |
25 |
|
3 |
25 |
25 |
64QAM |
QPSK |
25 |
8 |
|
4 (Note 4) |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
12 |
12@7 |
|
5 (Note 5) |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
12 |
12@31 |
|
6 |
50 |
50 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
50 |
1 |
|
7 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
64QAM |
12 |
1 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-1. Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing. Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-2 to 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.1-9.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.3.
6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.2A.2.4.2.
6.6.2.2A.2_1.4.3 Message contents
Same message contents as in clause 6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.
6.6.2.2A.2_1.5 Test Requirements
Same test requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2A.2.5.
6.6.2.2A.2_2 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (inter-band DL CA and UL CA) for UL 256QAM
6.6.2.2A.2_2.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth for CA under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.
6.6.2.2A.2_2.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward that support inter-band DL CA and UL CA and UL 256QAM.
6.6.2.2A.2_2.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum requirements are the same as in section 6.6.2.2A.2.3.
6.6.2.2A.2_2.4 Test description
6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1 Initial condition
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state. For Uplink CA Configurations listed in table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-1, Additional Spectrum emission requirements are tested.
Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-1 Additional Spectrum Emission mask for inter-band CA
Uplink CA Configuration |
NS-value per CC (in same order as UL CA Configuration column) |
Applicable spectrum emission requirements (in same order as UL CA Configuration column) |
||
CA_2A-4A, CA_2A-66A |
NS_03 |
NS_03 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
CA_2A-12A, CA_2A-13A, CA_4A-12A, CA_4A-13A, CA_4A-17A |
NS_03 |
NS_06 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1 |
CA_2A-13A, CA_4A-13A |
NS_03 |
NS_07 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1 |
CA_2A-5A, CA_2A-7A, CA_4A-5A, CA_4A-7A |
NS_03 |
NS_01 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
N/A |
CA_5A-66ANote5 |
NS_01 |
NS_03 |
N/A |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
CA_2A-30A |
NS_03 |
NS_21 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
CA_5A-12A |
NS_01 |
NS_06 |
N/A |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1 |
CA_5A-30A |
NS_01 |
NS_21 |
N/A |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.1-1 |
CA_12A-30A |
NS_06 |
NS_21 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1 |
Table 6.6.2.2.3.3-1 |
CA_1A-3A |
NS_05 |
NS_01 |
N/A |
N/A |
CA_1A-19A |
NS_05 |
NS_08 |
N/A |
N/A |
CA_1A-21A |
NS_05 |
NS_09 |
N/A |
N/A |
CA_3A-19A |
NS_01 |
NS_08 |
N/A |
N/A |
CA_19A-21A |
NS_08 |
NS_09 |
N/A |
N/A |
Note 1: For CCs with NS_01, there are no additional requirements defined in 36.101. Only CCs with NS-value different than NS_01 needs to be tested. Note 2: A-MPR values for NS-values in this table are the same as in section 6.2.4.3. Note 3: Selection of CA configurations and NS-values to test is derived in TR 36.905 [19]. Note 4: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column. Note 5: As an exception to note 4, PCC is mapped to the second band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column. |
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in tables 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-2 to 6.6.2.2A.2.4.1-9. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_03 or network signalled value NS_03/NS_01)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and high range for PCC Mid range for SCC (Note 3) |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg(Note 2) |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||
NS_03 CC |
NS_01 CC |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
||||||
1 |
25 |
25 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
8 |
2 |
25 |
25 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
25 |
25 |
|
3 |
25 |
25 |
256QAM |
QPSK |
25 |
8 |
|
4 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
12 |
|
5 |
50 |
50 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
50 |
50 |
|
6 |
50 |
50 |
256QAM |
QPSK |
50 |
12 |
|
7 |
50 |
100 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
18 |
|
8 |
50 |
100 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
50 |
100 |
|
9 |
50 |
100 |
256QAM |
QPSK |
50 |
18 |
|
10 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
10 |
12 |
|
11 |
100 |
50 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
100 |
50 |
|
12 |
100 |
50 |
256QAM |
QPSK |
100 |
12 |
|
13 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
10 |
18 |
|
14 |
100 |
100 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
100 |
100 |
|
15 |
100 |
100 |
256QAM |
QPSK |
100 |
18 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. Note 4: Mapping of NS-value per CC and PCC/SCC selection are specified in Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1‑1. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_06)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3) |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg(Note 2) |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||
PCC (NS_03) |
SCC (NS_07) |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
||||||
1 |
25 |
25 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
2 |
25 |
25 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
25 |
9 |
|
3 |
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
256QAM |
6 |
9 |
|
4 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
12 |
12 |
|
5 |
50 |
50 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
50 |
15 |
|
6 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
256QAM |
12 |
15 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_01/NS_21)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||
PCC (NS_01) |
SCC (NS_21) |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
||||||
1 |
25 |
25 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
8 |
8 |
2 |
25 |
25 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
25 |
25 |
|
3 |
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
256QAM |
8 |
25 |
|
4 (Note 4) |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
12 |
12@7 |
|
5 (Note 5) |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
12 |
12@31 |
|
6 |
50 |
50 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
50 |
1 |
|
7 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
256QAM |
12 |
1 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-1. Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing. Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-5: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_03)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3) |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg (Note 2) |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||
PCC (NS_03) |
SCC (NS_03) |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
||||||
1 |
15 |
25 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
4 |
6 |
2 |
15 |
25 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
15 |
25 |
|
3 |
15 |
25 |
256QAM |
QPSK |
15 |
6 |
|
4 |
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
|
5 |
25 |
25 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
25 |
25 |
|
6 |
25 |
25 |
256QAM |
QPSK |
25 |
6 |
|
7 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
|
8 |
50 |
50 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
50 |
50 |
|
9 |
50 |
50 |
256QAM |
QPSK |
50 |
6 |
|
10 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
10 |
10 |
|
11 |
100 |
100 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
100 |
100 |
|
12 |
100 |
100 |
256QAM |
QPSK |
100 |
10 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-6: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_06)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3) |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg(Note 2) |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||
PCC (NS_03) |
SCC (NS_06) |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
||||||
1 |
15 |
25 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
4 |
8 |
2 |
15 |
25 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
15 |
25 |
|
3 |
15 |
25 |
256QAM |
QPSK |
15 |
8 |
|
4 |
25 |
15 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
4 |
|
5 |
25 |
15 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
25 |
15 |
|
6 |
25 |
15 |
256QAM |
QPSK |
25 |
4 |
|
7 |
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
8 |
|
8 |
25 |
25 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
25 |
25 |
|
9 |
25 |
25 |
256QAM |
QPSK |
25 |
8 |
|
10 |
25 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
12 |
|
11 |
25 |
50 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
25 |
50 |
|
12 |
25 |
50 |
256QAM |
QPSK |
25 |
12 |
|
13 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
12 |
|
14 |
50 |
50 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
50 |
50 |
|
15 |
50 |
50 |
256QAM |
QPSK |
50 |
12 |
|
16 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
10 |
12 |
|
17 |
100 |
50 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
100 |
50 |
|
18 |
100 |
50 |
256QAM |
QPSK |
100 |
12 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-7: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_07)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3) |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg(Note 2) |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||
PCC (NS_03) |
SCC (NS_07) |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
||||||
1 |
25 |
50 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
6@13 |
2 |
25 |
50 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
25 |
50 |
|
3 |
25 |
50 |
QPSK |
256QAM |
6 |
50 |
|
4 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
6@13 |
|
5 |
50 |
50 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
50 |
50 |
|
6 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
256QAM |
6 |
50 |
|
7 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
10 |
6@13 |
|
8 |
100 |
50 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
100 |
50 |
|
9 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
256QAM |
10 |
50 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. Only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-8: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_03/NS_21)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||
PCC (NS_03) |
SCC (NS_21) |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
||||||
1 |
25 |
25 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
6 |
8 |
2 |
25 |
25 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
25 |
25 |
|
3 |
25 |
25 |
256QAM |
QPSK |
25 |
8 |
|
4 (Note 4) |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
10 |
12@7 |
|
5 (Note 5) |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
10 |
12@31 |
|
6 |
100 |
50 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
100 |
1 |
|
7 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
256QAM |
10 |
1 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-1. Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing. Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-9: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value NS_06/NS_21)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||
PCC (NS_06) |
SCC (NS_21) |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
||||||
1 |
25 |
25 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
8 |
8 |
2 |
25 |
25 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
25 |
25 |
|
3 |
25 |
25 |
256QAM |
QPSK |
25 |
8 |
|
4 (Note 4) |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
12 |
12@7 |
|
5 (Note 5) |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
12 |
12@31 |
|
6 |
50 |
50 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
50 |
1 |
|
7 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
256QAM |
12 |
1 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: For simplifying test, PCC is mapped to the first band of the combination as listed in Uplink CA Configuration column in Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-1. Note 3: For partial RB allocation unless RBstart is explicitly defined, for Low range place test point with RBstart=0, for High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. Note 4: Applicable only to Low range frequency testing. Note 5: Applicable only to High range frequency testing. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-2 to 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.1-9.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.3.
6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.2A.2.4.2.
6.6.2.2A.2_2.4.3 Message contents
Same message contents as in clause 6.6.2.2A.2.4.3.
6.6.2.2A.2_2.5 Test Requirements
Same test requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2A.2.5.
6.6.2.2A.3 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (intra-band non-contiguous DL CA and UL CA)
6.6.2.2A.3.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth for CA under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.
6.6.2.2A.3.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support intra-band non-contiguous DL CA and UL CA.
6.6.2.2A.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements
Minimum conformance requirements are specified in section 6.2.4A.3.1.
6.6.2.2A.3.4 Test description
6.6.2.2A.3.4.1 Initial condition
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-3. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.2A.3.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.2.4A.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value CA_NC_NS_01)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
||||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2. |
Refer to test points A: Low Wgap, Maximum Wgap |
||||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Refer to test point Test only test points with Lowest NRB for PCC and SCC Highest NRB for PCC and SCC |
||||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||||
ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
Wgap |
DL Allocation |
UL Allocation |
|||||
PCC |
SCCs NRB |
CC MOD |
PCC & SCC |
CC MOD |
PCC NRB_alloc (LCRB @ RBstart) |
CC MOD |
SCC NRB_alloc (LCRB @ RBstart) |
||
Test Parameters for CA_4A-4A Configurations |
|||||||||
1 |
25 |
25 |
35 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_1@0 |
16QAM |
S_1@24 |
2 |
25 |
25 |
35 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_25@0 |
16QAM |
S_25@0 |
3 |
25 |
25 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_1@0 |
16QAM |
S_1@24 |
4 |
25 |
25 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_25@0 |
16QAM |
S_25@0 |
5 |
100 |
100 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_1@0 |
16QAM |
S_1@99 |
6 |
100 |
100 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_25@0 |
16QAM |
S_25@75 |
7 |
100 |
100 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_100@0 |
16QAM |
S_100@0 |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.2A.3.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.3.4.3.
6.6.2.2A.3.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.3.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.2A.3.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
5. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers in the CA configuration of the radio access mode, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.3.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
7. Measure the power of the transmitted signal for PCC with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to tables 6.6.2.2A.3.5.1-1 to 6.6.2.2A.3.5.1-2 as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
8. Measure the power of the transmitted signal for SCC with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to tables 6.6.2.2A.3.5.1-1 to 6.6.2.2A.3.5.1-2 as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6.6.2.2A.3.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6. The following exceptions apply for each network signalled value. These exceptions indicate that the UE shall meet the additional spectrum emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.
6.6.2.2A.3.4.3.2 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "CA_NC_NS_01")
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to CA_NC_NS_01. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages.
Table 6.6.2.2A.3.4.3.2-1: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "CA_NC_NS_01"
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 |
1 (CA_NC_NS_01) |
6.6.2.2A.3.5 Test Requirements
The measured UE mean power with the aggregated channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6 , shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.3.5-1,
and
The power of any UE emission per component carrier derived in step 7 and 8 shall not exceed the levels specified in Tables 6.6.2.2A.3.5.1-1 to 6.6.2.2A.3.5.1-2. The spectrum emission mask requirement is defined as a composite spectrum emissions mask, as defined in section 6.6.2.1A.0.
Table 6.6.2.2A.3.5-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value " CA_NC_NS_01"), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.2A.3.5-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value " CA_NC_NS_01"), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
-18.2 |
-19.2 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
6-10 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.2A.4 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (3UL CA)
6.6.2.2A.4.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth for CA under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.
6.6.2.2A.4.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support intra-band contiguous or inter-band and 3UL CA.
6.6.2.2A.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum requirements are the same as in section 6.6.2.2.3 per component carrier.
6.6.2.2A.4.4 Test description
6.6.2.2A.4.4.1 Initial condition
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-3. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.2A.4.4.1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.2A.4.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for intra-band contiguous CA
Initial Conditions |
||||||||||
Test Environment as specified in |
NC |
|||||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in |
C: Low and High range |
|||||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration |
As in Table 6.6.2.2A.1.3.1-1 |
|||||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
||||||||||
ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation (PDCCH on PCC) |
CC |
UL Allocation |
||||||
PCC |
SCCs |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
NRB_alloc |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||||||
1 |
100 |
50 |
N/A |
QPSK |
10 |
P_10@20 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
||
2 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
70 |
P_50@50 |
S_10@0 |
S_10@0 |
|||
3 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
30 |
P_0@0 |
S_15@0 |
S_15@0 |
|||
4 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@49 |
S_1@49 |
|||
5 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
10 |
P_10@20 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
|||
6 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
120 |
P_30@45 |
S_45@0 |
S_45@0 |
|||
7 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@74 |
S_1@74 |
|||
8 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
10 |
P_10@20 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
|||
9 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
110 |
P_50@50 |
S_30@0 |
S_30@0 |
|||
10 |
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
40 |
P_0@0 |
S_20@15 |
S_20@15 |
|||
11 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@74 |
S_1@74 |
|||
12 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
10 |
P_10@25 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
|||
13 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
140 |
P_40@60 |
S_50@0 |
S_50@0 |
|||
14 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
30 |
P_0@0 |
S_15@40 |
S_15@40 |
|||
15 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
40 |
P_0@0 |
S_20@30 |
S_20@30 |
|||
16 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
3 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@99 |
S_1@99 |
|||
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1 |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.2A.4.4.1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.4.4.3.
6.6.2.2A.4.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.4.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.2A.4.4.1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
5. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers in the CA configuration of the radio access mode, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.3.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
7. Measure the power of the transmitted signal for PCC with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to tables 6.6.2.2A.4.5.1 as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
8. Measure the power of the transmitted signal for SCC with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to tables 6.6.2.2A.4.5.1 as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6.6.2.2A.4.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6. The following exceptions apply for each network signalled value. These exceptions indicate that the UE shall meet the additional spectrum emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.
6.6.2.2A.4.5 Test Requirements
The measured UE mean power with the aggregated channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6 , shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2A.4.5,and
– the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2A.1.5.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.2A.4.5-1: Additional requirements
Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA |
|||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
50+100RB (29.9 MHz) |
75+75B (30 MHz) |
75+100RB (34.85 MHz) |
100+100RB (39.8 MHz) |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-21 |
-21 |
-22 |
-22.5 |
30 kHz |
± 1-5.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
± 5.5-34.9 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
± 34.9-35 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|
± 35-39.85 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
||
± 39.85-44.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value CA_NS_04 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.2A Table 6.2.2.2A-1. |
6.6.2.2A.5 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for CA (4UL CA)
Editor’s Note: This test case is incomplete. The following items are missing or are incomplete:
- Test configuration table is TBD, because A-MPR test case for 4UL CA is incomplete
- A-MPR related test requirements are TBD, because A-MPR test case for 4UL CA is incomplete
6.6.2.2A.5.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth for CA under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.
6.6.2.2A.5.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support inter-band and 4UL CA.
6.6.2.2A.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements
Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2A.1.3
6.6.2.2A.5.4 Test description
6.6.2.2A.5.4.1 Initial condition
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.2A.5.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.2A.5.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value CA_NS_04/CA_NS_08)
Initial Conditions |
|||||||||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 |
NC |
||||||||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC |
||||||||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest and Highest NRBagg |
||||||||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||||||||
PCC |
SCC1 |
SCC2 |
SCC3 |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC1 |
SCC2 |
SCC3 |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||||
NRB |
NRB |
NRB |
NRB |
||||||||||
1 |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
N/A for this test |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
2 |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
|
3 |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
TBD |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration. which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: Lower limit is assuming ΔTIB,c is zero. If non-zero. PCMAX,c will decrease and T(PCMAX_L,c) may be higher resulting in different test requirements according to Table 6.2.5.3-1. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure group A.55 as appropriate.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channel is set according to Table 6.6.2.2A.5.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.5.4.3.
6.6.2.2A.1.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2A.5.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.2A.5.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
5. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers in the CA configuration of the radio access mode, which shall meet the requirements described in Table TBD. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
7. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.2A.1.5.1-1. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6.6.2.2A.5.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6. The following exceptions apply for each network signalled value.
6.6.2.2A.1.4.3.1 Message contents exceptions (network signalled value "CA_NS_04")
1. Information element additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 is set to CA_NS_04. This can be set in the RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT as part of the common RRC messages. This exception indicates that the UE shall meet the additional spectrum emission requirement for a specific deployment scenario.
Table 6.6.2.2A.5.4.3.1-1: RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10-DEFAULT: Additional spectrum emission test requirement for "CA_NS_04"
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-13A |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
additionalSpectrumEmissionSCell-r10 |
4 (CA_NS_04) |
6.6.2.2A.5.5.1 Test requirement for CA (network signalled value "CA_NS_04")
When "CA_NS_04" is indicated in the cell the measured UE mean power with the aggregated channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6 , shall fulfil requirements in Table TBD as appropriate, and the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2A.1.5.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.2A.1.5.1-1: Additional requirements
Spectrum emission limit [dBm]/BWChannel_CA |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
50+75RB (24.75 MHz) |
25+100RB (24.95 MHz) |
50+100RB (29.9 MHz) |
75+75RB (30 MHz) |
75+100RB (34.85 MHz) |
100+100RB (39.8 MHz) |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-20.5 |
-20.5 |
-21 |
-21.5 |
-22 |
-22.5 |
30 kHz |
± 1-5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
1 MHz |
± 5-22.95 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
± 22.95-23.25 |
-11.5 |
-23.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
±23.25-27.9 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
± 27.9-28.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
± 28.5-29.75 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
± 29.75-29.95 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
|
± 29.95-32.85 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
||
± 32.85-34.9 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
||
± 34.9-35 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 35-37.8 |
-23.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 37.8-39.85 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 39.85-44.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel. Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value CA_NS_04 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.2A Table 6.6.2.2A-1. |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.2B Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for UL-MIMO
6.6.2.2B.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission at each transmit antenna shall not exceed specified lever for the specified channel bandwidth under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.
6.6.2.2B.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support UL-MIMO
6.6.2.2B.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.2.3.
6.6.2.2B.4 Test description
6.6.2.2B.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Tables 6.6.2.2B.4.1-1 to 6.6.2.2B.4.1-7.The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexes A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.2B.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, and “NS_20”)
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD |
TDD |
FDD |
TDD |
|||
1.4MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing. |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
||
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
|||
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|||
3MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
15 |
|||
3MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
4 |
|||
3MHz |
16QAM |
15 |
15 |
|||
3MHz |
16QAM |
4 |
4 |
|||
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
25 |
|||
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
8 |
|||
5MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
|||
5MHz |
16QAM |
25 |
25 |
|||
5MHz |
16QAM |
8 |
8 |
|||
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
50 |
|||
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
12 |
|||
10MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
|||
10MHz |
16QAM |
50 (Note 3) |
50 (Note 3) |
|||
10MHz |
16QAM |
12 |
12 |
|||
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
75 |
|||
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
16 |
|||
15MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
8 |
|||
15MHz |
16QAM |
75 (Note 3) |
75 (Note 3) |
|||
15MHz |
16QAM |
16 |
16 |
|||
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
100 |
|||
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
18 |
|||
20MHz |
QPSK |
10 |
10 |
|||
20MHz |
16QAM |
100 (Note 3) |
100 (Note 3) |
|||
20MHz |
16QAM |
18 |
18 |
|||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories [FFS]. |
Table 6.6.2.2B.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_04")
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range Additional test frequencies for Rel-12 to Rel-13 and bit 2 of modifiedMPRbehavior = 0: For 5 MHz bandwidth: 2499.6 MHz, NUL= 39696 For 10 MHz bandwidth: 2504.1 MHz, NUL= 39731 For 15 MHz bandwidth: 2510.9 MHz, NUL= 39799 For 20 MHz bandwidth: 2517.6 MHz, NUL= 39866 Additional test frequencies for Rel-12 and later and bit 2 of modifiedMPRbehavior = 1: For 5 MHz bandwidth: 2500.6 MHz, NUL= 39686 For 10 MHz bandwidth: 2504.1 MHz, NUL= 39731 For 15 MHz bandwidth: 2510.9 MHz, NUL= 39799 For 20 MHz bandwidth: 2517.6 MHz, NUL= 39866 |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
5MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, 20MHz |
|||||
Test Parameters for NS_04 A-MPR |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Configura-tion ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation TDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation TDD |
RBstart TDD |
1 (Note 6) |
5MHz |
N/A for A-MPR testing |
QPSK |
25 |
0 |
|
2 (Note 6) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
Note 3 |
||
3(Note 6) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
Note 3 |
||
4 (Note 6) |
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
25 |
0 |
||
5 (Note 6) |
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
8 |
Note 3 |
||
6 (Note 6) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
7 (Note 6) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
0 |
||
8 (Note 6) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
0 |
||
9 Note 6) |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
50 (Note 4) |
0 |
||
10 (Note 6) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
13 |
||
11 (Note 6) |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
24 |
13 |
||
12 (Note 6) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
13 |
||
13 (Note 6) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
37 |
||
14 (Note 6) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
49 |
||
15 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
16 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
0 |
||
17 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
0 |
||
18 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
75 (Note 4) |
0 |
||
19 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
19 |
||
20 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
36 (Note 4) |
19 |
||
21 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
19 |
||
22 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
56 |
||
23 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
74 |
||
24 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
25 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
0 |
||
26 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
0 |
||
27 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
100 (Note 4) |
0 |
||
28 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
25 |
||
29 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
50 (Note 4) |
25 |
||
30 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
25 |
||
31 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
75 |
||
32 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
99 |
||
33 (Note 8) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
34 (Note 8) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
9 |
||
35 (Note 9) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
0 |
||
36 (Note 8) |
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
16 |
9 |
||
37 (Note 9) |
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
25 |
0 |
||
38 (Note 8) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
39 (Note 8) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
49 |
||
40 (Note 8) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
0 |
||
41 (Note 8) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
40 |
10 |
||
42 (Note 7) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
0 |
||
43 (Note 7) |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
50 |
0 |
||
44 (Note 8) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
45 (Note 8) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
74 |
||
46 (Note 8) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
32 |
0 |
||
47 (Note 8) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
60 |
15 |
||
48 (Note 7) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
0 |
||
49 (Note 7) |
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
75 |
0 |
||
50 (Note 8) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
51 (Note 8) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
99 |
||
52 (Note 8) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
0 |
||
53 (Note 8) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
25 |
||
54 (Note 7) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
0 |
||
55 (Note 7) |
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
100 |
0 |
||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to be corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE. Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 4: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2. Note 5: Void. Note 6: Applies only for Rel-11 and earlier. Note 7: Applies only for Rel-12 and later. Note 8: Applies only for Rel-12 and later and Low Range. Note 9: Applies only for Rel-12 and later and Mid, High Range and additional test frequencies. |
Table 6.6.2.2B.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_06")
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD |
TDD |
FDD |
TDD |
|||
1.4MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing. |
QPSK |
6 |
NA |
||
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
||||
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
||||
3MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
||||
3MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
||||
3MHz |
16QAM |
4 |
||||
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
||||
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
||||
5MHz |
16QAM |
8 |
||||
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
||||
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
||||
10MHz |
16QAM |
12 |
||||
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
||||
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
||||
15MHz |
16QAM |
16 |
||||
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
||||
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
||||
20MHz |
16QAM |
18 |
||||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. |
Table 6.6.2.2B.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_07")
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1) |
Mid range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1) |
10MHz |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Test Number |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
RBstart |
1 |
10MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing. |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
|
2 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
0 |
||
3 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
13 |
||
4 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
20 |
13 |
||
5 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
13 |
||
6 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
36 (Note 1) |
13 |
||
7 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
19 |
||
8 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
19 |
||
9 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
16 |
19 |
||
10 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
30 |
19 |
||
11 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
30 (Note 1) |
19 |
||
12 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
43 |
||
13 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
48 |
||
14 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
0 |
||
15 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
0 |
||
16 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
50 (Note 1) |
0 |
||
Note 1: Applies only for UE-Categories [FFS]. |
Table 6.6.2.2B.4.1-5: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_21")
Initial Conditions |
||||||||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||||||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range or High range |
|||||||||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
5 MHz, 10 MHz |
|||||||||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||||||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
RBstart FDD |
||||||
1 (note 2) |
5 MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||||||||
2 (note 2) |
5 MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
0 |
||||||||
3 (note 2) |
10 MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||||||||
4 (note 3) |
10 MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
49 |
||||||||
5 (note 2) |
10 MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
0 |
||||||||
6 (note 3) |
10 MHz |
QPSK |
3 |
47 |
||||||||
7 (note 3) |
10 MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
0 |
||||||||
8 (note 1, 3) |
10 MHz |
16QAM |
50 |
0 |
||||||||
Note 1: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2. Note 2: Applicable only to low range frequency testing. Note 3: Applicable only to high range frequency testing. |
Table 6.6.2.2B.4.1-6: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_27")
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
Normal |
||||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Refer to Frequency column in test parameters |
||||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz |
||||||
Test Parameters for NS_27 A-MPR |
|||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||||
Configuration ID |
Frequency |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
RBstart FDD |
1 |
Low/Mid |
5MHz |
N/A for A-MPR testing |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
|
2 |
High |
5MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
24 |
||
3 |
Low/Mid/High |
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
0 |
||
4 |
Low/Mid/High |
5MHz |
16QAM |
25 |
0 |
||
5 |
Low/Mid |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
6 |
High |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
49 |
||
7 |
Low/Mid/High |
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
0 |
||
8 (Note 2) |
Low/Mid/High |
10MHz |
16QAM |
50 |
0 |
||
9 |
Low/Mid |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
10 |
Low |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
7 |
||
11 |
Low/Mid |
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
0 |
||
12 |
High |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
74 |
||
13 |
High |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
67 |
||
14 |
High |
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
74 |
||
15 |
Low/Mid/High |
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
0 |
||
16 (Note 2) |
Low/Mid/High |
15MHz |
16QAM |
75 |
0 |
||
17 |
Low/Mid |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
18 |
Low |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
13 |
||
19 |
Low |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
16 |
||
20 |
Low/Mid |
20MHz |
QPSK |
21 |
0 |
||
21 |
High |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
99 |
||
22 |
High |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
86 |
||
23 |
High |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
83 |
||
24 |
High |
20MHz |
QPSK |
21 |
0 |
||
25 |
Low/Mid/High |
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
0 |
||
26 (Note 2) |
Low/Mid/High |
20MHz |
16QAM |
100 |
0 |
||
Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4B.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE. Note 2: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2. Note 3: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM. |
Table 6.6.2.2B.4.1-7: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_35")
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD |
TDD |
FDD |
TDD |
|||
5MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing. |
QPSK |
25 |
|||
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
||||
5MHz |
16QAM |
8 |
||||
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
||||
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
||||
10MHz |
16QAM |
12 |
||||
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
||||
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
||||
15MHz |
16QAM |
16 |
||||
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
||||
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
||||
20MHz |
16QAM |
18 |
||||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.28.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Tables 6.6.2.2B.4.1-1 to 6.6.2.2B.4.1-7.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2B.4.3.
6.6.2.2B.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as defined in clause 6.6.2.2.4.2.
6.6.2.2B.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6, with the same exceptions as in clause 6.6.2.2.4.3.
6.6.2.2B.5 Test requirements
Same test requirements as defined in clause 6.6.2.2.5.
6.6.2.2E Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for UE category 0
6.6.2.2E.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.2.1.
6.6.2.2E.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward of UE category 0.
6.6.2.2E.3 Minimum conformance requirements
Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2.3
6.6.2.2E.4 Test description
6.6.2.2E.4.1 Initial conditions
Same initial conditions as in clause 6.6.2.2.4.1 with following exceptions for HD-FDD:
– Instead of Tables 6.6.2.2.4.1-1 through 6.6.2.2.4.1-10 🡪 use Table 6.6.2.2E.4.1-1 through 6.6.2.2E.4.1-4.
– Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.
Table 6.6.2.2E.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_03")
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD |
TDD |
FDD and HD-FDD |
TDD |
|||
1.4MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing. |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
||
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
|||
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|||
3MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
15 |
|||
3MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
4 |
|||
3MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|||
3MHz |
16QAM |
4 |
4 |
|||
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
25 |
|||
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
8 |
|||
5MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
|||
5MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|||
10MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
36 |
|||
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
12 |
|||
10MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
|||
10MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|||
15MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
36 |
|||
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
16 |
|||
15MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
8 |
|||
15MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|||
20MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
36 |
|||
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
18 |
|||
20MHz |
QPSK |
10 |
10 |
|||
20MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. |
Table 6.6.2.2E.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_04")
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
5MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, 20MHz |
|||||
Test Parameters for NS_04 A-MPR |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation TDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation TDD |
RBstart TDD |
1 |
5MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing |
QPSK |
25 |
Note 2 |
|
2 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
Note 2 |
||
3 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
Note 2 |
||
4 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
Note 2 |
||
5 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
6 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
0 |
||
7 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
0 |
||
8 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
13 |
||
9 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
13 |
||
10 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
13 |
||
11 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
37 |
||
12 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
49 |
||
13 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
14 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
0 |
||
15 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
0 |
||
16 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
19 |
||
17 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
56 |
||
18 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
74 |
||
19 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
20 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
0 |
||
21 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
0 |
||
22 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
25 |
||
23 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
75 |
||
24 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
99 |
||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. |
Table 6.6.2.2E.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_06")
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD |
TDD |
FDD and HD-FDD |
TDD |
|||
1.4MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing. |
QPSK |
6 |
NA |
||
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
||||
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
||||
3MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
||||
3MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
||||
3MHz |
16QAM |
4 |
||||
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
||||
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
||||
5MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
||||
10MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
||||
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
||||
10MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
||||
15MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
||||
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
||||
15MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
||||
20MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
||||
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
||||
20MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
||||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. |
Table 6.6.2.2E.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_07")
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Mid range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
10MHz |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Test Number |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD and HD-FDD |
RBstart |
1 |
10MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing. |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
|
2 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
0 |
||
3 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
13 |
||
4 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
20 |
13 |
||
5 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
13 |
||
6 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
19 |
||
7 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
19 |
||
10MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
19 |
|||
10 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
30 |
19 |
||
12 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
43 |
||
13 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
48 |
||
14 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
0 |
||
15 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
0 |
6.6.2.2E.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as in clause 6.2.3.4.2 with following exception for HD-FDD:
– In step 3, slots with transient periods are not under test. Half-duplex guard sub frame are not under test.
6.6.2.2E.4.3 Message contents
Same message contents as in clause 6.6.2.2.4.3.
6.6.2.2E.5 Test requirements
6.6.2.2E.5.1 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_03"”)
When "NS_03” is indicated in the cell:
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-1 and 6.2.4.5-2 as appropriate,
and
– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2E.5.1-1 or 6.6.2.2E.5.1-2, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2E.5.1-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03”), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.2E.5.1-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03"), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
-18.2 |
-19.2 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
6-10 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.2E.5.2 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_04")
When "NS_04" is indicated in the cell:
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-3 as appropriate,
and
– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2E.5.2-1 or Table.6.6.2.2E.5.2-2, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2E.5.2-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04"), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
1 MHz |
||||||
10-15 |
1 MHz |
||||||
15-20 |
1 MHz |
||||||
20-25 |
1 MHz |
||||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_04 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.2E.5.2-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04"), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
-18.2 |
-19.2 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
-23.2 |
-23.2 |
-23.2 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
1 MHz |
||||||
10-15 |
1 MHz |
||||||
15-20 |
1 MHz |
||||||
20-25 |
1 MHz |
||||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_04 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07")
When "NS_06" or "NS_07" is indicated in the cell:
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-5, 6.2.4.5-6 and 6.2.4.5-7 as appropriate l,
and
– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2E.5.3-1 or Table.6.6.2.2E.5.3-2, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2E.5.3-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07"), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB |
1.4 |
3.0 |
5 |
10 |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-0.1 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
30 kHz |
0.1-1 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
100 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel. Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.2E.5.3-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07"), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB |
1.4 |
3.0 |
5 |
10 |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-0.1 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
30 kHz |
0.1-1 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
100 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
6-10 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
10-15 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.2EA Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for UE category M1
Editor’s note: This clause is incomplete. The following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:
– NS_04 (B41): Test configuration table missing due to minimum requirements for A-MPR in 36.101 are incomplete.
6.6.2.2EA.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.2.1.
6.6.2.2EA.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category M1.
6.6.2.2EA.3 Minimum conformance requirements
Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2.3
6.6.2.2EA.4 Test description
6.6.2.2EA.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Tables 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-1 through 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-4. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_03")
Initial Conditions |
|||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
Normal |
||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
||||
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions |
|||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
|
FDD and HD-FDD |
Narrowband index (Note 1) |
||||
Low range, Mid range |
|||||
1 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
0 |
|
2 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
0 |
|
3 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
0 |
|
4 |
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
0 |
|
5 |
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
0 |
|
6 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
0 |
|
7 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
0 |
|
8 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
0 |
|
9 |
3MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
0 |
|
10 |
3MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
0 |
|
11 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
0 |
|
12 (Note 4) |
5MHz |
16QAM |
1 |
0 |
|
13 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
0 |
|
14 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
0 |
|
15 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
0 |
|
16 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
0 |
|
17 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
0 |
|
18 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
0 |
|
19 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
0 |
|
20 |
15MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
0 |
|
21 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
0 |
|
High range |
|||||
1 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
0 |
|
2 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
0 |
|
3 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
0 |
|
4 |
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
0 |
|
5 |
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
0 |
|
6 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
1 |
|
7 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
1 |
|
8 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
1 |
|
9 |
3MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
1 |
|
10 |
3MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
1 |
|
11 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
3 |
|
12 (Note 4) |
5MHz |
16QAM |
1 |
3 |
|
13 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
3 |
|
14 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
3 |
|
15 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
7 |
|
16 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
7 |
|
17 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
7 |
|
18 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
7 |
|
19 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
11 |
|
20 |
15MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
11 |
|
21 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
6 |
15 |
|
Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4 Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – RB allocation) of the narrowband. Note 4: Only for power class 3 UE |
Table 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-1a: Test Configuration Table, subPRB allocation (network signalled value "NS_03")
Initial Conditions |
|||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 |
Normal |
||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Low Range, Mid range, High Range |
||||
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions |
|||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
N/A |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
|
FDD and HD-FDD |
Narrowband index (Note 1) |
||||
Low range, Mid range |
|||||
1 |
1.4MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
|
2 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
0 |
|
3 |
3MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
|
4 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
0 |
|
5 |
5MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
|
6 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
0 |
|
7 |
10MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
|
8 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
0 |
|
9 |
15MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
|
10 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
0 |
|
11 |
20MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
|
12 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
0 |
|
High range |
|||||
13 |
1.4MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
|
14 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
0 |
|
15 |
3MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
1 |
|
16 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
1 |
|
17 |
5MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
3 |
|
18 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
3 |
|
19 |
10MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
7 |
|
20 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
7 |
|
21 |
15MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
11 |
|
22 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
11 |
|
23 |
20MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
15 |
|
24 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
15 |
|
Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4. Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 3: For Low range, Mid range, the SCstart shall be 0. For High range, SCstart shall be SC# (47 – (RB allocation x 12)) of the narrowband. Note 4: This table applies only to UE supporting subPRB allocation. |
Table 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_04")
TBD
Table 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-2a: Test Configuration Table, subPRB allocation (network signalled value "NS_04")
Initial Conditions |
|||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 |
Normal |
||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Low Range, Mid range, High Range |
||||
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz |
||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions |
|||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
N/A |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
|
FDD and HD-FDD |
Narrowband index (Note 1) |
||||
Low range, Mid range |
|||||
1 |
5MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
|
2 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
0 |
|
3 |
10MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
|
4 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
0 |
|
5 |
15MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
|
6 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
0 |
|
7 |
20MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
|
8 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
0 |
|
High range |
|||||
9 |
5MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
3 |
|
10 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
3 |
|
11 |
10MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
7 |
|
12 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
7 |
|
13 |
15MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
11 |
|
14 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
11 |
|
15 |
20MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
15 |
|
16 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
15 |
|
Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4 Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 3: For Low range, Mid range, the SCstart shall be 0. For High range, SCstart shall be SC# (47 – (RB allocation x 12)) of the narrowband. Note 4: This table applies only to UE supporting subPRB allocation. |
Table 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_06")
Initial Conditions |
|||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
Normal |
||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
||||
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz |
||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions |
|||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
|
FDD and HD-FDD |
Narrowband index (Note 1) |
||||
Low range, Mid range |
|||||
1 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
0 |
|
2 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
0 |
|
3 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
0 |
|
4 |
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
0 |
|
5 |
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
0 |
|
6 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
0 |
|
7 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
0 |
|
8 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
0 |
|
9 |
3MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
0 |
|
10 |
3MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
0 |
|
11 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
0 |
|
12 (Note 4) |
5MHz |
16QAM |
1 |
0 |
|
13 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
0 |
|
14 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
0 |
|
15 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
0 |
|
16 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
0 |
|
17 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
0 |
|
18 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
0 |
|
High range |
|||||
1 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
0 |
|
2 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
0 |
|
3 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
0 |
|
4 |
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
0 |
|
5 |
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
0 |
|
6 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
1 |
|
7 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
1 |
|
8 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
1 |
|
9 |
3MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
1 |
|
10 |
3MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
1 |
|
11 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
3 |
|
12 (Note 4) |
5MHz |
16QAM |
1 |
3 |
|
13 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
3 |
|
14 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
3 |
|
15 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
7 |
|
16 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
7 |
|
17 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
7 |
|
18 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
7 |
|
Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4 Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – RB allocation) of the narrowband. Note 4: Only for power class 3 UE |
Table 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_07")
Initial Conditions |
|||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
Normal |
||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
||||
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
10MHz |
||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions |
|||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
|
FDD and HD-FDD |
Narrowband index (Note 1) |
||||
Low range, Mid range |
|||||
1 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
|
2 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
0 |
|
3 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
0 |
|
4 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
0 |
|
High range |
|||||
1 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
7 |
|
2 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
7 |
|
3 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
7 |
|
4 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
7 |
|
Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4 Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – RB allocation) of the narrowband. |
Table 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-4a: Test Configuration Table, subPRB allocation (network signalled value "NS_07")
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 |
Normal |
|||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
10MHz |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD and HD-FDD |
Narrowband index (Note 1) |
SCstart |
||||
Low range, Mid range |
||||||
1 |
10MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
0 |
|
High range |
||||||
1 |
10MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
8 |
|
Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4. Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. |
1. Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Tables 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-1 to 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-4.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2EA.4.3.
6.6.2.2EA.4.2 Test procedure
1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to applicable table from Table 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-1 to 6.6.2.2.4EA.1-4. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
3. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
4. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.4EA.5-1 to 6.2.4EA.5-22 as appropriate. The period of the measurement shall be at least one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test. For HD-FDD slots with transient periods and Half-duplex guard subframe are not under test
5. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to Table 6.6.2.2EA.5.1-1, 6.6.2.2EA.5.2-1 and, 6.6.2.2.5EA.3-1 as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6. For UE supporting subPRB allocation, repeat step 1-5 with UL RMC according to applicable Table from Table 6.6.2.2EA.4.1-1a to 6.6.2.2.4EA.1-4a
6.6.2.2EA.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are same as in clause 6.2.4EA.4.3.
6.6.2.2EA.5 Test requirements
6.6.2.2EA.5.1 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_03"”)
When "NS_03” is indicated in the cell:
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4EA.5-1 and 6.2.4EA.5-2 as appropriate,
and
– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2EA.5.1-1, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2EA.5.1-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03”)
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 E Table 6.2.4 E -1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.2EA.5.2 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_04")
When "NS_04" is indicated in the cell:
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4EA.5-3 as appropriate,
and
– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2EA.5.2-1, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2EA.5.2-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04")
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
1 MHz |
||||||
10-15 |
1 MHz |
||||||
15-20 |
1 MHz |
||||||
20-25 |
1 MHz |
||||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_04 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 E Table 6.2.4 E -1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07")
When "NS_06" or "NS_07" is indicated in the cell:
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4EA.5-5, 6.2.4EA.5-6 and 6.2.4EA.5-7 as appropriate ,
and
– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2EA.5.3-1, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2EA.5.3-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07")
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB |
1.4 |
3.0 |
5 |
10 |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-0.1 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
30 kHz |
0.1-1 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
100 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 E Table 6.2.4 E -1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.2EB Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for UE category 1bis
6.6.2.2EB.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.2.1.
6.6.2.2EB.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category 1bis.
6.6.2.2EB.3 Minimum conformance requirements
Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2.3
6.6.2.2EB.4 Test description
6.6.2.2EB.4.1 Initial conditions
Same initial conditions as in clause 6.6.2.2.4.1 with following exceptions:
– Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.
6.6.2.2EB.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as in clause 6.2.3.4.2.
6.6.2.2EB.4.3 Message contents
Same message contents as in clause 6.6.2.2.4.3.
6.6.2.2EB.5 Test requirements
6.6.2.2EB.5.1 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_03"”)
When "NS_03” is indicated in the cell:
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-1 and 6.2.4.5-2 as appropriate,
and
– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2EB.5.1-1 or 6.6.2.2EB.5.1-2, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2EB.5.1-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03”), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.2EB.5.1-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03"), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
-18.2 |
-19.2 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
6-10 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.2EB.5.2 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_04")
When "NS_04" is indicated in the cell:
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-3 as appropriate,
and
– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2EB.5.2-1 or Table.6.6.2.2EB.5.2-2, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2EB.5.2-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04"), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
1 MHz |
||||||
10-15 |
1 MHz |
||||||
15-20 |
1 MHz |
||||||
20-25 |
1 MHz |
||||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_04 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.2EB.5.2-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04"), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
-18.2 |
-19.2 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
-23.2 |
-23.2 |
-23.2 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
1 MHz |
||||||
10-15 |
1 MHz |
||||||
15-20 |
1 MHz |
||||||
20-25 |
1 MHz |
||||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_04 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07")
When "NS_06" or "NS_07" is indicated in the cell:
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-5, 6.2.4.5-6 and 6.2.4.5-7 as appropriate l,
and
– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2EB.5.3-1 or Table.6.6.2.2EB.5.3-2, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2EB.5.3-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07"), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB |
1.4 |
3.0 |
5 |
10 |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-0.1 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
30 kHz |
0.1-1 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
100 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel. Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.2EB.5.3-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07"), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB |
1.4 |
3.0 |
5 |
10 |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-0.1 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
30 kHz |
0.1-1 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
100 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
6-10 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
10-15 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.2EC Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for UE category M2
Editor’s note: This clause is incomplete. The following aspects are either missing or not yet determined:
– NS_03 (B2, B4), NS_04 (B41) and NS_07 (B13): Test configuration table missing due to minimum requirements for A-MPR in 36.101 are incomplete.
6.6.2.2EC.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.2.1.
6.6.2.2EC.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward of UE category M2.
6.6.2.2EC.3 Minimum conformance requirements
Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.2.3
6.6.2.2EC.4 Test description
6.6.2.2EC.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Tables 6.6.2.2EC.4.1-1 through 6.6.2.2EC.4.1-5. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.2EC.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_03")
TBD
Table 6.6.2.2EC.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_04")
TBD
Table 6.6.2.2EC.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_06")
Initial Conditions |
|||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 |
Normal |
||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
||||
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions |
|||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
|
FDD and HD-FDD |
Narrowband index (Note 1) |
||||
Low range, Mid range |
|||||
1 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
0 |
|
2 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
0 |
|
3 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
0 |
|
4 |
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
0 |
|
5 |
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
6 |
0 |
|
6 (Note 4) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
|
7 (Note 5) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
3 |
0 |
|
8 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
0 |
|
9 (Note 4) |
5MHz |
16QAM |
1 |
0 |
|
10 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
0 |
|
11 (Note 5) |
5MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
0 |
|
12 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
0 |
|
13 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
0 |
|
14 (Note 5) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
0 |
|
15 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
0 |
|
16 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
0 |
|
17 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
0 |
|
18 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
0 |
|
High range |
|||||
1 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
0 |
|
2 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
0 |
|
3 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
0 |
|
4 |
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
0 |
|
5 |
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
6 |
0 |
|
6 (Note 4) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
3 |
|
7 (Note 5) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
3 |
3 |
|
8 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
0 |
|
9 (Note 4) |
5MHz |
16QAM |
1 |
3 |
|
10 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
3 |
|
11 (Note 5) |
5MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
3 |
|
12 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
0 |
|
13 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
7 |
|
14 (Note 5) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
7 |
|
15 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
4 |
|
16 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
7 |
|
17 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
7 |
|
18 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
4 |
|
Note 1: Denotes the lowest narrowband index in the channel bandwidth where the wideband shall be placed. The allocation is contiguous, starting from the lowest narrowband index. Narrowband, Narrowband index and Wideband are defined in TS 36.211 [8], 5.2.7. Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – (RB allocation mod 6)) of the narrowband. Note 4: Only for power class 3 UE Note 5: Only for power class 5 and power class 6 UE |
Table 6.6.2.2EC.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_07")
TBD
Table 6.6.2.2EC.4.1-5: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_35")
Initial Conditions |
|||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 |
Normal |
||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
||||
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions |
|||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
|
FDD and HD-FDD |
Narrowband index (Note 1) |
||||
Low range, Mid range |
|||||
1 (Note 4) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
|
2 (Note 5) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
3 |
0 |
|
3 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
0 |
|
4 (Note 4) |
5MHz |
16QAM |
1 |
0 |
|
5 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
0 |
|
6 (Note 5) |
5MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
0 |
|
7 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
0 |
|
8 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
0 |
|
9 (Note 5) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
0 |
|
10 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
0 |
|
11 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
0 |
|
12 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
0 |
|
13 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
0 |
|
14 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
0 |
|
15 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
0 |
|
16 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
18 |
0 |
|
17 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
0 |
|
High range |
|||||
1 (Note 4) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
3 |
|
2 (Note 5) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
3 |
3 |
|
3 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
0 |
|
4 (Note 4) |
5MHz |
16QAM |
1 |
3 |
|
5 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
3 |
|
6 (Note 5) |
5MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
3 |
|
7 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
0 |
|
8 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
7 |
|
9 (Note 5) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
7 |
|
10 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
4 |
|
11 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
7 |
|
12 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
7 |
|
13 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
4 |
|
14 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
13 |
|
15 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
12 |
|
16 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
18 |
13 |
|
17 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
12 |
|
Note 1: Denotes the lowest narrowband index in the channel bandwidth where the wideband shall be placed. The allocation is contiguous, starting from the lowest narrowband index. Narrowband, Narrowband index and Wideband are defined in TS 36.211 [8], 5.2.7. Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – (RB allocation mod 6)) of the narrowband. Note 4: Only for power class 3 UE Note 5: Only for power class 5 and power class 6 UE |
1. Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Tables 6.6.2.2EC.4.1-1 to 6.6.2.2EC.4.1-5.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2EC.4.3.
6.6.2.2EC.4.2 Test procedure
1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to applicable table from Table 6.6.2.2EC.4.1-1 to 6.6.2.2EC.4.1-5. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
3. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
4. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.4EA.5-1 to 6.2.4EA.5-16 as appropriate. The period of the measurement shall be at least one sub-frame (1ms). For HD-FDD slots with transient periods and Half-duplex guard subframe are not under test
5. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to Table 6.6.2.2EC.5.1-1, 6.6.2.2EC.5.2-1, 6.6.2.2EC.5.3-1 and, 6.6.2.2EC.5.4-1 as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6.6.2.2EC.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the condition CEModeA and with the same exceptions as in clauses 6.2.4.4.3.1 to 6.2.4.4.3.30 for each network signalled value.
Message contents are same as in clause 6.2.4EA.4.3.
6.6.2.2EC.5 Test requirements
6.6.2.2EC.5.1 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_03”)
When "NS_03” is indicated in the cell:
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4EC.5-1 as appropriate,
and
– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2EC.5.1-1, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2EC.5.1-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03”)
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4E Table 6.2.4E-2. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.2EC.5.2 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_04")
When "NS_04" is indicated in the cell:
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4EC.5-2 as appropriate,
and
– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2EC.5.2-1, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2EC.5.2-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04")
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
1 MHz |
||||||
10-15 |
1 MHz |
||||||
15-20 |
1 MHz |
||||||
20-25 |
1 MHz |
||||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_04 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4E Table 6.2.4E-2. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.2EC.5.3 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07")
When "NS_06" or "NS_07" is indicated in the cell:
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4EC.5-4A, 6.2.4EC.5-4B and 6.2.4EC.5-5 as appropriate,
and
– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2EC.5.3-1, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2EC.5.3-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07")
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB |
1.4 |
3.0 |
5 |
10 |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-0.1 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
30 kHz |
0.1-1 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
100 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4E Table 6.2.4E-2. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.2EC.5.4 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_35")
When "NS_35" is indicated in the cell:
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4EC.5-16 as appropriate,
and
– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2EC.5.4-1, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2EC.5.4-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_35")
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth (unless otherwise stated) |
± 0-0.1 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
± 0.1-6 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
100 kHz |
± 6-10 |
-23.55 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
100 kHz |
± 10-15 |
-23.55 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
100 kHz |
|
± 15-20 |
-23.55 |
-11.5 |
100 kHz |
||
± 20-25 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_35 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4E Table 6.2.4E-2. Note 5: The measurement bandwidth shall be 1 MHz |
6.6.2.2G Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for V2X Communication
6.6.2.2G.0 Minimum Requirements
TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2G
When UE is configured for E-UTRA V2X sidelink transmissions non-concurrent with E-UTRA uplink transmissions for E-UTRA V2X operating bands specified in Table 5.5G-1, the requirements in subclause 6.6.2 apply except for the ACLR requirements for power class 2 V2X UE.
When UE is configured for simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink transmissions for inter-band E-UTRA V2X / E-UTRA bands specified in Table 5.5G-2, the requirements in subclause 6.6.2 apply per V2X sidelink transmission and E-UTRA uplink transmission as specified for the corresponding inter-band con-current operation with uplink assigned to two bands.
For intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation, the general CA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class B specified in subclause 6.6.2.1A shall apply for V2X Bandwidth Class B, the general CA spectrum emission mask for CA Bandwidth Class C specified in subclause 6.6.2.1A shall apply for V2X Bandwidth Class C and C1.
TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.2.2.4
The additional spectrum mask in Table 6.6.2.2.4-1 applies for E-UTRA V2X UE within 5 855 MHz to 5 950 MHz according to ETSI EN 302 571. Additional spectrum emission requirements are signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall meet an additional requirement for a specific deployment scenario as part of the cell handover/broadcast message.
When "NS_33" or “NS_34” is indicated in the cell, the power of any V2X UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2.4-1.
Table 6.6.2.2.4-1: Additional requirements for 10MHz channel bandwidth
Spectrum emission limit (dBm EIRP)/ Channel bandwidth |
||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
10 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-0.5 |
[] |
100 kHz |
± 0.5-5 |
[] |
100 kHz |
± 5-10 |
[] |
100 kHz |
NOTE 1: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
NOTE 2: Additional SEM for V2X overrides any other requirements in frequency range 5855-5950MHz.
NOTE 3: The EIRP requirement is converted to conducted requirement depend on the supported post antenna connector gain Gpost connector declared by the UE following the principle described in annex I.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clauses 6.6.2G, and 6.6.2.2.4 and 6.2.4G where the A-MPR requirement is specified.
6.6.2.2G.1 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for V2X Communication / Non-concurrent with E-UTRA uplink transmissions
6.6.2.2G.1.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of V2X UE emission shall not exceed specified level for the specified channel bandwidth under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.
6.6.2.2G.1.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to UE which support V2X Sidelink communication and Band 47.
6.6.2.2G.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The additional spectrum mask in Table 6.6.2.2G.1.3-1 applies for E-UTRA V2X UE within 5855 MHz to 5950 MHz according to ETSI EN 302 571. Additional spectrum emission requirements are signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall meet an additional requirement for a specific deployment scenario as part of the cell handover/broadcast message.
When "NS_33" or "NS_34" is indicated in the cell, the power of any V2X UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2G.1.3-1.
Table 6.6.2.2G.1.3-1: Additional requirements for 10MHz channel bandwidth
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
10 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-0.5 |
[] |
100 kHz |
± 0.5-5 |
[] |
100 kHz |
± 5-10 |
[] |
100 kHz |
NOTE 1: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
NOTE 2: Additional SEM for V2X overrides any other requirements in frequency range 5855-5950MHz.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.2.4.
6.6.2.2G.1.4 Test description
6.6.2.2G.1.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2G. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.2.4G.1.4.1-1 the details of the V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in sub-clause A.8.3 and the GNSS configuration in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.11.
1. Connect the SS and GNSS simulator to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Figure A.92.
2. The parameter settings for the V2X sidelink transmission over PC5 for both SS and UE are pre-configured according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.10.1 with the exception specified in clause 6.6.2.2G.1.4.3.
3. The V2X reference measurement channel is set according to Table 6.2.4G.1.4.1-1
4. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7] Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0;
6. Ensure the UE is in State 5A-V2X in Transmit Mode according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9.
7. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.
6.6.2.2G.1.4.2 Test procedure
1. The V2X UE schedules the V2X RMC with transmission power at PUMAX level according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration which is in line with the test configuration in Table 6.2.4G.1.4.1-1;
2. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in subclass 6.2.4G.1.5 The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms).
3. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.2G.1.3-1. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6.6.2.2G.1.4.3 Message contents
Refer to the subclause 6.2.4G.1.4.3
6.6.2.2G.1.5 Test requirements
When "NS_33" or "NS_34" is indicated in the cell,
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 2, shall fulfil the requirements described in subclass 6.2.4G.1.5;
And
– The power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2G.1.5-1 as applicable.
The power of any V2X UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2G.1.3-1.
Table 6.6.2.2G.1.5-1: Additional requirements for 10MHz channel bandwidth
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
10 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-0.5 |
[] +2 |
100 kHz |
± 0.5-5 |
[]+2 |
100 kHz |
± 5-10 |
[]+2 |
100 kHz |
6.6.2.2G.2 Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for V2X Communication / Sidelink simultaneous with E-UTRA uplink transmissions
6.6.2.2G.2.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of V2X UE emission shall not exceed specified level for the specified channel bandwidth under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.
6.6.2.2G.2.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward which support V2X communication and is capable of V2X Sidelink communication simultaneous with E-UTRA uplink transmissions.
6.6.2.2G.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.2G.0.
6.6.2.2G.2.4 Test description
6.6.2.2G.2.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and CC bandwidths based on Inter-band con-current V2X specified in sub-clause 5.4.2G. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.2.4G.2.4.1-1 the details of the uplink and V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in sub-clause A.2 and A.8.3 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
1. Connect the SS and GNSS simulator to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.93a.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3. Message content exceptions are defined in clause 6.6.2.2G.2.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL and V2X Reference Measurement Channels are set according to subclause 6.2.4G.2.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in the state 3A-RF-V2X according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2C. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2G.2.4.3.
6.6.2.2G.2.4.2 Test procedure
1. SS sends RRC reconfiguration message specified in clause 6.6.2.2G.2.4.3 to enable PSCCH and PSSCH transmission at the PUMAX level.
2. The SS simultaneously sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC and V2X scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 5A for SL_V_RNTI to schedule the V2X RMC according to Table 6.6.2.2G.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL and V2X RMCs.
3. SS sends continuously “uplink power control” up commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
4. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in subclass 6.2.4G.1.5. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). On E-UTRA carrier, the TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
5. Measure the power of the transmitted signal for E-UTRA uplink with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.2G.2.5-1or 6.6.2.2G.2.5-2, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs. On E-UTRA carrier, the TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
6. Measure the power of the transmitted signal for V2X sidelink with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to table 6.6.2.2G.2.5-3, as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6.6.2.2G.2.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exceptions as defined in sub-clause 6.2.4G.2.4.3
6.6.2.2G.2.5 Test requirements
When "NS_33" or "NS_34" is indicated in the cell,
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 4, shall fulfil the requirements described in subclause 6.2.4G.1.5 for Power Class 3 or Power Class 2 UEs;
And
– The power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2G.2.5-1, 6.6.2.2G.2.5-2 or 6.6.2.2G.2.5-3 as applicable.
The E-UTRA uplink emission derived in step 5 shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2G.2.5-1 or Table 6.6.2.2G.2.5-1 as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2G.2.5-1: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.2G.2.5-2: General E-UTRA spectrum emission mask, 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
-18.2 |
-19.2 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
-8.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
|
6-10 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
The power of any V2X sidelink emission derived in step 6 shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2G.2.5-3.
Table 6.6.2.2G.2.5-3: Additional requirements for 10MHz channel bandwidth
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
10 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-0.5 |
[] + 2 |
100 kHz |
± 0.5-5 |
[]+ 2 |
100 kHz |
± 5-10 |
[]+ 2 |
100 kHz |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.2_s Additional Spectrum Emission Mask for subslot/slot TTI
6.6.2.2_s.1 Test purpose
To verify that the power of any UE emission shall not exceed specified level for the specified channel bandwidth under the deployment scenarios where additional requirements are specified.
6.6.2.2_s.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA Power Class 3 UE release 15 and forward that support subslot/slot TTI.
6.6.2.2_s.3 Minimum conformance requirements
6.6.2.2_s.3.1 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”)
When "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” or “NS_21” is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2_s.3.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.2_s.3.1-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”)
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-10 |
-13 |
-15 |
-18 |
-20 |
-21 |
30 kHz |
± 1-2.5 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 2.5-2.8 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 2.8-5 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 5-6 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 6-10 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||
± 10-15 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 15-20 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 20-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.2.1.
6.6.2.2_s.3.2 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_04")
When "NS_04" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2_s.3.2-2.
Table 6.6.2.2_s.3.2-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04")
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-15 |
-18 |
-20 |
-21 |
30 kHz |
± 1-2.5 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 2.5-2.8 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 2.8-5 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
-10 |
1 MHz |
± 5-6 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 6-9 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 9-10 |
-25 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 10-13.5 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 13.5-15 |
-25 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 15-18 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||
± 18-20 |
-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
||
± 20-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.2.2.
6.6.2.2_s.3.3 Minimum requirement (network signalled value "NS_06" or NS_07)
When "NS_06" or "NS_07" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2_s.3.3-1.
Table 6.6.2.2_s.3.3-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07")
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB |
1.4 |
3.0 |
5 |
10 |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-0.1 |
-13 |
-13 |
-15 |
-18 |
30 kHz |
± 0.1-1 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
100 kHz |
± 1-2.5 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 2.5-2.8 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 2.8-5 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 5-6 |
-25 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
|
± 6-10 |
-25 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
||
± 10-15 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.2.3.
6.6.2.2_s.3.4 Minimum requirement (network signalled value “NS_27”)
Additional spectrum emission requirements are signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall meet an additional requirement for a specific deployment scenario as part of the cell handover/broadcast message.
When “NS_27” is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2_s.3.4-1.
Table 6.6.2.2_s.3.4-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_27")
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
Note 1 |
± 1-10 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
1 MHz |
± 10-15 |
-25 |
-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
|
± 15-20 |
-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
||
± 20-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
|||
Note 1: The measurement bandwidth is 1% of the applicable E-UTRA channel bandwidth. |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.2.5.
6.6.2.2_s.3.5 Minimum requirement (network signalled value “NS_35”)
Additional spectrum emission requirements are signalled by the network to indicate that the UE shall meet an additional requirement for a specific deployment scenario as part of the cell handover/broadcast message.
When "NS_35" is indicated in the cell, the power of any UE emission shall not exceed the levels specified in Table 6.6.2.2_s.3.5-1.
Table 6.6.2.2_s.3.5-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_35")
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth (unless otherwise stated) |
± 0-0.1 |
-15 |
-18 |
-20 |
-21 |
30 kHz |
± 0.1-6 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
100 kHz |
± 6-10 |
-251 |
-13 |
-13 |
-13 |
100 kHz |
± 10-15 |
-251 |
-13 |
-13 |
100 kHz |
|
± 15-20 |
-251 |
-13 |
100 kHz |
||
± 20-25 |
-25 |
1 MHz |
|||
Note 1: The measurement bandwidth shall be 1 MHz |
NOTE: As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.2.7.
6.6.2.2_s.4 Test description
6.6.2.2_s.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Tables 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-1 through 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-9. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2 respectively. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_03")
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD |
TDD |
FDD |
TDD |
|||
1.4MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing. |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
||
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
|||
1.4MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
5 |
5 |
|||
3MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
15 |
|||
3MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
4 |
|||
3MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
15 |
15 |
|||
3MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
4 |
4 |
|||
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
25 |
|||
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
8 |
|||
5MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
|||
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
25 |
25 |
|||
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
8 |
8 |
|||
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
50 |
|||
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
12 |
|||
10MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
|||
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
50 (Note 3) |
50 (Note 3) |
|||
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
12 |
12 |
|||
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
75 |
|||
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
16 |
|||
15MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
8 |
|||
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
75 (Note 3) |
75 (Note 3) |
|||
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
16 |
16 |
|||
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
100 |
|||
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
18 |
|||
20MHz |
QPSK |
10 |
10 |
|||
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
100 (Note 3) |
100 (Note 3) |
|||
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
18 |
18 |
|||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2. Note 4: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM. |
Table 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_04")
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range Additional test frequencies for Rel-12 to Rel-13 and bit 2 of modifiedMPRbehavior = 0: For 5 MHz bandwidth: 2499.6 MHz, NUL= 39696 For 10 MHz bandwidth: 2504.1 MHz, NUL= 39731 For 15 MHz bandwidth: 2510.9 MHz, NUL= 39799 For 20 MHz bandwidth: 2517.6 MHz, NUL= 39866 Additional test frequencies for Rel-12 and later and bit 2 of modifiedMPRbehavior = 1: For 5 MHz bandwidth: 2500.6 MHz, NUL= 39686 For 10 MHz bandwidth: 2504.1 MHz, NUL= 39731 For 15 MHz bandwidth: 2510.9 MHz, NUL= 39799 For 20 MHz bandwidth: 2517.6 MHz, NUL= 39866 |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
5MHz, 10 MHz, 15 MHz, 20MHz |
|||||
Test Parameters for NS_04 A-MPR |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Configura-tion ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation TDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation TDD |
RBstart TDD |
1 (Note 6) |
5MHz |
N/A for A-MPR testing |
QPSK |
25 |
0 |
|
2 (Note 6) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
Note 3 |
||
3(Note 6) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
Note 3 |
||
4 (Note 6) |
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
25 |
0 |
||
5 (Note 6) |
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
8 |
Note 3 |
||
6 (Note 6) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
7 (Note 6) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
0 |
||
8 (Note 6) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
0 |
||
9 Note 6) |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
50 (Note 4) |
0 |
||
10 (Note 6) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
13 |
||
11 (Note 6) |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
24 |
13 |
||
12 (Note 6) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
13 |
||
13 (Note 6) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
37 |
||
14 (Note 6) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
49 |
||
15 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
16 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
0 |
||
17 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
0 |
||
18 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
75 (Note 4) |
0 |
||
19 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
19 |
||
20 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
36 (Note 4) |
19 |
||
21 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
19 |
||
22 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
56 |
||
23 (Note 6) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
74 |
||
24 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
25 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
0 |
||
26 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
0 |
||
27 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
100 (Note 4) |
0 |
||
28 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
25 |
||
29 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
50 (Note 4) |
25 |
||
30 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
25 |
||
31 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
75 |
||
32 (Note 6) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
99 |
||
33 (Note 8) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
34 (Note 8) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
9 |
||
35 (Note 9) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
0 |
||
36 (Note 8) |
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
16 |
9 |
||
37 (Note 9) |
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
25 |
0 |
||
38 (Note 8) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
39 (Note 8) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
49 |
||
40 (Note 8) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
0 |
||
41 (Note 8) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
40 |
10 |
||
42 (Note 7) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
0 |
||
43 (Note 7) |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
50 |
0 |
||
44 (Note 8) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
45 (Note 8) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
74 |
||
46 (Note 8) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
32 |
0 |
||
47 (Note 8) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
60 |
15 |
||
48 (Note 7) |
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
0 |
||
49 (Note 7) |
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
75 |
0 |
||
50 (Note 8) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
51 (Note 8) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
99 |
||
52 (Note 8) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
0 |
||
53 (Note 8) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
25 |
||
54 (Note 7) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
0 |
||
55 (Note 7) |
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 5) |
100 |
0 |
||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to be corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE. Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 4: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2. Note 5: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM. Note 6: Applies only for Rel-11 and earlier. Note 7: Applies only for Rel-12 and later. Note 8: Applies only for Rel-12 and later and Low Range. Note 9: Applies only for Rel-12 and later and Mid, High Range and additional test frequencies. |
Table 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_06")
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD |
TDD |
FDD |
TDD |
|||
1.4MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing. |
QPSK |
6 |
NA |
||
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
||||
1.4MHz |
16QAM (Note 3) |
5 |
||||
3MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
||||
3MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
||||
3MHz |
16QAM (Note 3) |
4 |
||||
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
||||
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
||||
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 3) |
8 |
||||
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
||||
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
||||
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 3) |
12 |
||||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM. |
Table 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-4: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_07")
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Mid range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
10MHz |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Test Number |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
RBstart |
1 |
10MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing. |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
|
2 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
0 |
||
3 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
13 |
||
4 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
20 |
13 |
||
5 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
13 |
||
6 |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 2) |
36 (Note 1) |
13 |
||
7 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
19 |
||
8 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
19 |
||
9 |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 2) |
16 |
19 |
||
10 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
30 |
19 |
||
11 |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 2) |
30 (Note 1) |
19 |
||
12 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
43 |
||
13 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
48 |
||
14 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
0 |
||
15 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
0 |
||
16 |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 2) |
50 (Note 1) |
0 |
||
Note 1: Applies only for UE-Categories 2-5. Note 2: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM. |
Table 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-5: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_11")
Initial Conditions |
|||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
Normal |
||||
Test Frequencies |
Low range, Mid range, High range For 3 MHz Channel Bandwidth: a. 2001.5 MHz (NUL = 25515) b. 2004.5 MHz (NUL = 25545) For 5 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2002.5 MHz (NUL = 25525) b. 2004.5 MHz (NUL = 25545) c. 2007.5 MHz (NUL = 25575) For 10 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2005 MHz (NUL = 25550) b. 2005.5 MHz (NUL = 25555) c. 2015 MHz (NUL = 25650) For 15 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2007.5 MHz (NUL = 25575) b. 2012.5 MHz (NUL = 25625) For 20 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2010 MHz (NUL = 25600) |
||||
Test Channel Bandwidths |
3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz |
||||
Test Parameters for NS_11 A-MPR |
|||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
1 |
3MHz |
N/A for A-MPR testing |
QPSK |
6 |
|
2 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
||
3 |
3MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
6 |
||
4 |
3MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
15 |
||
5 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
||
6 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
||
7 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
||
8 |
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
8 |
||
9 |
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
25 |
||
10 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
||
11 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
||
12 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
||
13 |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
12 |
||
14 |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
50 |
||
(Note 3) |
|||||
15 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
||
16 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
||
17 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
||
18 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
30 |
||
19 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
||
20 |
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
8 |
||
21 |
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
25 |
||
22 |
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
30 |
||
23 |
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
75 |
||
24 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
||
25 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
10 |
||
26 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
||
27 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
||
28 |
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
10 |
||
29 |
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
25 |
||
30 |
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
100 |
||
Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2. Note 4: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM. |
Table 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-6: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_20")
Initial Conditions |
|||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
Normal |
||||
Test Frequencies |
Low range, Mid range, High range For 5 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2002.5 MHz (NUL = 25525) b. 2007.5 MHz (NUL = 25575) c. 2012.5 MHz (NUL = 25625) d. 2017.5 MHz (NUL = 25675) For 10 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2005 MHz (NUL = 25550) b. 2015 MHz (NUL = 25650) For 15 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2012.5 MHz (NUL = 25625) For 20 MHz Channel Bandwidth a. 2010 MHz (NUL = 25600) |
||||
Test Channel Bandwidths |
5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz |
||||
Test Parameters for NS_20 A-MPR |
|||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
1 |
5MHz |
N/A for A-MPR testing |
QPSK |
8 |
|
2 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
||
3 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
||
4 |
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
15 |
||
5 |
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
25 |
||
6 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
||
7 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
||
8 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
||
9 |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
12 |
||
10 |
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
50 |
||
(Note 3) |
|||||
11 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
||
12 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
||
13 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
||
14 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
||
15 |
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
25 |
||
16 |
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
36 |
||
17 |
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
75 |
||
18 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
||
19 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
||
20 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
||
21 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
||
22 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
||
23 |
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
18 |
||
24 |
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
25 |
||
25 |
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
75 |
||
26 |
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
100 |
||
Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2. Note 4: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM. |
Table 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-7: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_21")
Initial Conditions |
||||||||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||||||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range or High range |
|||||||||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
5 MHz, 10 MHz |
|||||||||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||||||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
RBstart FDD |
||||||
1 (note 2) |
5 MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||||||||
2 (note 2) |
5 MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
0 |
||||||||
3 (note 2) |
10 MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||||||||
4 (note 3) |
10 MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
49 |
||||||||
5 (note 2) |
10 MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
0 |
||||||||
6 (note 3) |
10 MHz |
QPSK |
3 |
47 |
||||||||
7 (note 3) |
10 MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
0 |
||||||||
8 (note 1, 3) |
10 MHz |
16QAM (Note 4) |
50 |
0 |
||||||||
Note 1: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2. Note 2: Applicable only to low range frequency testing. Note 3: Applicable only to high range frequency testing. Note 4: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM. |
Table 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-8: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_27")
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
Normal |
||||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Refer to Frequency column in test parameters |
||||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz |
||||||
Test Parameters for NS_27 A-MPR |
|||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||||
Configuration ID |
Frequency |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
Mod’n |
RB allocation FDD |
RBstart FDD |
1 |
Low/Mid |
5MHz |
N/A for A-MPR testing |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
|
2 |
High |
5MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
24 |
||
3 |
Low/Mid/High |
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
0 |
||
4 |
Low/Mid/High |
5MHz |
16QAM |
25 |
0 |
||
5 |
Low/Mid |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
6 |
High |
10MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
49 |
||
7 |
Low/Mid/High |
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
0 |
||
8 (Note 2) |
Low/Mid/High |
10MHz |
16QAM |
50 |
0 |
||
9 |
Low/Mid |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
10 |
Low |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
7 |
||
11 |
Low/Mid |
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
0 |
||
12 |
High |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
74 |
||
13 |
High |
15MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
67 |
||
14 |
High |
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
74 |
||
15 |
Low/Mid/High |
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
0 |
||
16 (Note 2) |
Low/Mid/High |
15MHz |
16QAM |
75 |
0 |
||
17 |
Low/Mid |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
0 |
||
18 |
Low |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
13 |
||
19 |
Low |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
16 |
||
20 |
Low/Mid |
20MHz |
QPSK |
21 |
0 |
||
21 |
High |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
99 |
||
22 |
High |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
86 |
||
23 |
High |
20MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
83 |
||
24 |
High |
20MHz |
QPSK |
21 |
0 |
||
25 |
Low/Mid/High |
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
0 |
||
26 (Note 2) |
Low/Mid/High |
20MHz |
16QAM |
100 |
0 |
||
Note 1: The Configuration ID will be used to map the applicable Test Configuration to the corresponding Test Requirement in subclause 6.2.4.5 as not all combinations are necessarily required based on the applicability of the UE. Note 2: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2. Note 3: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM. |
Table 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-9: Test Configuration Table (network signalled value "NS_35")
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
5MHz, 10MHz, 15MHz, 20MHz |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD |
TDD |
FDD |
TDD |
|||
5MHz |
N/A for Additional Spectrum Emission Mask testing. |
QPSK |
25 |
NA |
||
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
||||
5MHz |
16QAM (Note 3) |
8 |
||||
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
||||
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
||||
10MHz |
16QAM (Note 3) |
12 |
||||
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
||||
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
||||
15MHz |
16QAM (Note 3) |
16 |
||||
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
||||
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
||||
20MHz |
16QAM (Note 3) |
18 |
||||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB# 0 and RB# (max +1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: The 16QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs which support UL 64QAM. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The DL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Tables 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-1 to 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-9.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.2_s.4.3.
6.6.2.2_s.4.2 Test procedure
1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to applicable table from Table 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-1 to 6.6.2.2_s.4.1-9. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.4.5-1 to 6.2.4.5-28 as appropriate. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration 7 OS (0.5ms) for slot TTI and 2/3 OS for subslot TTI.
4. Measure the power of the transmitted signal with a measurement filter of bandwidths according to Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.1-1, 6.6.2.2_s.5.3-1 or Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.1-2, 6.6.2.2_s.5.3-2, or 6.6.2.2_s.5.2-1, 6.6.2.2_s.5.4-1, 6.6.2.2_s.5.5-1 as applicable. The centre frequency of the filter shall be stepped in continuous steps according to the same table. The measured power shall be recorded for each step. The measurement period shall capture the active TSs.
6.6.2.2_s.4.3 Message contents
Same message contents as clause 6.6.2.2.4.3 with the following exceptions:
Table 6.6.2.2_s.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT (preamble)
Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.8.2.1.6-1 with condition Short-TTI |
||||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
||||
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15 SEQUENCE { |
||||
shortTTI-r15 SEQUENCE { |
||||
dl-STTI-Length-r15 |
subslot |
FDD_sTTI-22 OR FDD_sTTI-27 |
||
ul-STTI-Length-r15 |
subslot |
FDD_sTTI-22 |
||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
Condition |
Explanation |
FDD_sTTI-22 |
FDD cell environment and UEs supporting {subslot, subslot} combination |
FDD_sTTI-27 |
FDD cell environment and UEs supporting {subslot, slot} combination |
6.6.2.2_s.5 Test requirements
6.6.2.2_s.5.1 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”)
When "NS_03" or “NS_11” or “NS_20” or “NS_21” is indicated in the cell:
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-1, 6.2.4.5-2 ,6.2.4.5-11, 6.2.4.5-20 and 6.2.4.5-21 as appropriate,
and
– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.1-1 or 6.6.2.2_s.5.1-2, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.1-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.1-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_03", “NS_11”, “NS_20” and “NS_21”), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-1 |
-8.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
-18.2 |
-19.2 |
30 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
6-10 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
10-15 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
15-20 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
20-25 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.985 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_03 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.2_s.5.2 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_04")
When "NS_04" is indicated in the cell:
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-3,
and
– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.2-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_04")
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
± 1-2.5 |
-8.5 |
–8.5 |
-8.5 |
-8.5 |
1 MHz |
± 2.5-2.8 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 5-6 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
± 6-9 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 9-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 10-13.5 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 13.5-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 15-18 |
1 MHz |
||||
± 18-20 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
± 20-25 |
1 MHz |
NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.2_s.5.3 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07")
When "NS_06" or "NS_07" is indicated in the cell:
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-5, 6.2.4.5-6 and 6.2.4.5-7,
and
– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.3-1 or Table.6.6.2.2_s.5.3-2, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.3-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07"), E‑UTRA bands ≤ 3GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB |
1.4 |
3.0 |
5 |
10 |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-0.1 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
30 kHz |
0.1-1 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
100 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||
5-6 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
6-10 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
10-15 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.3-2: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_06" or "NS_07"), 3GHz < E‑UTRA bands ≤ 4.2GHz
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB |
1.4 |
3.0 |
5 |
10 |
Measurement bandwidth |
0-0.1 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-13.2 |
-16.2 |
30 kHz |
0.1-1 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
100 kHz |
1-2.5 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
2.5-2.8 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
2.8-5 |
1 MHz |
||||
5-6 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
6-10 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
10-15 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
Note 1: The first and last measurement position with a 30 kHz filter is at ΔfOOB equals to 0.015 MHz and 0.085 MHz. Note 2: At the boundary of spectrum emission limit, the first and last measurement position with a 1 MHz filter is the inside of +0.5MHz and -0.5MHz, respectively. Note 3: The measurements are to be performed above the upper edge of the channel and below the lower edge of the channel Note 4: Above SEM requirement applies to bands corresponding to network signalling value NS_06 and NS_07 as defined in TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.2.4 Table 6.2.4-1. Note 5: For the 2.5-2.8 MHz offset range with 1.4 MHz channel bandwidth, the measurement position is at ΔfOOB equals to 3 MHz. |
NOTE: (only for emission measurement) As a general rule, the resolution bandwidth of the measuring equipment should be equal to the measurement bandwidth. However, to improve measurement accuracy, sensitivity and efficiency, the resolution bandwidth may be smaller than the measurement bandwidth. When the resolution bandwidth is smaller than the measurement bandwidth, the result should be integrated over the measurement bandwidth in order to obtain the equivalent noise bandwidth of the measurement bandwidth.
6.6.2.2_s.5.4 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_27")
When "NS_27" is indicated in the cell:
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-27,
and
– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.4-1, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.4-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_27")
Spectrum emission limit (dBm)/ Channel bandwidth |
|||||
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth |
± 0-1 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
Note 1 |
± 1-10 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
-11.2 |
1 MHz |
± 10-15 |
-23.2 |
-23.2 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|
± 15-20 |
-23.2 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
||
± 20-25 |
-23.2 |
1 MHz |
|||
Note 1: The measurement bandwidth is 1% of the applicable E-UTRA channel bandwidth. |
6.6.2.2_s.5.5 Test requirements (network signalled value "NS_35")
When "NS_35" is indicated in the cell:
– the measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.4.5-28,
and
– the power of any UE emission shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.5-1, as applicable.
Table 6.6.2.2_s.5.5-1: Additional requirements (network signalled value "NS_35")
ΔfOOB (MHz) |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
Measurement bandwidth (unless otherwise stated) |
± 0-0.1 |
-13.5 |
-16.5 |
-18.5 |
-19.5 |
30 kHz |
± 0.1-6 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
100 kHz |
± 6-10 |
-23.51 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
100 kHz |
± 10-15 |
-23.51 |
-11.5 |
-11.5 |
100 kHz |
|
± 15-20 |
-23.51 |
-11.5 |
100 kHz |
||
± 20-25 |
-23.5 |
1 MHz |
|||
Note 1: The measurement bandwidth shall be 1 MHz |
6.6.2.3 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio
6.6.2.3.1 Test purpose
To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR).
6.6.2.3.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA Power Class 3 UE release 8 and forward.
6.6.2.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements
ACLR requirements are specified for two scenarios for an adjacent E -UTRAACLR and UTRAACLR1/2 as shown in Figure 6.6.2.3.3-1.
Figure 6.6.2.3.3-1: Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio requirements
6.6.2.3.3.1 Minimum conformance requirements for E-UTRA
E-UTRA ACLR (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency at nominal channel spacing. The assigned E-UTRA channel power and adjacent E-UTRA channel power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3.3.1-1.
If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50dBm then the E-UTRAACLR shall be higher than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3.3.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.3.3.1-1: General requirements for E-UTRAACLR
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.3.1.
6.6.2.3.3.2 Minimum conformance requirements for UTRA
UTRA ACLR (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned E-UTRA channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent UTRA channel frequency.
UTRA ACLR is specified for both the first UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR1) and the 2nd UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR2).The UTRA channel power is measured with a RRC bandwidth filter with roll-off factor = 0.22. The assigned E-UTRA channel power is measured with a rectangular filter with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3.3.2-1.
If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the UTRAACLR1, and UTRAACLR2 shall be higher than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3.3.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.3.3.2-1: General requirements for UTRAACLR1/2
Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
UTRAACLR1 |
33 dB |
33 dB |
33 dB |
33 dB |
33 dB |
33 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
0.7+BWUTRA/2 / -0.7-BWUTRA/2 |
1.5+BWUTRA/2 / -1.5-BWUTRA/2 |
2.5+BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-BWUTRA/2 |
5+BWUTRA/2 / -5-BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-BWUTRA/2 |
10+BWUTRA/2 / -10-BWUTRA/2 |
UTRAACLR2 |
– |
– |
36 dB |
36 dB |
36 dB |
36 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
– |
– |
2.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
10+3*BWUTRA/2 / -10-3*BWUTRA/2 |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1 |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2 |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum. |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 subclause 6.6.2.3.2.
6.6.2.3.4 Test description
6.6.2.3.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in AnnexeA.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD |
TDD |
FDD |
TDD |
|||
1.4MHz |
N/A for ACLR testing |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
||
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
|||
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
6 |
6 |
|||
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|||
3MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
15 |
|||
3MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
4 |
|||
3MHz |
16QAM |
15 |
15 |
|||
3MHz |
16QAM |
4 |
4 |
|||
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
25 |
|||
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
8 |
|||
5MHz |
16QAM |
25 |
25 |
|||
5MHz |
16QAM |
8 |
8 |
|||
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
50 |
|||
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
12 |
|||
10MHz |
16QAM |
50 (Note 3) |
50 (Note 3) |
|||
10MHz |
16QAM |
12 |
12 |
|||
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
75 |
|||
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
16 |
|||
15MHz |
16QAM |
75 (Note 3) |
75 (Note 3) |
|||
15MHz |
16QAM |
16 |
16 |
|||
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
100 |
|||
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
18 |
|||
20MHz |
16QAM |
100 (Note 3) |
100 (Note 3) |
|||
20MHz |
16QAM |
18 |
18 |
|||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (max + 1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories ≥2 |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3.4.3.
6.6.2.3.4.2 Test procedure
1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
4. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for E-UTRA.
5. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA channel, respectively.
6. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA channel, respectively.
7. Calculate the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 5 for lower and upper E-UTRAACLR, respectively.
8. Calculated the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 6 for lower and upper UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, respectively.
6.6.2.3.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.
6.6.2.3.5 Test requirement
6.6.2.3.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA
– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3.5-1 as appropriate,
and
– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 7, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3.5.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.3.5.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UE channel |
+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz |
+3 MHz or -3 MHz |
+5MHz or -5MHz |
+10MHz or -10MHz |
+15MHz or -15MHz |
+20MHz or -20MHz |
Test requirements UTRA
If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, derived in step 8, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3.5.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.3.5.2-1: UTRA UE ACLR
Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
UTRAACLR1 |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
0.7+BWUTRA/2 / -0.7-BWUTRA/2 |
1.5+BWUTRA/2 / -1.5-BWUTRA/2 |
2.5+BWUTRA/2 / |
5+BWUTRA/2 / -5-BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-BWUTRA/2 |
10+BWUTRA/2 / -10-BWUTRA/2 |
UTRAACLR2 |
– |
– |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
– |
– |
2.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
10+3*BWUTRA/2 / -10-3*BWUTRA/2 |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1 |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2 |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum. Note 3: BWUTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz. |
6.6.2.3_1 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for HPUE
6.6.2.3_1.1 Test purpose
To verify that HPUE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR).
6.6.2.3_1.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA Power Class 1 or Power Class 2 UE release 10 and forward.
6.6.2.3_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements
ACLR requirements are specified for an adjacent E -UTRAACLR as shown in Figure 6.6.2.3_1.3-1.
Figure 6.6.2.3_1.3-1: Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio requirements
6.6.2.3_1.3.1 Minimum conformance requirements for E-UTRA for HPUE
Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.3.3.1 with for following exceptions:
For a power class 2 capable UE operating on Band 41, when an IE P-max as defined in [5] of 23 dBm or lower is indicated in the cell or if the uplink/downlink configuration is 0 or 6, the requirements for power class 2 are not applicable, and the corresponding requirements for a power class 3 UE shall apply.
– Instead of Table 6.6.2.3.3.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.6.2.3_1.3.1-1 and 6.6.2.3_1.3.1-2
Table 6.6.2.3_1.3.1-1: Additional E-UTRAACLR requirements for Power Class 1
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / Measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
N/A |
N/A |
37 dB |
37 dB |
N/A |
N/A |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
N/A |
N/A |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
N/A |
N/A |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset [MHz] |
N/A |
N/A |
+5 / -5 |
+10 / -10 |
N/A |
N/A |
Note 1: E-UTRAACLR1 shall be applicable for >23dBm |
Table 6.6.2.3_1.3.1-2: Additional E-UTRAACLR requirements for Power Class 2
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / Measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
N/A |
N/A |
31 dB |
31 dB |
31 dB |
31 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
N/A |
N/A |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset [MHz] |
N/A |
N/A |
+5 / -5 |
+10 / -10 |
+15 / -15 |
+20 / -20 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2.3.
6.6.2.3_1.4 Test description
6.6.2.3_1.4.1 Initial conditions
Same initial conditions as in clause 6.6.2.3.4.1.
6.6.2.3_1.4.2 Test procedure
1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3_1.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
4. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for E-UTRA.
5. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA channel, respectively.
6. Calculate the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 5 for lower and upper E-UTRAACLR, respectively.
6.6.2.3_1.4.3 Message contents
Same message contents as in clause 6.6.2.3.4.3
6.6.2.3_1.5 Test requirement
6.6.2.3_1.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA
– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3_1.5-1 as appropriate,
and
– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 6, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3_1.4.1-1 for Power Class1 UE and in table 6.6.2.3_1.4.1-2 for Power Class 2 UE.
Table 6.6.2.3_1.4.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR for Power Class 1
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
N/A |
N/A |
36.2 dB |
36.2 dB |
N/A |
N/A |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
N/A |
N/A |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
N/A |
N/A |
UE channel |
N/A |
N/A |
+5MHz or -5MHz |
+10MHz or -10MHz |
N/A |
N/A |
Table 6.6.2.3_1.4.1-2: E-UTRA UE ACLR for Power Class 2
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
N/A |
N/A |
30.2 dB |
30.2 dB |
30.2 dB |
30.2 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
N/A |
N/A |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UE channel |
N/A |
N/A |
+5MHz or -5MHz |
+10MHz or -10MHz |
+15MHz or -15MHz |
+20MHz or -20MHz |
6.6.2.3_2 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for Multi-Cluster PUSCH
6.6.2.3_2.1 Test purpose
To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) for Multi-Cluster PUSCH transmission.
6.6.2.3_2.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support multi cluster PUSCH within a component carrier for the tested band but do not support UL 64QAM or UL 256QAM.
6.6.2.3_2.3 Minimum conformance requirements
ACLR requirements are specified for two scenarios for an adjacent E -UTRAACLR and UTRAACLR1/2 as shown in Figure 6.6.2.3_2.3-1.
Figure 6.6.2.3_2.3-1: Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio requirements
6.6.2.3_2.3.1 Minimum conformance requirements for E-UTRA
E-UTRA ACLR (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency at nominal channel spacing. The assigned E-UTRA channel power and adjacent E-UTRA channel power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3_2.3.1-1.
If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50dBm then the E-UTRAACLR shall be higher than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3_2.3.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.3_2.3.1-1: General requirements for E-UTRAACLR
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.3.1.
6.6.2.3_2.3.2 Minimum conformance requirements for UTRA
UTRA ACLR (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned E-UTRA channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent UTRA channel frequency.
UTRA ACLR is specified for both the first UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR1) and the 2nd UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR2).The UTRA channel power is measured with a RRC bandwidth filter with roll-off factor = 0.22. The assigned E-UTRA channel power is measured with a rectangular filter with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3_2.3.2-1.
If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the UTRAACLR1, and UTRAACLR2 shall be higher than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3_2.3.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.3_2.3.2-1: General requirements for UTRAACLR1/2
Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
UTRAACLR1 |
33 dB |
33 dB |
33 dB |
33 dB |
33 dB |
33 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
0.7+BWUTRA/2 / -0.7-BWUTRA/2 |
1.5+BWUTRA/2 / -1.5-BWUTRA/2 |
2.5+BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-BWUTRA/2 |
5+BWUTRA/2 / -5-BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-BWUTRA/2 |
10+BWUTRA/2 / -10-BWUTRA/2 |
UTRAACLR2 |
– |
– |
36 dB |
36 dB |
36 dB |
36 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
– |
– |
2.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
10+3*BWUTRA/2 / -10-3*BWUTRA/2 |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1 |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2 |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum. |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 subclause 6.6.2.3.2.
6.6.2.3_2.4 Test description
6.6.2.3_2.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3_2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in AnnexeA.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.3_2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
||||||
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Highest |
||||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
|||||||
Configuration ID |
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
N/A for SEM testing |
Mod’n |
Cluster1 RB allocations (LCRB @ RBstart) |
Cluster2 RB allocations (LCRB @ RBstart) |
|||
1 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
2@0 |
1@24 |
|||
2 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
18@0 |
2@22 |
|||
3 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
2@0 |
18@6 |
|||
4 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
3@0 |
2@48 |
|||
5 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
42@0 |
3@45 |
|||
6 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
3@0 |
42@6 |
|||
7 |
15MHz |
16QAM |
8@0 |
7@68 |
|||
8 |
15MHz |
16QAM |
60@0 |
4@68 |
|||
9 |
15MHz |
16QAM |
4@0 |
60@12 |
|||
10 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
4@0 |
4@96 |
|||
11 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
92@0 |
4@96 |
|||
12 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
4@0 |
92@8 |
|||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3_2.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3_2.4.3.
6.6.2.3_2.4.2 Test procedure
1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3_2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3_2.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
4. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for E-UTRA.
5. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA channel, respectively.
6. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA channel, respectively.
7. Calculate the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 5 for lower and upper E-UTRAACLR, respectively.
8. Calculated the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 6 for lower and upper UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, respectively.
6.6.2.3_2.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.
6.6.2.3_2.5 Test requirement
6.6.2.3_2.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA
– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3_2.5-1 as appropriate,
and
– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 7, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3_2.5.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.3_2.5.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UE channel |
+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz |
+3 MHz or -3 MHz |
+5MHz or -5MHz |
+10MHz or -10MHz |
+15MHz or -15MHz |
+20MHz or -20MHz |
6.6.2.3_2.5.2 Test requirements UTRA
If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, derived in step 8, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3_2.5.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.3_2.5.2-1: UTRA UE ACLR
Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
UTRAACLR1 |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
0.7+BWUTRA/2 / -0.7-BWUTRA/2 |
1.5+BWUTRA/2 / -1.5-BWUTRA/2 |
2.5+BWUTRA/2 / |
5+BWUTRA/2 / -5-BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-BWUTRA/2 |
10+BWUTRA/2 / -10-BWUTRA/2 |
UTRAACLR2 |
– |
– |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
– |
– |
2.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
10+3*BWUTRA/2 / -10-3*BWUTRA/2 |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1 |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2 |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum. Note 3: BWUTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz. |
6.6.2.3_3 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for UL 64QAM
6.6.2.3_3.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.3.1.
6.6.2.3_3.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE from release 13 and forward that support UL 64QAM.
6.6.2.3_3.3 Minimum conformance requirements
Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.3.3.
6.6.2.3_3.4 Test description
6.6.2.3_3.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3_3.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in AnnexeA.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.3_3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD |
TDD |
FDD |
TDD |
|||
1.4MHz |
64QAM |
6 |
6 |
|||
1.4MHz |
64QAM |
5 |
5 |
|||
3MHz |
64QAM |
15 |
15 |
|||
3MHz |
64QAM |
4 |
4 |
|||
5MHz |
64QAM |
25 |
25 |
|||
5MHz |
64QAM |
8 |
8 |
|||
10MHz |
64QAM |
50 |
50 |
|||
10MHz |
64QAM |
12 |
12 |
|||
15MHz |
64QAM |
75 |
75 |
|||
15MHz |
64QAM |
16 |
16 |
|||
20MHz |
64QAM |
100 |
100 |
|||
20MHz |
64QAM |
18 |
18 |
|||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (max + 1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3_3.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3_3.4.3.
6.6.2.3_3.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.3.4.2 with the following exceptions
– In step 3, instead of Table 6.2.3.5-1 use Table 6.2.3_3.5-1
.
6.6.2.3_3.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.
6.6.2.3_3.5 Test requirement
6.6.2.3_3.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA
– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3_1.5-1 as appropriate, and
– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 7, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3_3.5.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.3_3.5.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UE channel |
+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz |
+3 MHz or -3 MHz |
+5MHz or -5MHz |
+10MHz or -10MHz |
+15MHz or -15MHz |
+20MHz or -20MHz |
6.6.2.3_3.5.2 Test requirements UTRA
If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, derived in step 8, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3_3.5.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.3_3.5.2-1: UTRA UE ACLR
Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
UTRAACLR1 |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
0.7+BWUTRA/2 / -0.7-BWUTRA/2 |
1.5+BWUTRA/2 / -1.5-BWUTRA/2 |
2.5+BWUTRA/2 / |
5+BWUTRA/2 / -5-BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-BWUTRA/2 |
10+BWUTRA/2 / -10-BWUTRA/2 |
UTRAACLR2 |
– |
– |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
– |
– |
2.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
10+3*BWUTRA/2 / -10-3*BWUTRA/2 |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1 |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2 |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum. Note 3: BWUTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz. |
6.6.2.3_4 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for Multi-Cluster PUSCH with UL 64QAM
Editor’s note: For a transition period until RAN5#83, this test case in version 15.3.1 of 36.521-1 shall be used. This is to ensure no test coverage is lost before the UL 256QAM test case becomes available.
6.6.2.3_4.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.3_2.
6.6.2.3_4.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE from release 13 and forward that support UL 64QAM and multi cluster PUSCH within a component carrier for the tested band but do not support UL 256QAM.
6.6.2.3_4.3 Minimum conformance requirements
Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.3_2.3.
6.6.2.3_4.4 Test description
6.6.2.3_4.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3_4.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in AnnexeA.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.3_4.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
||||||
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Highest |
||||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
|||||||
Configuration ID |
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
N/A for SEM testing |
Mod’n |
Cluster1 RB allocations (LCRB @ RBstart) |
Cluster2 RB allocations (LCRB @ RBstart) |
|||
1 |
5MHz |
64QAM |
2@0 |
1@24 |
|||
2 |
5MHz |
64QAM |
18@0 |
2@22 |
|||
3 |
5MHz |
64QAM |
2@0 |
18@6 |
|||
4 |
10MHz |
64QAM |
3@0 |
2@48 |
|||
5 |
10MHz |
64QAM |
42@0 |
3@45 |
|||
6 |
10MHz |
64QAM |
3@0 |
42@6 |
|||
7 |
15MHz |
64QAM |
8@0 |
7@68 |
|||
8 |
15MHz |
64QAM |
60@0 |
4@68 |
|||
9 |
15MHz |
64QAM |
4@0 |
60@12 |
|||
10 |
20MHz |
64QAM |
4@0 |
4@96 |
|||
11 |
20MHz |
64QAM |
92@0 |
4@96 |
|||
12 |
20MHz |
64QAM |
4@0 |
92@8 |
|||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The 64QAM configurations shall not apply to UEs for which TC 6.6.2.3_6 is executed. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3_4.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3_4.4.3.
6.6.2.3_4.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.3_2.4.2 with following exception:
– In step 3, instead of Table 6.2.3_2.5-1 🡪 use Table 6.2.3_4.5-1
6.6.2.3_4.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.
6.6.2.3_4.5 Test requirement
Same test requirements as in clause 6.6.2.3_2.5 with following exception:
– Instead of Table 6.2.3_2.5-1 🡪 use Table 6.2.3_4.5-1
6.6.2.3_5 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for UL 256QAM
6.6.2.3_5.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.3.1.
6.6.2.3_5.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE from release 14 and forward that support UL 256QAM.
6.6.2.3_5.3 Minimum conformance requirements
Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.3.3.
6.6.2.3_5.4 Test description
6.6.2.3_5.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3_5.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in AnnexeA.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.3_5.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD |
TDD |
FDD |
TDD |
|||
1.4MHz |
256QAM |
6 |
6 |
|||
3MHz |
256QAM |
15 |
15 |
|||
5MHz |
256QAM |
25 |
25 |
|||
10MHz |
256QAM |
50 |
50 |
|||
15MHz |
256QAM |
75 |
75 |
|||
20MHz |
256QAM |
100 |
100 |
|||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3_5.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3_5.4.3.
6.6.2.3_5.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.3.4.2 with the following exceptions
– In step 3, instead of Table 6.2.3.5-1 use Table 6.2.3_5.5-1
6.6.2.3_5.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.
6.6.2.3_5.5 Test requirement
6.6.2.3_5.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA
– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3_5.5-1 as appropriate, and
– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 7, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3_5.5.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.3_5.5.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UE channel |
+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz |
+3 MHz or -3 MHz |
+5MHz or -5MHz |
+10MHz or -10MHz |
+15MHz or -15MHz |
+20MHz or -20MHz |
6.6.2.3_5.5.2 Test requirements UTRA
If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, derived in step 8, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3_5.5.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.3_5.5.2-1: UTRA UE ACLR
Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
UTRAACLR1 |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
0.7+BWUTRA/2 / -0.7-BWUTRA/2 |
1.5+BWUTRA/2 / -1.5-BWUTRA/2 |
2.5+BWUTRA/2 / |
5+BWUTRA/2 / -5-BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-BWUTRA/2 |
10+BWUTRA/2 / -10-BWUTRA/2 |
UTRAACLR2 |
– |
– |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
– |
– |
2.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
10+3*BWUTRA/2 / -10-3*BWUTRA/2 |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1 |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2 |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum. Note 3: BWUTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz. |
6.6.2.3_6 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for Multi-Cluster PUSCH with UL 256QAM
6.6.2.3_6.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.3_2.
6.6.2.3_6.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE from release 14 and forward that support UL 256QAM and multi cluster PUSCH within a component carrier for the tested band.
6.6.2.3_6.3 Minimum conformance requirements
Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.3_2.3.
6.6.2.3_6.4 Test description
6.6.2.3_6.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3_6.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in AnnexeA.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.3_6.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 |
Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
|||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Highest |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Configuration ID |
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||
Ch BW |
RB allocations |
Mod’n |
Cluster1 RB allocations (LCRB @ RBstart) |
Cluster2 RB allocations (LCRB @ RBstart) |
||
1 |
5MHz |
N/A for |
256QAM |
2@0 |
1@24 |
|
2 |
5MHz |
ACLR |
256QAM |
18@0 |
2@22 |
|
3 |
5MHz |
Test case |
256QAM |
2@0 |
18@6 |
|
4 |
10MHz |
256QAM |
3@0 |
2@48 |
||
5 |
10MHz |
256QAM |
42@0 |
3@45 |
||
6 |
10MHz |
256QAM |
3@0 |
42@6 |
||
7 |
15MHz |
256QAM |
8@0 |
7@68 |
||
8 |
15MHz |
256QAM |
60@0 |
4@68 |
||
9 |
15MHz |
256QAM |
4@0 |
60@12 |
||
10 |
20MHz |
256QAM |
4@0 |
4@96 |
||
11 |
20MHz |
256QAM |
92@0 |
4@96 |
||
12 |
20MHz |
256QAM |
4@0 |
92@8 |
||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3_6.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3_6.4.3.
6.6.2.3_6.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.3_2.4.2 with following exception:
– In step 1, instead of Table 6.6.2.3_2.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.6.2.3_6.4.1-1
– In step 3, instead of Table 6.2.3_2.5-1 🡪 use Table 6.2.3_6.5-1
6.6.2.3_6.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.
6.6.2.3_6.5 Test requirement
Same test requirements as in clause 6.6.2.3_2.5 with following exception:
– Instead of Table 6.2.3_2.5-1 🡪 use Table 6.2.3_6.5-1
6.6.2.3A Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA
6.6.2.3A.0 Minimum conformance requirements
ACLR for CA requirements are specified for two scenarios for an adjacent E -UTRAACLR and UTRAACLR1/2 as shown in Figure 6.6.2.3A.0-1.
Figure 6.6.2.3A.0-1: Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio for CA requirements
6.6.2.3A.0.1 Minimum requirement UTRA for CA
For inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per operating band and the uplink active in two E-UTRA bands, the UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel bandwidth on the component carrier to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency. The UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio is defined per carrier and the requirement is specified in subclause 6.6.2.3.3.
For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the aggregated channel bandwidth to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent(s) UTRA channel frequency.
For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation when all sub-blocks consist of one component carrier the UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the sum of the filtered mean powers centred on the assigned sub-block frequencies to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent(s) UTRA channel frequency. UTRAACLR1/2 requirements are applicable for all sub-blocks and are specified in Table 6.6.2.3A.0.1-2. UTRAACLR1 is required to be met in the sub-block gap when the gap bandwidth Wgap is 5MHz≤Wgap <15MHz. Both UTRAACLR1 and UTRAACLR2 are required to be met in the sub-block gap when the gap bandwidth Wgap is 15MHz≤Wgap.
For combinations of intra-band and inter-band carrier aggregation with three uplink component carriers (up to two contiguously aggregated carriers per band), the UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (UTRAACLR) is defined as follows. For the E-UTRA band supporting one component carrier, the UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel bandwidth of the component carrier to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent(s) UTRA channel frequency and the requirements specified in subclause 6.6.2.3.3 apply. For the E-UTRA band supporting two contiguous component carriers the UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the aggregated channel bandwidth to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent(s) UTRA channel frequency and the requirements specified in subclause 6.6.2.3A.0.1 apply.
UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio is specified for both the first UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR1) and the 2nd UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR2). The UTRA channel power is measured with a RRC bandwidth filter with roll-off factor =0.22. The assigned aggregated channel bandwidth power is measured with a rectangular filter with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3A.0.1-1 for intraband contiguous carrier aggregation or 6.6.2.3A.0.1-2 for intraband non-contiguous carrier aggregation. If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the UTRAACLR shall be higher than the value specified in Table 6.6.2.3A.0.1-1 for intraband contiguous carrier aggregation or 6.6.2.3A.0.1-2 for intraband non-contiguous carrier aggregation.
For carrier aggregation with one or two uplink component carriers, the UTRAACLR requirements for the PC3 UE are not applicable to the uplink component carrier(s) assigned to one of the E-UTRA band in Band 7, 12, 13, 17, 20, 24, 27, 30, 33, 35, 36, 37, 38, 40, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 68, 70, 71 or 85.
Table 6.6.2.3A.0.1-1: Requirements for UTRAACLR1/2
CA bandwidth class / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth |
|
CA bandwidth class B and C |
|
UTRAACLR1 |
33 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
+ BWChannel_CA /2 + BWUTRA/2 / – BWChannel_CA / 2 – BWUTRA/2 |
UTRAACLR2 |
36 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
+ BWChannel_CA /2 + 3*BWUTRA/2 / – BWChannel_CA /2 – 3*BWUTRA/2 |
CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
BWChannel_CA – 2* BWGB |
UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth (Note 1) |
3.84 MHz |
UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth (Note 2) |
1.28 MHz |
NOTE 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. NOTE 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum. |
Table 6.6.2.3A.0.1-2: Requirements for intraband non-contiguous CA UTRAACLR1/2
UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth |
|
UTRAACLR1 |
33 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
+ Fedge,block,high + BWUTRA/2 / – Fedge,block,low – BWUTRA/2 |
UTRAACLR2 |
36 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
+ Fedge,block,high + 3*BWUTRA/2 / – Fedge,block,low – 3*BWUTRA/2 |
Sub-block measurement bandwidth |
BWChannel,block – 2* BWGB |
UTRA 5 MHz channel Measurement bandwidth (Note 1) |
3.84 MHz |
UTRA 1.6 MHz channel measurement bandwidth (Note 2) |
1.28 MHz |
NOTE 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. NOTE 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum. |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.3.2A.
6.6.2.3A.0.2 Minimum requirements for CA E-UTRA
For intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation the carrier aggregation E-UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (CA E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the aggregated channel bandwidth to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent aggregated channel bandwidth at nominal channel spacing. The assigned aggregated channel bandwidth power and adjacent aggregated channel bandwidth power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidths specified in Table 6.6.2.3A.0.2-1. If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50dBm then the E-UTRAACLR shall be higher than the value specified in Table 6.6.2.3A.0.2-1 and Table 6.6.2.3A.0.2-2.
Table 6.6.2.3A.0.2-1: General requirements for CA E-UTRAACLR
CA bandwidth class / CA E-UTRAACLR / Measurement bandwidth |
|
CA bandwidth class B, C and D |
|
CA E-UTRAACLR |
30 dB |
CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
BWChannel_CA – 2* BWGB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
+ BWChannel_CA / – BWChannel_CA |
Table 6.6.2.3A.0.2-2: Additional requirements for CA E-UTRAACLR for UL CA_41C Power Class 2
CA bandwidth class / CA E-UTRAACLR / Measurement bandwidth |
|
CA bandwidth class C |
|
CA E-UTRAACLR |
31 dB |
CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
BWChannel_CA – 2* BWGB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
+ BWChannel_CA / – BWChannel_CA |
For inter-band carrier aggregation with one component carrier per operating band and the uplink active in two E-UTRA bands, E-UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel bandwidth on a component carrier to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency. The E-UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio is defined per carrier and the requirement is specified in subclause 6.6.2.3.1.
For intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation when all sub-blocks consist of one component carrier the E-UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the sum of the filtered mean powers centred on the assigned sub-block frequencies to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency at nominal channel spacing. In case the sub-block gap bandwidth Wgap is smaller than of the sub-block bandwidth then for that sub-block no E-UTRAACLR requirement is set for the gap. In case the sub-block gab bandwidth Wgap is smaller than either of the sub-block bandwidths then no E- UTRAACLR requirement is set for the gap. The assigned E-UTRA sub-block power and adjacent E-UTRA channel power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidths specified in Table 6.6.2.3A.0.2-2. If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50dBm then the E-UTRAACLR shall be higher than the value specified in Table 6.6.2.3A.0.2-2.
Table 6.6.2.3A.0.2-2: General requirements for non-contiguous intraband CA E-UTRAACLR
CC and adjacent channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR / Measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
CC and adjacent channel measurement bandwidth [MHz] |
1.08 |
2.7 |
4.5 |
9 |
13.5 |
18 |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset [MHz] |
+ 1.4 |
+ 3 |
+ 5 |
+ 10 |
+ 15 |
+ 20 |
For combinations of intra-band and inter-band carrier aggregation with three uplink component carriers (up to two contiguously aggregated carriers per band), the E-UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (E-UTRAACLR) is defined as follows. For the E-UTRA band supporting one component carrier, the E-UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel bandwidth of the component carrier to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency and the requirements in subclause 6.6.2.3.3 apply. For the E-UTRA band supporting two contiguous component carriers the E-UTRA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the aggregated channel bandwidth to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent(s) aggregated channel bandwidth at nominal channel spacing and the requirements of CA E-UTRAACLR specified in subclause 6.6.2.3A.0.2 apply.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.3.3A.
6.6.2.3A.0.3 Additional minimum requirement for E-UTRA (network signalled value “NS_29”)
When "NS_29" is indicated in the cell, the UE emission shall meet the additional requirements specified in Table 6.6.2.3A.0.3-1 for E-UTRA channels assigned within the frequency ranges 5150-5350 MHz and 5470-5725 MHz. The assigned E-UTRA channel power and alternative adjacent E-UTRA channel power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidths specified in Table 6.6.2.3A.0.3-1. If the measured alternative adjacent channel power is greater than –50dBm then the E-UTRAACLR2 shall be higher than the value specified in Table 6.6.2.3A.0.3-1.
Table 6.6.2.3A.0.3-1: Additional E-UTRAACLR requirement
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR2 / Measurement bandwidth |
|
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR2 |
40 dBc |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
NOTE 1 |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset [MHz] |
+40 / -40 |
NOTE 1: 18 MHz for E-UTRA channels assigned within 5150-5350 MHz; 19 MHz for E-UTRA channels assigned within 5470-5725 MHz. |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.3.1A.
6.6.2.3A.1 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA)
6.6.2.3A.1.1 Test purpose
To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) for CA.
6.6.2.3A.1.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support intra band contiguous DL CA and UL CA.
6.6.2.3A.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.0.
6.6.2.3A.1.4 Test description
6.6.2.3A.1.4.1 Initial condition
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3A.1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.3A.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
|||||||||
Test Environment as specified in |
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
||||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in |
Low range, High range |
||||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration |
Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg (Note 2) |
||||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||||
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC |
UL Allocation |
||||||
ID |
PCC |
SCCs |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
NRB_alloc |
PCC & SCC RB allocations(LCRB @ RBstart) |
||||
1 |
25 |
25 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
2 |
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
3 |
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
50 |
P_25@0 |
S_25@0 |
– |
– |
|
4 |
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
5 |
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
6 |
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
50 |
P_25@0 |
S_25@0 |
– |
– |
|
7 |
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@24 |
– |
– |
|
8 |
50 |
25 |
QPSK |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
9 |
50 |
25 |
QPSK |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
10 |
50 |
25 |
QPSK |
75 |
P_50@0 |
S_25@0 |
– |
– |
|
11 |
50 |
25 |
16QAM |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
12 |
50 |
25 |
16QAM |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
13 |
50 |
25 |
16QAM |
75 |
P_50@0 |
S_25@0 |
– |
– |
|
14 |
50 |
25 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@24 |
– |
– |
|
15 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
12 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
16 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
50 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
17 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
100 |
P_50@0 |
S_50@0 |
– |
– |
|
18 |
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
12 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
19 |
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
50 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
20 |
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
100 |
P_50@0 |
S_50@0 |
– |
– |
|
21 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@49 |
– |
– |
|
22 |
75 |
25 |
QPSK |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
23 |
75 |
25 |
QPSK |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
24 |
75 |
25 |
QPSK |
100 |
P_75@0 |
S_25@0 |
– |
– |
|
25 |
75 |
25 |
16QAM |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
26 |
75 |
25 |
16QAM |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
27 |
75 |
25 |
16QAM |
100 |
P_75@0 |
S_25@0 |
– |
– |
|
28 |
75 |
25 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@24 |
– |
– |
|
29 |
75 |
50 |
QPSK |
12 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
30 |
75 |
50 |
QPSK |
50 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
31 |
75 |
50 |
QPSK |
125 |
P_75@0 |
S_50@0 |
– |
– |
|
32 |
75 |
50 |
16QAM |
12 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
33 |
75 |
50 |
16QAM |
50 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
34 |
75 |
50 |
16QAM |
125 |
P_75@0 |
S_50@0 |
– |
– |
|
35 |
75 |
50 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@49 |
– |
– |
|
36 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
16 |
P_16@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
37 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
75 |
P_75@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
38 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
150 |
P_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
– |
– |
|
39 |
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
16 |
P_16@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
40 |
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
75 |
P_75@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
41 |
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
150 |
P_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
– |
– |
|
42 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@74 |
– |
– |
|
43 |
100 |
25 |
QPSK |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
44 |
100 |
25 |
QPSK |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
45 |
100 |
25 |
QPSK |
125 |
P_100@0 |
S_25@0 |
– |
– |
|
46 |
100 |
25 |
16QAM |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
47 |
100 |
25 |
16QAM |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
48 |
100 |
25 |
16QAM |
125 |
P_100@0 |
S_25@0 |
– |
– |
|
49 |
100 |
25 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@24 |
– |
– |
|
50 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
12 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
51 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
50 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
52 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
150 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
– |
– |
|
53 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
12 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
54 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
50 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
55 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
150 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
– |
– |
|
56 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@49 |
– |
– |
|
57 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
16 |
P_16@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
58 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
75 |
P_75@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
59 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
175 |
P_100@0 |
S_75@0 |
– |
– |
|
60 |
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
16 |
P_16@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
61 |
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
75 |
P_75@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
62 |
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
175 |
P_100@0 |
S_75@0 |
– |
– |
|
63 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@74 |
– |
– |
|
64 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
18 |
P_18@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
65 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
100 |
P_100@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
66 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
200 |
P_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
– |
– |
|
67 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
18 |
P_18@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
68 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
100 |
P_100@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
– |
|
69 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
200 |
P_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
– |
– |
|
70 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@99 |
– |
– |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3A.1.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.3.
6.6.2.3A.1.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.3
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3A.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
5. Send continuously uplink power control “up” commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers of the UE in the CA configuration of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
7. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for CA E-UTRA.
8. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first CA E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel, respectively.
9. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel, respectively.
10. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 8 for CA E-UTRAACLR.
11. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 9 for UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2.
6.6.2.3A.1.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.
6.6.2.3A.1.5 Test Requirements
6.6.2.3A.1.5.1 Test requirements of UTRA for CA
If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1 and UTRAACLR2, derived in step 11, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.1.5.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.3A.1.5.1-1: UTRA UE ACLR for CA
CA bandwidth class / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth |
|
CA bandwidth class B and C |
|
UTRAACLR1 |
32.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
+ BWChannel_CA /2 + BWUTRA/2 / – BWChannel_CA / 2 – BWUTRA/2 |
UTRAACLR2 |
35.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
+ BWChannel_CA /2 + 3*BWUTRA/2 / – BWChannel_CA /2 – 3*BWUTRA/2 |
CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
BWChannel_CA – 2* BWGB |
UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth (Note 1) |
3.84 MHz |
UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth (Note 2) |
1.28 MHz |
Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum. |
6.6.2.3A.1.5.2 Test requirements of CA E-UTRA
– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1 as appropriate,
and
– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured CA E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 10, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.1.5.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.3A.1.5.2-1: CA E-UTRA ACLR
CA bandwidth class / CA E-UTRAACLR / Measurement bandwidth |
|
CA bandwidth class B and C |
|
CA E-UTRAACLR |
29.2 dB |
CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
BWChannel_CA – 2* BWGB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
+ BWChannel_CA / – BWChannel_CA |
6.6.2.3A.1_1 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for UL 64QAM
6.6.2.3A.1_1.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.1.
6.6.2.3A.1_1.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE from release 13 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA, UL CA and UL 64QAM.
6.6.2.3A.1_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.0.
6.6.2.3A.1_1.4 Test description
6.6.2.3A.1_1.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Table 6.6.2.3A.1_1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.3A.1_1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
||||||||||
Test Environment as specified in |
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
|||||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in |
Low range, High range |
|||||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration |
Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg (Note 2) |
|||||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
||||||||||
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC |
UL Allocation |
|||||||
ID |
PCC |
SCCs |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
NRB_allo |
PCC & SCC RB allocations(LCRB @ RBstart) |
|||||
1 |
100 |
25 |
N/A |
64QAM |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
|||
2 |
100 |
25 |
64QAM |
100 |
P_100@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
3 |
100 |
25 |
64QAM |
125 |
P_100@0 |
S_25@0 |
||||
4 |
100 |
50 |
64QAM |
12 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
5 |
100 |
50 |
64QAM |
100 |
P_100@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
6 |
100 |
50 |
64QAM |
150 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
||||
7 |
75 |
25 |
64QAM |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
8 |
75 |
25 |
64QAM |
75 |
P_75@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
9 |
75 |
25 |
64QAM |
100 |
P_75@0 |
S_25@0 |
||||
10 |
75 |
75 |
64QAM |
16 |
P_16@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
11 |
75 |
75 |
64QAM |
75 |
P_75@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
12 |
75 |
75 |
64QAM |
150 |
P_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
||||
13 |
100 |
75 |
64QAM |
16 |
P_16@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
14 |
100 |
75 |
64QAM |
100 |
P_100@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
15 |
100 |
75 |
64QAM |
175 |
P_100@0 |
S_75@0 |
||||
16 |
100 |
100 |
64QAM |
18 |
P_18@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
17 |
100 |
100 |
64QAM |
100 |
P_100@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
18 |
100 |
100 |
64QAM |
200 |
P_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
||||
19 |
25 |
25 |
64QAM |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
20 |
25 |
25 |
64QAM |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
21 |
25 |
25 |
64QAM |
50 |
P_25@0 |
S_25@0 |
||||
22 |
25 |
50 |
64QAM |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
23 |
25 |
50 |
64QAM |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
24 |
25 |
50 |
64QAM |
75 |
P_25@0 |
S_50@0 |
||||
25 |
50 |
50 |
64QAM |
12 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
26 |
50 |
50 |
64QAM |
50 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
27 |
50 |
50 |
64QAM |
100 |
P_50@0 |
S_50@0 |
||||
28 |
50 |
100 |
64QAM |
12 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
29 |
50 |
100 |
64QAM |
50 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
30 |
50 |
100 |
64QAM |
150 |
P_50@0 |
S_100@0 |
||||
31 |
50 |
25 |
64QAM |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
32 |
50 |
25 |
64QAM |
25 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
33 |
50 |
25 |
64QAM |
75 |
P_50@0 |
S_25@0 |
||||
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. |
6.6.2.3A.1_1.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.2 with following exceptions:
– Instead of Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 6.2.3A.1_1.5-1.
6.6.2.3A.1_1.4.3 Message contents
Same message contents as defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.3.
6.6.2.3A.1_1.5 Test requirement
Same test requirement as defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.5 with following exceptions:
– Instead of Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 6.2.3A.1_1.5-1.
6.6.2.3A.1_2 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for UL 256QAM
6.6.2.3A.1_2.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.1.
6.6.2.3A.1_2.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE from release 14 and forward that support intra-band contiguous DL CA, UL CA and UL 256QAM.
6.6.2.3A.1_2.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.0.
6.6.2.3A.1_2.4 Test description
6.6.2.3A.1_2.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in Table 6.6.2.3A.1_2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.3A.1_2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in |
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in |
Low and High range |
||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest NRB_agg |
||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC |
UL Allocation |
||||
ID |
PCC |
SCCs |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
NRB_ alloc |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
1 |
25 |
50 |
N/A |
256QAM |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
2 |
25 |
50 |
256QAM |
75 |
P_25@0 |
S_50@0 |
|
3 |
50 |
50 |
256QAM |
50 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
4 |
50 |
50 |
256QAM |
100 |
P_50@0 |
S_50@0 |
|
5 |
50 |
100 |
256QAM |
50 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
6 |
50 |
100 |
256QAM |
150 |
P_50@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
7 |
75 |
50 |
256QAM |
75 |
P_75@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
8 |
75 |
50 |
256QAM |
125 |
P_75@0 |
S_50@0 |
|
9 |
75 |
75 |
256QAM |
75 |
P_75@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
10 |
75 |
75 |
256QAM |
150 |
P_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
|
11 |
100 |
25 |
256QAM |
100 |
P_100@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
12 |
100 |
25 |
256QAM |
125 |
P_100@0 |
S_25@0 |
|
13 |
100 |
50 |
256QAM |
100 |
P_100@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
14 |
100 |
50 |
256QAM |
150 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
|
15 |
100 |
75 |
256QAM |
100 |
P_100@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
16 |
100 |
75 |
256QAM |
175 |
P_100@0 |
S_75@0 |
|
17 |
100 |
100 |
256QAM |
100 |
P_100@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
18 |
100 |
100 |
256QAM |
200 |
P_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
19 |
50 |
25 |
256QAM |
50 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
20 |
50 |
25 |
256QAM |
75 |
P_50@0 |
S_25@0 |
|
NOTE 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1. NOTE 2: If UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg, only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. |
6.6.2.3A.1_2.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.2 with following exceptions:
– In step 2, instead of clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.3 🡪 use clause 6.6.2.3A.1_2.4.3.
– In step 4, instead of Table 6.6.2.3A.1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.6.2.3A.1_2.4.1-1.
– In step 6, instead of Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 6.2.3A.1_2.5-1.
6.6.2.3A.1_2.4.3 Message contents
Same message contents as defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.3.
6.6.2.3A.1_2.5 Test requirement
Same test requirement as defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.5 with following exception:
– Instead of Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1 🡪 use Table 6.2.3A.1_2.5-1.
6.6.2.3A.1_3 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA (intra-band contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for HPUE
6.6.2.3A.1_3.1 Test purpose
To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) for CA.
6.6.2.3A.1_3.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA UE Power Class 2 release 10 and forward that support intra band contiguous DL CA and UL CA.
6.6.2.3A.1_3.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.0.
6.6.2.3A.1_3.4 Test description
6.6.2.3A.1_3.4.1 Initial condition
Use 6.6.2.3A.1.4.1 except replace Table 6.6.2.3A.1.4.1-1 with Table 6.6.2.3A.1_3.4.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.3A.1_3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
||||||||||
Test Environment as specified in |
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
|||||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in |
Low and High range |
|||||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest NRB_agg (Note 2) |
|||||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
||||||||||
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC |
UL Allocation |
|||||||
ID |
PCC |
SCCs |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
NRB_ alloc |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
|||||
1 |
100 |
25 |
QPSK |
6 |
P_6@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
2 |
100 |
25 |
QPSK |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
3 |
100 |
25 |
QPSK |
125 |
P_100@0 |
S_25@0 |
||||
4 |
100 |
25 |
16QAM |
6 |
P_6@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
5 |
100 |
25 |
16QAM |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
6 |
100 |
25 |
16QAM |
125 |
P_100@0 |
S_25@0 |
||||
7 |
100 |
25 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@24 |
||||
8 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
6 |
P_6@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
9 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
75 |
P_75@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
10 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
150 |
P_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
||||
11 |
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
16 |
P_16@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
12 |
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
75 |
P_75@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
13 |
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
150 |
P_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
||||
14 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@74 |
||||
15 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
6 |
P_6@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
16 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
50 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
17 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
150 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
||||
18 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
6 |
P_6@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
19 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
50 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
20 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
150 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
||||
21 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@49 |
||||
22 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
6 |
P_6@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
23 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
75 |
P_75@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
24 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
175 |
P_100@0 |
S_75@0 |
||||
25 |
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
16 |
P_16@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
26 |
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
75 |
P_75@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
27 |
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
175 |
P_100@0 |
S_75@0 |
||||
28 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@74 |
||||
29 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
6 |
P_6@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
30 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
100 |
P_100@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
31 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
200 |
P_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
||||
32 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
18 |
P_18@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
33 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
100 |
P_100@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
34 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
200 |
P_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
||||
35 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@99 |
||||
36 |
75 |
50 |
QPSK |
6 |
P_6@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
37 |
75 |
50 |
QPSK |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
38 |
75 |
50 |
QPSK |
125 |
P_75@0 |
S_50@0 |
||||
39 |
75 |
50 |
16QAM |
6 |
P_6@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
40 |
75 |
50 |
16QAM |
25 |
P_25@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
41 |
75 |
50 |
16QAM |
125 |
P_75@0 |
S_50@0 |
||||
42 |
75 |
50 |
QPSK |
2 |
P_1@0 |
S_1@24 |
||||
43 |
100 |
25 |
64QAM |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
44 |
100 |
25 |
64QAM |
125 |
P_100@0 |
S_25@0 |
||||
45 |
75 |
75 |
64QAM |
16 |
P_16@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
46 |
75 |
75 |
64QAM |
150 |
P_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
||||
47 |
100 |
50 |
64QAM |
12 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
48 |
100 |
50 |
64QAM |
150 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
||||
49 |
100 |
75 |
64QAM |
16 |
P_16@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
50 |
100 |
75 |
64QAM |
175 |
P_100@0 |
S_75@0 |
||||
51 |
100 |
100 |
64QAM |
18 |
P_18@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
52 |
100 |
100 |
64QAM |
200 |
P_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
||||
53 |
75 |
50 |
64QAM |
12 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
||||
54 |
75 |
50 |
64QAM |
125 |
P_75@0 |
S_50@0 |
||||
NOTE 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1. NOTE 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. |
6.6.2.3A.1_3.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.3
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3A.1.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
5. Send continuously uplink power control “up” commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers of the UE in the CA configuration of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.1_3.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
7. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for CA E-UTRA.
8. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first CA E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel, respectively.
9. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel, respectively.
10. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 8 for CA E-UTRAACLR.
11. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 9 for UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2.
6.6.2.3A.1_3.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.
6.6.2.3A.1_3.5 Test Requirements
6.6.2.3A.1_3.5.1 Test requirements of UTRA for CA
If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1 and UTRAACLR2, derived in step 11, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.1.5.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.3A.1.5.1-1: UTRA UE ACLR for CA
CA bandwidth class / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth |
|
CA bandwidth class B and C |
|
UTRAACLR1 |
32.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
+ BWChannel_CA /2 + BWUTRA/2 / – BWChannel_CA / 2 – BWUTRA/2 |
UTRAACLR2 |
35.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
+ BWChannel_CA /2 + 3*BWUTRA/2 / – BWChannel_CA /2 – 3*BWUTRA/2 |
CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
BWChannel_CA – 2* BWGB |
UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth (Note 1) |
3.84 MHz |
UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth (Note 2) |
1.28 MHz |
Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum. |
6.6.2.3A.1_3.5.2 Test requirements of CA E-UTRA
– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1 as appropriate,
and
– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured CA E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 10, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.1.5.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.3A.1_3.5.2-1: CA E-UTRA ACLR
CA bandwidth class / CA E-UTRAACLR / Measurement bandwidth |
|
CA bandwidth class B and C |
|
CA E-UTRAACLR |
29.2 dB |
CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
BWChannel_CA – 2* BWGB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
+ BWChannel_CA / – BWChannel_CA |
6.6.2.3A.2 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA (inter-band DL CA and UL CA)
6.6.2.3A.2.1 Test purpose
To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) for CA.
6.6.2.3A.2.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support inter-band DL CA and UL CA. The requirements also apply to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward that support uplink LAA.
6.6.2.3A.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.0.
6.6.2.3A.2.4 Test description
6.6.2.3A.2.4.1 Initial condition
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2 for CA configurations with two bands or Table 5.4.2A.1-2a for CA configurations with three bands. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3A.2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.3A.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
||||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
|||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3) |
|||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest NRB_agg Highest NRB_agg (Note 2) |
|||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
||||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
||||
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
NRB_alloc |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
|||||||
1 |
6 |
25 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
13 |
5 |
8 |
2 |
6 |
25 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
31 |
6 |
25 |
|
3 |
6 |
25 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
13 |
5 |
8 |
|
4 |
6 |
25 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
31 |
6 |
25 |
|
5 |
6 |
25 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
30 |
5 |
25 |
|
6 |
6 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
17 |
5 |
12 |
|
7 |
6 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
56 |
6 |
50 |
|
8 |
6 |
50 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
17 |
5 |
12 |
|
9 |
6 |
50 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
56 |
6 |
50 |
|
10 |
6 |
50 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
55 |
5 |
50 |
|
11 |
25 |
15 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
12 |
8 |
4 |
|
12 |
25 |
15 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
40 |
25 |
15 |
|
13 |
25 |
15 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
12 |
8 |
4 |
|
14 |
25 |
15 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
40 |
25 |
15 |
|
15 |
25 |
15 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
23 |
8 |
15 |
|
16 |
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
16 |
8 |
8 |
|
17 |
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
50 |
25 |
25 |
|
18 |
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
16 |
8 |
8 |
|
19 |
25 |
25 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
50 |
25 |
25 |
|
20 |
25 |
25 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
33 |
8 |
25 |
|
21 |
25 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
16 |
4 |
12 |
|
22 |
25 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
65 |
15 |
50 |
|
23 |
25 |
50 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
16 |
4 |
12 |
|
24 |
25 |
50 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
65 |
15 |
50 |
|
25 |
25 |
50 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
54 |
4 |
50 |
|
26 |
50 |
25 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
20 |
12 |
8 |
|
27 |
50 |
25 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
75 |
50 |
25 |
|
28 |
50 |
25 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
20 |
12 |
8 |
|
29 |
50 |
25 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
75 |
50 |
25 |
|
30 |
50 |
25 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
37 |
12 |
25 |
|
31 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
24 |
12 |
12 |
|
32 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
100 |
50 |
50 |
|
33 |
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
24 |
12 |
12 |
|
34 |
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
100 |
50 |
50 |
|
35 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
62 |
12 |
50 |
|
36 |
50 |
100 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
30 |
12 |
18 |
|
37 |
50 |
100 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
150 |
50 |
100 |
|
38 |
50 |
100 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
30 |
12 |
18 |
|
39 |
50 |
100 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
150 |
50 |
100 |
|
40 |
50 |
100 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
112 |
12 |
100 |
|
41 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
32 |
16 |
16 |
|
42 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
150 |
75 |
75 |
|
43 |
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
32 |
16 |
16 |
|
44 |
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
150 |
75 |
75 |
|
45 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
91 |
16 |
75 |
|
46 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
30 |
18 |
12 |
|
47 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
150 |
100 |
50 |
|
48 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
30 |
18 |
12 |
|
49 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
150 |
100 |
50 |
|
50 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
68 |
18 |
50 |
|
51 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
34 |
18 |
16 |
|
52 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
175 |
100 |
75 |
|
53 |
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
34 |
18 |
16 |
|
54 |
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
175 |
100 |
75 |
|
55 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
93 |
18 |
75 |
|
56 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
36 |
18 |
18 |
|
57 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
200 |
100 |
100 |
|
58 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
36 |
18 |
18 |
|
59 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
200 |
100 |
100 |
|
60 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
118 |
18 |
100 |
|
61 |
15 |
25 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
12 |
4 |
8 |
|
62 |
15 |
25 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
40 |
15 |
25 |
|
63 |
15 |
25 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
12 |
4 |
8 |
|
64 |
15 |
25 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
40 |
15 |
25 |
|
65 |
15 |
25 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
29 |
4 |
25 |
|
66 |
25 |
6 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
13 |
8 |
5 |
|
67 |
25 |
6 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
31 |
25 |
6 |
|
68 |
25 |
6 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
13 |
8 |
5 |
|
69 |
25 |
6 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
31 |
25 |
6 |
|
70 |
25 |
6 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
14 |
8 |
6 |
|
71 |
25 |
75 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
24 |
8 |
16 |
|
72 |
25 |
75 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
100 |
25 |
75 |
|
73 |
25 |
75 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
24 |
8 |
16 |
|
74 |
25 |
75 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
100 |
25 |
75 |
|
75 |
25 |
75 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
83 |
8 |
75 |
|
76 |
75 |
25 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
24 |
16 |
8 |
|
77 |
75 |
25 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
100 |
75 |
25 |
|
78 |
75 |
25 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
24 |
16 |
8 |
|
79 |
75 |
25 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
100 |
75 |
25 |
|
80 |
75 |
25 |
QPSK |
16QAM |
41 |
16 |
25 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg. only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. |
Table 6.6.2.3A.2.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table for UL LAA
Initial Conditions |
||||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
|||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC (Note 2) and SCC (Note 3) |
|||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest NRB_agg Highest NRB_agg |
|||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
||||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
||||
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
NRB_alloc |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
|||||||
1 |
100 |
100 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
QPSK |
11 |
1 |
L=1 |
2 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
108 |
18 |
L=9 |
|
3 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
11 |
1 |
L=1 |
|
4 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
108 |
18 |
L=9 |
|
5 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
QPSK |
200 |
100 |
L=10 |
|
6 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
16QAM |
200 |
100 |
L=10 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=N-L, with N defined in Clause 8.1.4 of [10]. Note 4: Applicable only for an LAA Scell configured in Band 46. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3A.2.4.1-1 or Table 6.6.2.3A.2.4.1-2.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.2.4.3.
6.6.2.3A.2.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.2.4.3
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 or DCI format 0A for LAA SCC for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3A.2.4.1-1 or Table 6.6.2.3A.2.4.1-2 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
5. Send continuously uplink power control “up” commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
6. Measure the mean power of the component carrier of the UE in the first band of the CA configuration of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.2.5-1 or Table 6.2.3A.2.5-2. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
7. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for CA E-UTRA in the first band of the CA configuration.
8. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first CA E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel in the first band of the CA configuration, respectively.
9. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel in the first band of the CA configuration, respectively.
10. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 8 for CA E-UTRAACLR.
11. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 9 for UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2.
12. Repeat steps 6 to 11 for the second band of the CA configuration.
6.6.2.3A.2.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.
For SCC in the case of uplink LAA, message contents are according to TS 36.508[7] subclause4.6 with the following exceptions specified in Tables 6.6.2.3A.1.2.4.3-1, 6.6.2.3A.1.2.4.3-2 and 6.6.2.3A.1.2.4.3-3.
Table 6.6.2.3A.1.2.4.3-1 LogicalChannelConfig-DRB (Initial Condition, step 14, Table 4.5.2.3-1)
Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.8.2.1.4-1 |
||||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
LogicalChannelConfig-DRB ::= SEQUENCE { |
||||
ul-SpecificParameters SEQUENCE { |
||||
laa-UL-Allowed-r14 |
true |
|||
} |
||||
} |
Table 6.6.2.3A.1.2.4.3-2 PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell (Step 2, test procedure)
Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.6.3-6A |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
laa-SCellConfiguration-v1430 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
NULL |
|||
} |
|||
} |
Table 6.6.2.3A.1.2.4.3-3: SystemInformationBlockType2: Additional spurious emissions test requirement for "NS_29" on SCC
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.3, Table 4.4.3.3-1 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
additionalSpectrumEmission |
29 (NS_29) |
6.6.2.3A.2.5 Test Requirements
6.6.2.3A.2.5.1 Test requirements of UTRA for CA
If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1 and UTRAACLR2, derived in step 11, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.2.5.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.3A.2.5.1-1: UTRA UE ACLR for CA
Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
UTRAACLR1 |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
0.7+BWUTRA/2 / -0.7-BWUTRA/2 |
1.5+BWUTRA/2 / -1.5-BWUTRA/2 |
2.5+BWUTRA/2 / |
5+BWUTRA/2 / -5-BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-BWUTRA/2 |
10+BWUTRA/2 / -10-BWUTRA/2 |
UTRAACLR2 |
– |
– |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
– |
– |
2.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
10+3*BWUTRA/2 / -10-3*BWUTRA/2 |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1 |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2 |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum. Note 3: BWUTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz. |
6.6.2.3A.2.5.2 Test requirements of CA E-UTRA
– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.2.5-1 as appropriate,
and
– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured CA E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 10, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.2.5.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.3A.2.5.2-1: CA E-UTRA ACLR
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UE channel |
+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz |
+3 MHz or -3 MHz |
+5MHz or -5MHz |
+10MHz or -10MHz |
+15MHz or -15MHz |
+20MHz or -20MHz |
6.6.2.3A.2.5.3 Test requirements of E-UTRA (network signalled value “NS_29”)
When "NS_29" is indicated in the cell, the UE emission shall meet the additional requirements specified in Table 6.6.2.3A.2.5.3-1 for E-UTRA channels assigned within the frequency ranges 5150-5350 MHz and 5470-5725 MHz.
– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.2.5-1 as appropriate,
and
– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured CA E-UTRAACLR2, derived in step 10, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.2.5.3-1.
Table 6.6.2.3A.2.5.3-1: Additional E-UTRAACLR requirement
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR2 / Measurement bandwidth |
|
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR2 |
38.7 dBc |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
NOTE 1 |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset [MHz] |
+40 / -40 |
NOTE 1: 18 MHz for E-UTRA channels assigned within 5150-5350 MHz; 19 MHz for E-UTRA channels assigned within 5470-5725 MHz. |
6.6.2.3A.2_1 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA (inter-band DL CA and UL CA) for UL 64QAM
6.6.2.3A.2_1.1 Test purpose
To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) for CA.
6.6.2.3A.2_1.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support inter band DL CA and UL CA and UL 64QAM.
6.6.2.3A.2_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum requirements are the same as in section 6.6.2.3A.2.3.
6.6.2.3A.2_1.4 Test description
6.6.2.3A.2_1.4.1 Initial condition
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3A.2_1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.3A.2_1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
||||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
|||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3) |
|||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest NRB_agg Highest NRB_agg (Note 2) |
|||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
||||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
||||
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
NRB_alloc |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
|||||||
1 |
6 |
25 |
N/A for this test |
64QAM |
64QAM |
13 |
5 |
8 |
2 |
6 |
25 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
31 |
6 |
25 |
|
3 |
6 |
50 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
17 |
5 |
12 |
|
4 |
6 |
50 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
56 |
6 |
50 |
|
5 |
25 |
15 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
12 |
8 |
4 |
|
6 |
25 |
15 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
40 |
25 |
15 |
|
7 |
25 |
25 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
16 |
8 |
8 |
|
8 |
25 |
25 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
50 |
25 |
25 |
|
9 |
25 |
50 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
16 |
4 |
12 |
|
10 |
25 |
50 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
65 |
15 |
50 |
|
11 |
50 |
25 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
20 |
12 |
8 |
|
12 |
50 |
25 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
75 |
50 |
25 |
|
13 |
50 |
50 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
24 |
12 |
12 |
|
14 |
50 |
50 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
100 |
50 |
50 |
|
15 |
50 |
100 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
30 |
12 |
18 |
|
16 |
50 |
100 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
150 |
50 |
100 |
|
17 |
75 |
75 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
32 |
16 |
16 |
|
18 |
75 |
75 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
150 |
75 |
75 |
|
19 |
100 |
50 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
30 |
18 |
12 |
|
20 |
100 |
50 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
150 |
100 |
50 |
|
21 |
100 |
75 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
34 |
18 |
16 |
|
22 |
100 |
75 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
175 |
100 |
75 |
|
23 |
100 |
100 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
36 |
18 |
18 |
|
24 |
100 |
100 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
200 |
100 |
100 |
|
25 |
15 |
25 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
12 |
4 |
8 |
|
26 |
15 |
25 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
40 |
15 |
25 |
|
27 |
25 |
6 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
13 |
8 |
5 |
|
28 |
25 |
6 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
31 |
25 |
6 |
|
29 |
25 |
75 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
24 |
8 |
16 |
|
30 |
25 |
75 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
100 |
25 |
75 |
|
31 |
75 |
25 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
24 |
16 |
8 |
|
32 |
75 |
25 |
64QAM |
64QAM |
100 |
75 |
25 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1. Note 2: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg. only the first of those is tested. according to the order on the Test Configuration Table list. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3A.2_1.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.3.
6.6.2.3A.2_1.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.3A.2.4.2.
6.6.2.3A.2_1.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.
6.6.2.3A.2_1.5 Test Requirements
Same test requirements as in clause 6.6.2.3A.2.5.
6.6.2.3A.2_2 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA (inter-band DL CA and UL CA) for UL 256QAM
6.6.2.3A.2_2.1 Test purpose
To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) for CA.
6.6.2.3A.2_2.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward that support inter band DL CA and UL CA and UL 256QAM.
6.6.2.3A.2_2.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum requirements are the same as in section 6.6.2.3A.2.3.
6.6.2.3A.2_2.4 Test description
6.6.2.3A.2_2.4.1 Initial condition
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3A.2_2.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.3A.2_2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
||||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 |
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
|||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC |
|||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest NRB_agg Highest NRB_agg (Note 2) |
|||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
||||||||
Config ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
||||
PCC |
SCC |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
PCC |
SCC |
NRB_alloc |
PCC & SCC RB allocations |
||
NRB |
NRB |
|||||||
1 |
6 |
25 |
N/A for this |
256QAM |
256QAM |
31 |
6 |
25 |
2 |
6 |
50 |
Test |
256QAM |
256QAM |
56 |
6 |
50 |
3 |
25 |
15 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
40 |
25 |
15 |
|
4 |
25 |
25 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
50 |
25 |
25 |
|
5 |
25 |
50 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
75 |
25 |
50 |
|
6 |
50 |
25 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
75 |
50 |
25 |
|
7 |
50 |
50 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
100 |
50 |
50 |
|
8 |
50 |
100 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
150 |
50 |
100 |
|
9 |
75 |
75 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
150 |
75 |
75 |
|
10 |
100 |
50 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
150 |
100 |
50 |
|
11 |
100 |
75 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
175 |
100 |
75 |
|
12 |
100 |
100 |
256QAM |
256QAM |
200 |
100 |
100 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg, only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3A.2_2.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.2_2.4.3.
6.6.2.3A.2_2.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.3A.2.4.2 with following exceptions:
– In step 2, instead of clause 6.6.2.3A.2.4.3 🡪 use clause 6.6.2.3A.2_2.4.3.
– In step 4, instead of Table 6.6.2.3A.2.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.6.2.3A.2_2.4.1-1.
– In step 6, instead of clause 6.2.3A.2.5-1 🡪 use Table 6.2.3A.2_2.5-1.
6.6.2.3A.2_2.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.
6.6.2.3A.2_2.5 Test Requirements
Same test requirements as in clause 6.6.2.3A.2.5 with following exception:
– Instead of Table 6.2.3A.2.5-1 🡪 use Table 6.2.3A.2_2.5-1.
6.6.2.3A.3 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA (intra-band non-contiguous DL CA and UL CA)
6.6.2.3A.3.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.1.
6.6.2.3A.3.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support intra-band non-contiguous DL CA and UL CA but do not support UL 64QAM or UL 256QAM..
6.6.2.3A.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.0.
6.6.2.3A.3.4 Test description
6.6.2.3A.3.4.1 Initial condition
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3A.3.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.3A.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
|||||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
||||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2. |
Refer to test points A: Low Wgap, Maximum Wgap |
||||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Refer to test point Test only test points with Lowest NRB for PCC and SCC Highest NRB for PCC and SCC |
||||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||||
ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
Wgap |
DL Allocation |
UL Allocation |
|||||
PCC |
SCCs NRB |
CC MOD |
PCC & SCC |
CC MOD |
PCC NRB_alloc (LCRB @ RBstart) |
CC MOD |
SCC NRB_alloc (LCRB @ RBstart) |
||
Test Parameters for CA_4A-4A Configurations |
|||||||||
1 |
25 |
25 |
35 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_1@0 |
16QAM |
S_1@24 |
2 |
25 |
25 |
35 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_25@0 |
16QAM |
S_25@0 |
3 |
25 |
25 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_1@0 |
16QAM |
S_1@24 |
4 |
25 |
25 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_25@0 |
16QAM |
S_25@0 |
5 |
100 |
100 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_1@0 |
16QAM |
S_1@99 |
6 |
100 |
100 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_25@0 |
16QAM |
S_25@75 |
7 |
100 |
100 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_100@0 |
16QAM |
S_100@0 |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3A.1.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.3.
6.6.2.3A.3.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.3
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3A.3.4.1-1 on both PCC and SCC. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
5. Send continuously uplink power control “up” commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers of the UE in the CA configuration of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.3.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
7. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for E-UTRA.
8. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the CA E-UTRA adjacent channel on lower side of the lowest sub-clock, and the higher side of the highest sub-block (out of gap measurement).
9. If Wgap is larger or equal to either of the sub-block bandwidths, perform this step, otherwise continue to next step. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the CA E-UTRA adjacent channel on higher side of the lowest sub-clock, and the lower side of the highest sub-block (in gap measurement).
10. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on lower side of the lowest sub-clock, and the higher side of the highest sub-block (out of gap measurement).
11. If Wgap is larger or equal to 5 MHz, perform this step, otherwise continue to next step. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first UTRA adjacent channel on higher side of the lowest sub-clock, and the lower side of the highest sub-block (in gap measurement).
12. If Wgap is larger or equal to 15 MHz, perform this step, otherwise continue to next step. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the second UTRA adjacent channel on higher side of the lowest sub-clock, and the lower side of the highest sub-block (in gap measurement).
13. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 8 for CA E-UTRAACLR (out of gap measurement).
14. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 9 for CA E-UTRAACLR (in gap measurement).
15. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 10 for UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2 (out of gap measurement).
16. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 11 and 12 for UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2 (in gap measurement).
6.6.2.3A.3.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.
6.6.2.3A.3.5 Test Requirements
6.6.2.3A.3.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA
– The measured UE mean power, derived in step 6, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.3.5-1 as appropriate,
and
– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 13 and 14, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.3.5.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.3A.3.5.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UE channel |
+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz |
+3 MHz or -3 MHz |
+5MHz or -5MHz |
+10MHz or -10MHz |
+15MHz or -15MHz |
+20MHz or -20MHz |
6.6.2.3A.3.5.2 Test requirements UTRA
If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, derived in steps 15 and 16, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.3.5.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.3A.3.5.2-1: UTRA UE ACLR
Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
UTRAACLR1 |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
0.7+BWUTRA/2 / -0.7-BWUTRA/2 |
1.5+BWUTRA/2 / -1.5-BWUTRA/2 |
2.5+BWUTRA/2 / |
5+BWUTRA/2 / -5-BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-BWUTRA/2 |
10+BWUTRA/2 / -10-BWUTRA/2 |
UTRAACLR2 |
– |
– |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
– |
– |
2.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
10+3*BWUTRA/2 / -10-3*BWUTRA/2 |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1 |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2 |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum. Note 3: BWUTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz. |
6.6.2.3A.3_1 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA (intra-band non-contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for UL 64QAM
6.6.2.3A.3_1.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.1.
6.6.2.3A.3_1.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support intra-band non-contiguous DL CA and UL CA and UL 64QAM.
6.6.2.3A.3_1.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.0.
6.6.2.3A.3_1.4 Test description
6.6.2.3A.3_1.4.1 Initial condition
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3A.3_1.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.3A.3_1.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
|||||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
||||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2. |
Refer to test points A: Mid frequency, Maximum Wgap(low + high frequency) |
||||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Refer to test point Test only test points with Lowest NRB for PCC and SCC Highest NRB for PCC and SCC |
||||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||||
ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
Wgap |
DL Allocation |
UL Allocation |
|||||
PCC |
SCCs NRB |
CC MOD |
PCC & SCC |
CC MOD |
PCC NRB_alloc (LCRB @ RBstart) |
CC MOD |
SCC NRB_alloc (LCRB @ RBstart) |
||
Test Parameters for CA_4A-4A Configurations |
|||||||||
1 |
25 |
25 |
35 |
N/A |
N/A |
64QAM |
P_1@0 |
64QAM |
S_1@24 |
2 |
25 |
25 |
35 |
N/A |
N/A |
64QAM |
P_25@0 |
64QAM |
S_25@0 |
3 |
25 |
25 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
64QAM |
P_1@0 |
64QAM |
S_1@24 |
4 |
25 |
25 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
64QAM |
P_25@0 |
64QAM |
S_25@0 |
5 |
100 |
100 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
64QAM |
P_1@0 |
64QAM |
S_1@99 |
6 |
100 |
100 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
64QAM |
P_25@0 |
64QAM |
S_25@75 |
7 |
100 |
100 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
64QAM |
P_100@0 |
64QAM |
S_100@0 |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.32 as appropriate.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3A.1.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.3.
6.6.2.3A.3_1.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.3A.3.4.2.
6.6.2.3A.3_1.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.
6.6.2.3A.3_1.5 Test Requirements
Same test requirements as in clause 6.6.2.3A.3.5.
6.6.2.3A.3_2 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA (intra-band non-contiguous DL CA and UL CA) for UL 256QAM
6.6.2.3A.3_2.1 Test purpose
Same as in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.1.
6.6.2.3A.3_2.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward that support intra-band non-contiguous DL CA and UL CA and UL 256QAM.
6.6.2.3A.3_2.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.0.
6.6.2.3A.3_2.4 Test description
6.6.2.3A.3_2.4.1 Initial condition
Same as in clause 6.6.2.3A.3_1.4.1 with the following exception:
– In Step 4, instead of Table 6.6.2.3A.3_1.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.6.2.3A.3_2.4.1-1
Table 6.6.2.3A.3_2.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
|||||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
||||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2. |
Refer to test points A: Mid frequency, Maximum Wgap(low + high frequency) |
||||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Refer to test point Test only test points with Lowest NRB for PCC and SCC Highest NRB for PCC and SCC |
||||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||||
ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
Wgap |
DL Allocation |
UL Allocation |
|||||
PCC |
SCCs NRB |
CC MOD |
PCC & SCC |
CC MOD |
PCC NRB_alloc (LCRB @ RBstart) |
CC MOD |
SCC NRB_alloc (LCRB @ RBstart) |
||
Test Parameters for CA_4A-4A Configurations |
|||||||||
1 |
25 |
25 |
35 |
N/A |
N/A |
256QAM |
P_1@0 |
256QAM |
S_1@24 |
2 |
25 |
25 |
35 |
N/A |
N/A |
256QAM |
P_25@0 |
256QAM |
S_25@0 |
3 |
25 |
25 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
256QAM |
P_1@0 |
256QAM |
S_1@24 |
4 |
25 |
25 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
256QAM |
P_25@0 |
256QAM |
S_25@0 |
5 |
100 |
100 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
256QAM |
P_1@0 |
256QAM |
S_1@99 |
6 |
100 |
100 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
256QAM |
P_25@0 |
256QAM |
S_25@75 |
7 |
100 |
100 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
256QAM |
P_100@0 |
256QAM |
S_100@0 |
6.6.2.3A.3_2.4.2 Test procedure
Same as in clause 6.6.2.3A.3_1.4.2.
6.6.2.3A.3_2.4.3 Message contents
Same as in clause 6.6.2.3A.3_1.4.3.
6.6.2.3A.3_2.5 Test Requirements
Same as in clause 6.6.2.3A.3_1.5.
6.6.2.3A.4 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA (3UL CA)
6.6.2.3A.4.1 Test purpose
To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) for CA.
6.6.2.3A.4.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward that support 3DL CA and 3UL CA.
6.6.2.3A.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.0.
6.6.2.3A.4.4 Test description
6.6.2.3A.4.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and CC combinations based on E‑UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-1 and 5.4.2A.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each CA Configuration, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3A.4.4.1-1 for intra-band contiguous CA, 6.6.2.3A.4.4.1-2 for inter-band CA and 6.6.2.3A.4.4.1-3 for intra-band non-contiguous CA. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annexe A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.3A.4.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for intra-band contiguous CA
Initial Conditions |
|||||||||
Test Environment as specified in |
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
||||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in |
Low range, High range |
||||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration |
Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg (Note 2) |
||||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||||
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC |
UL Allocation |
||||||
PCC |
SCC1 |
SCC2 |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
NRB_alloc |
PCC & SCC RB allocations(LCRB @ RBstart) |
||||
50 |
100 |
100 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
50 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
200 |
P_50@0 |
P_100@0 |
P_100@0 |
– |
|
50 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
|
50 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
200 |
P_50@0 |
P_100@0 |
P_100@0 |
– |
|
75 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
|
75 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
275 |
P_75@0 |
P_100@0 |
P_100@0 |
– |
|
75 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
|
75 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
275 |
P_75@0 |
P_100@0 |
P_100@0 |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
300 |
P_100@0 |
P_100@0 |
P_100@0 |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
300 |
P_100@0 |
P_100@0 |
P_100@0 |
– |
|
100 |
50 |
100 |
QPSK |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
|
100 |
50 |
100 |
QPSK |
250 |
P_100@0 |
P_50@0 |
P_100@0 |
– |
|
100 |
50 |
100 |
16QAM |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
|
100 |
50 |
100 |
16QAM |
250 |
P_100@0 |
P_50@0 |
P_100@0 |
– |
|
100 |
75 |
100 |
QPSK |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
|
100 |
75 |
100 |
QPSK |
275 |
P_100@0 |
P_75@0 |
P_100@0 |
– |
|
100 |
75 |
100 |
16QAM |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
|
100 |
75 |
100 |
16QAM |
275 |
P_100@0 |
P_75@0 |
P_100@0 |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
250 |
P_100@0 |
P_100@0 |
P_50@0 |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
250 |
P_100@0 |
P_100@0 |
P_50@0 |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
275 |
P_100@0 |
P_100@0 |
P_75@0 |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
8 |
P_8@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_0@0 |
– |
|
100 |
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
275 |
P_100@0 |
P_100@0 |
P_75@0 |
– |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-1. Note 2: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg , only the first of those is tested, according to the order on the Test Configuration Table list. |
Table 6.6.2.3A.4.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table for inter-band CA
Initial Conditions |
||||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
|||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes |
Low and High range for both PCC and SCC (Note 3) |
|||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Lowest NRB_agg Highest NRB_agg (Note 2) |
|||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
||||||||
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
DL Allocation |
CC MOD |
UL Allocation |
|||||
PCC |
SCC1 |
SCC2 |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
NRB_alloc |
PCC & SCCs RB allocations |
|||
NRB |
NRB |
NRB |
PCC |
SCCs |
||||
25 |
100 |
100 |
N/A for this test |
QPSK |
44 |
P_8@0 |
S_18@0 |
S_18@0 |
25 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
225 |
P_25@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
25 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
44 |
P_8@0 |
S_18@0 |
S_18@0 |
|
25 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
225 |
P_25@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
50 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
48 |
P_12@0 |
S_18@0 |
S_18@0 |
|
50 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
250 |
P_50@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
50 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
48 |
P_12@0 |
S_18@0 |
S_18@0 |
|
50 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
250 |
P_50@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
75 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
52 |
P_16@0 |
S_18@0 |
S_18@0 |
|
75 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
275 |
P_75@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
75 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
52 |
P_16@0 |
S_18@0 |
S_18@0 |
|
75 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
275 |
P_75@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
100 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
54 |
P_18@0 |
S_18@0 |
S_18@0 |
|
100 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
300 |
P_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
100 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
54 |
P_18@0 |
S_18@0 |
S_18@0 |
|
100 |
100 |
100 |
16QAM |
300 |
P_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
100 |
25 |
100 |
QPSK |
44 |
P_18@0 |
S_8@0 |
S_18@0 |
|
100 |
25 |
100 |
QPSK |
225 |
P_100@0 |
S_25@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
100 |
25 |
100 |
16QAM |
44 |
P_18@0 |
S_8@0 |
S_18@0 |
|
100 |
25 |
100 |
16QAM |
225 |
P_100@0 |
S_25@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
100 |
50 |
100 |
QPSK |
48 |
P_18@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_18@0 |
|
100 |
50 |
100 |
QPSK |
250 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
100 |
50 |
100 |
16QAM |
48 |
P_18@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_18@0 |
|
100 |
50 |
100 |
16QAM |
250 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
100 |
75 |
100 |
QPSK |
52 |
P_18@0 |
S_16@0 |
S_18@0 |
|
100 |
75 |
100 |
QPSK |
275 |
P_100@0 |
S_75@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
100 |
75 |
100 |
16QAM |
52 |
P_18@0 |
S_16@0 |
S_18@0 |
|
100 |
75 |
100 |
16QAM |
275 |
P_100@0 |
S_75@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
50 |
50 |
100 |
QPSK |
42 |
P_12@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_18@0 |
|
50 |
50 |
100 |
QPSK |
200 |
P_50@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
50 |
50 |
100 |
16QAM |
42 |
P_12@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_18@0 |
|
50 |
50 |
100 |
16QAM |
200 |
P_50@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
50 |
75 |
100 |
QPSK |
46 |
P_12@0 |
S_16@0 |
S_18@0 |
|
50 |
75 |
100 |
QPSK |
225 |
P_50@0 |
S_75@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
50 |
75 |
100 |
16QAM |
46 |
P_12@0 |
S_16@0 |
S_18@0 |
|
50 |
75 |
100 |
16QAM |
225 |
P_50@0 |
S_75@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
75 |
50 |
100 |
QPSK |
46 |
P_16@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_18@0 |
|
75 |
50 |
100 |
QPSK |
225 |
P_50@0 |
S_75@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
75 |
50 |
100 |
16QAM |
46 |
P_16@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_18@0 |
|
75 |
50 |
100 |
16QAM |
225 |
P_50@0 |
S_75@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
75 |
75 |
100 |
QPSK |
50 |
P_16@0 |
S_16@0 |
S_18@0 |
|
75 |
75 |
100 |
QPSK |
250 |
P_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
75 |
75 |
100 |
16QAM |
50 |
P_16@0 |
S_16@0 |
S_18@0 |
|
75 |
75 |
100 |
16QAM |
250 |
P_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
50 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
42 |
P_12@0 |
S_18@0 |
S_12@0 |
|
50 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
200 |
P_50@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
|
50 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
42 |
P_12@0 |
S_18@0 |
S_12@0 |
|
50 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
200 |
P_50@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
|
50 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
46 |
P_12@0 |
S_18@0 |
S_16@0 |
|
50 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
225 |
P_50@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_75@0 |
|
50 |
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
46 |
P_12@0 |
S_18@0 |
S_16@0 |
|
50 |
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
225 |
P_50@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_75@0 |
|
75 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
46 |
P_16@0 |
S_18@0 |
S_12@0 |
|
75 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
225 |
P_75@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
|
75 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
46 |
P_16@0 |
S_18@0 |
S_12@0 |
|
75 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
225 |
P_75@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
|
75 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
50 |
P_16@0 |
S_18@0 |
S_16@0 |
|
75 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
250 |
P_75@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_75@0 |
|
75 |
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
50 |
P_16@0 |
S_18@0 |
S_16@0 |
|
75 |
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
250 |
P_75@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_75@0 |
|
75 |
75 |
50 |
QPSK |
44 |
P_16@0 |
S_16@0 |
S_12@0 |
|
75 |
75 |
50 |
QPSK |
200 |
P_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
S_50@0 |
|
75 |
75 |
50 |
16QAM |
44 |
P_16@0 |
S_16@0 |
S_12@0 |
|
75 |
75 |
50 |
16QAM |
200 |
P_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
S_50@0 |
|
75 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
48 |
P_16@0 |
S_16@0 |
S_16@0 |
|
75 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
225 |
P_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
|
75 |
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
48 |
P_16@0 |
S_16@0 |
S_16@0 |
|
75 |
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
225 |
P_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
|
100 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
42 |
P_18@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_12@0 |
|
100 |
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
200 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_50@0 |
|
100 |
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
42 |
P_18@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_12@0 |
|
100 |
50 |
50 |
16QAM |
200 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_50@0 |
|
100 |
50 |
75 |
QPSK |
46 |
P_18@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_16@0 |
|
100 |
50 |
75 |
QPSK |
225 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_75@0 |
|
100 |
50 |
75 |
16QAM |
46 |
P_18@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_16@0 |
|
100 |
50 |
75 |
16QAM |
225 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_75@0 |
|
100 |
75 |
50 |
QPSK |
46 |
P_18@0 |
S_16@0 |
S_12@0 |
|
100 |
75 |
50 |
QPSK |
225 |
P_100@0 |
S_75@0 |
S_50@0 |
|
100 |
75 |
50 |
16QAM |
46 |
P_18@0 |
S_16@0 |
S_12@0 |
|
100 |
75 |
50 |
16QAM |
225 |
P_100@0 |
S_75@0 |
S_50@0 |
|
100 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
50 |
P_18@0 |
S_16@0 |
S_16@0 |
|
100 |
75 |
75 |
QPSK |
250 |
P_100@0 |
S_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
|
100 |
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
50 |
P_18@0 |
S_16@0 |
S_16@0 |
|
100 |
75 |
75 |
16QAM |
250 |
P_100@0 |
S_75@0 |
S_75@0 |
|
100 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
48 |
P_18@0 |
S_18@0 |
S_12@0 |
|
100 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
250 |
P_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
|
100 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
48 |
P_18@0 |
S_18@0 |
S_12@0 |
|
100 |
100 |
50 |
16QAM |
250 |
P_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
|
100 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
52 |
P_18@0 |
S_18@0 |
S_16@0 |
|
100 |
100 |
75 |
QPSK |
275 |
P_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_75@0 |
|
100 |
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
52 |
P_18@0 |
S_18@0 |
S_16@0 |
|
100 |
100 |
75 |
16QAM |
275 |
P_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_75@0 |
|
Note 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. Note 2: If in the CA Configuration UE supports multiple CC Combinations with the same NRB_agg. only the first of those is tested. according to the order on the Test Configuration Table list. Note 3: For Low range place test point with RBstart=0. For High range place test point with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. |
Table 6.6.2.3A.4.4.1-3: Test Configuration Table for intra-band non-contiguous CA
Initial Conditions |
||||||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 4.1 |
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
|||||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 for different CA bandwidth classes, and PCC and SCCs are mapped onto physical frequencies according to Table 6.1-2. |
Refer to test points A: Low Wgap, Maximum Wgap |
|||||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE. |
Refer to test point Test only test points with Lowest NRB for PCC and SCC Highest NRB for PCC and SCC |
|||||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
||||||||||
ID |
CA Configuration / NRB_agg |
Wgap |
DL Allocation |
UL Allocation |
||||||
PCC |
SCCs NRB |
CC MOD |
PCC & SCC |
CC MOD |
PCC NRB_alloc (LCRB @ RBstart) |
CC MOD |
SCC NRB_alloc (LCRB @ RBstart) |
|||
Test Parameters for CA_4A-4A Configurations |
||||||||||
1 |
25 |
25 |
35 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_1@0 |
16QAM |
S_1@24 |
S_1@24 |
2 |
25 |
25 |
35 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_25@0 |
16QAM |
S_25@0 |
S_25@0 |
3 |
25 |
25 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_1@0 |
16QAM |
S_1@24 |
S_1@24 |
4 |
25 |
25 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_25@0 |
16QAM |
S_25@0 |
S_25@0 |
5 |
100 |
100 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_1@0 |
16QAM |
S_1@99 |
S_1@99 |
6 |
100 |
100 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_25@0 |
16QAM |
S_25@75 |
S_25@75 |
7 |
100 |
100 |
5 |
N/A |
N/A |
16QAM |
P_100@0 |
16QAM |
S_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A Figure group A.32 as appropriate.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channel is set according to Table 6.6.2.3A.4.4.1-1 for intra-band contiguous CA, 6.6.2.3A.4.4.1-2 for inter-band CA and 6.6.2.3A.4.4.1-3 for intra-band non-contiguous CA.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.4.4.3.
6.6.2.3A.4.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.1.4.3
3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3A.1.4.1-1 for intra-band contiguous CA, 6.6.2.3A.4.4.1-2 for inter-band CA and 6.6.2.3A.4.4.1-3 for intra-band non-contiguous CA on all PCC and SCCs. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
5. Send continuously uplink power control “up” commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers of the UE in the CA configuration of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1 for intra-band non-contiguous CA, 6.2.3A.2.5-1 for inter-band CA and 6.2.3A.3.5-1 for intra-band non-contiguous CA. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
7. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for CA E-UTRA (in the first band for inter-band CA UE).
8. For intra-band non-contiguous 3UL CA UE, execute steps 8a) to 8d):
8a) Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first CA E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel, respectively.
8b) Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel, respectively.
8c) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 8a) for CA E-UTRAACLR.
8d) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 8b) for UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2
9. For inter-band 3UL CA UE, execute steps 9a) to 9e):
9a) Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first CA E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel in the first band of the CA configuration, respectively
9b) Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel in the first band of the CA configuration, respectively.
9c) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 9a) for CA E-UTRAACLR.
9d) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 9b) for UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2.
9e) Repeat steps 6 to 11 for the second band of the CA configuration.
10. For intra-band non-contiguous 3UL CA UE, execute steps 10a) to 10i):
10a) Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the CA E-UTRA adjacent channel on lower side of the lowest sub-clock, and the higher side of the highest sub-block (out of gap measurement).
10b) If Wgap is larger or equal to either of the sub-block bandwidths, perform this step, otherwise continue to next step. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the CA E-UTRA adjacent channel on higher side of the lowest sub-clock, and the lower side of the highest sub-block (in gap measurement).
10c) Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on lower side of the lowest sub-clock, and the higher side of the highest sub-block (out of gap measurement).
10d) If Wgap is larger or equal to 5 MHz, perform this step, otherwise continue to next step. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first UTRA adjacent channel on higher side of the lowest sub-clock, and the lower side of the highest sub-block (in gap measurement).
10e) If Wgap is larger or equal to 15 MHz, perform this step, otherwise continue to next step. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the second UTRA adjacent channel on higher side of the lowest sub-clock, and the lower side of the highest sub-block (in gap measurement).
10f) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 10a) for CA E-UTRAACLR (out of gap measurement).
10g) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 10b) for CA E-UTRAACLR (in gap measurement).
10h) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 10c) for UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2 (out of gap measurement).
10i) Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 10d) and 10e) for UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2 (in gap measurement).
6.6.2.3A.4.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6. In test procedure step 2, for SCC configuration there are no additional message contents.
6.6.2.3A.4.5 Test Requirements
6.6.2.3A.4.5.1 Test requirements of UTRA for CA
If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1 and UTRAACLR2, derived in steps 8d), 9d) 10h)and 10i), shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.4.5.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.3A.4.5.1-1: UTRA UE ACLR for CA
CA bandwidth class / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth |
|
CA bandwidth class D |
|
UTRAACLR1 |
32.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
+ BWChannel_CA /2 + BWUTRA/2 / – BWChannel_CA / 2 – BWUTRA/2 |
UTRAACLR2 |
35.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
+ BWChannel_CA /2 + 3*BWUTRA/2 / – BWChannel_CA /2 – 3*BWUTRA/2 |
CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
BWChannel_CA – 2* BWGB |
UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth (Note 1) |
3.84 MHz |
UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth (Note 2) |
1.28 MHz |
Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum. |
6.6.2.3A.4.5.2 Test requirements of CA E-UTRA
– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.1.5-1 for intra-band non-contiguous CA, 6.2.3A.2.5-1 for inter-band CA and 6.2.3A.3.5-1 for intra-band non-contiguous CA as appropriate,
and
– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured CA E-UTRAACLR, derived in steps 8c), 9c) 10f)and 10g), shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.4.5.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.3A.4.5.2-1: CA E-UTRA ACLR
CA bandwidth class / CA E-UTRAACLR / Measurement bandwidth |
|
CA bandwidth class D |
|
CA E-UTRAACLR |
29.2 dB |
CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
BWChannel_CA – 2* BWGB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
+ BWChannel_CA / – BWChannel_CA |
6.6.2.3A.5 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for CA (4UL CA)
6.6.2.3A.5.1 Test purpose
To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) for CA.
6.6.2.3A.5.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 11 and forward that support inter-band and 4UL CA.
6.6.2.3A.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.0.
6.6.2.3A.5.4 Test description
6.6.2.3A.5.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2A.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth and are shown in table 6.6.2.3A.5.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.3A.5.4.1-1: inter-band CA Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
|||||||||||
Test Environment as specified in |
NC |
||||||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in |
Low and High range |
||||||||||
Test CC Combination setting (NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2A.1 for the CA Configuration across bandwidth combination sets supported by the UE (Note 1). |
Lowest NRB_agg (Note 2) |
||||||||||
Test Parameters for CA Configurations |
|||||||||||
CA Configuration / NRB_agg DL Allocation |
DL Allocation |
CC |
UL Allocation |
||||||||
ID |
PCC |
SCC1 |
SCC2 |
SCC3 |
PCC & SCC RB allocation |
NRB_ alloc |
PCC & SCC1 & SCC2 & SCC3 RB allocations |
||||
1 |
100 |
50 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
24 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
2 |
100 |
50 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
100 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
3 |
100 |
50 |
100 |
50 |
QPSK |
300 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
|
4 |
100 |
50 |
100 |
50 |
16 QAM |
24 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
5 |
100 |
50 |
100 |
50 |
16 QAM |
100 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
6 |
100 |
50 |
100 |
50 |
16 QAM |
300 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
|
7 |
100 |
50 |
100 |
50 |
64 QAM |
24 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
8 |
100 |
50 |
100 |
50 |
64 QAM |
300 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
|
9 |
100 |
50 |
100 |
50 |
N/A for this |
256 QAM |
300 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
10 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
test |
QPSK |
24 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
11 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
100 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
12 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
QPSK |
400 |
P_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
13 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
16 QAM |
24 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
14 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
16 QAM |
100 |
P_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
15 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
16 QAM |
400 |
P_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
16 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
64 QAM |
24 |
P_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
S_12@0 |
S_0@0 |
|
17 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
64 QAM |
300 |
P_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_50@0 |
|
18 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
100 |
256 QAM |
400 |
P_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
S_100@0 |
|
NOTE 1: CA Configuration Test CC Combination settings are checked separately for each CA Configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2A.1-2. NOTE 2: If the UE supports multiple CC Combinations in the CA Configuration with the same NRB_agg , only the combination with the highest NRB_PCC is tested. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.55 as appropriate.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.1A.5.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.5.4.3.
6.6.2.3A.5.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.0 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3A.5.4.3
3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3A.5.4.1-1 all PCC and SCCs. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
5. Send continuously uplink power control “up” commands in every uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
6. Measure the mean power over all component carriers of the UE in the CA configuration of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3A.5.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
7. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for CA E-UTRA in the first band of the CA configuration.
8. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first CA E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel in the first band of the CA configuration, respectively.
9. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the CA E-UTRA channel in the first band of the CA configuration, respectively.
10. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 8 for CA E-UTRAACLR.
11. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 7 over step 9 for UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2.
12. Repeat steps 6 to 11 for the second band of the CA configuration.
6.6.2.3A.5.5 Test Requirements
6.6.2.3A.5.5.1 Test requirements of UTRA for CA
If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than -50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1 and UTRAACLR2, derived in step 11, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.5.5.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.3A.5.5.1-1: UTRA UE ACLR for CA
CA bandwidth class / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth |
|
CA bandwidth class D |
|
UTRAACLR1 |
32.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
+ BWChannel_CA /2 + BWUTRA/2 / – BWChannel_CA / 2 – BWUTRA/2 |
UTRAACLR2 |
35.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
+ BWChannel_CA /2 + 3*BWUTRA/2 / – BWChannel_CA /2 – 3*BWUTRA/2 |
CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
BWChannel_CA – 2* BWGB |
UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth (Note 1) |
3.84 MHz |
UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth (Note 2) |
1.28 MHz |
Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum. |
6.6.2.3A.5.5.2 Test requirements of CA E-UTRA
The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth as specified in clause 5.4.2A, derived in step 6, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3A.5.5-1 and if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured CA E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 10 shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3A.5.5.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.3A.5.5.2-1: CA E-UTRA ACLR
CA bandwidth class / CA E-UTRAACLR / Measurement bandwidth |
|
CA bandwidth class D |
|
CA E-UTRAACLR |
29.2 dB |
CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
BWChannel_CA – 2* BWGB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
+ BWChannel_CA / – BWChannel_CA |
6.6.2.3B Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for UL-MIMO
6.6.2.3B.1 Test purpose
To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) for UL-MIMO.
6.6.2.3B.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 10 and forward that support UL-MIMO.
6.6.2.3B.3 Minimum conformance requirements
For UE with multiple transmit antenna connectors, the requirements for ACLR are specified at each transmit antenna connector. ACLR requirements are specified for two scenarios for an adjacent E -UTRAACLR and UTRAACLR1/2 as shown in Figure 6.6.2.3B.3-1.
Figure 6.6.2.3B.3-1: Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio requirements
6.6.2.3B.3.1 Minimum conformance requirements for E-UTRA
E-UTRA ACLR (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency at nominal channel spacing. The assigned E-UTRA channel power and adjacent E-UTRA channel power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3B.3.1-1.
For UEs with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme ,, the requirements in Table 6.6.2.3B.3.1-1 apply to each transmit antenna connector with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B.3‑2.
If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than -50dBm then the E-UTRAACLR shall be higher than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3B.3.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.3B.3.1-1: General requirements for E-UTRAACLR
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 clause 6.6.2B.
6.6.2.3B.3.2 Minimum conformance requirements for UTRA
UTRA ACLR (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned E-UTRA channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent UTRA channel frequency.
UTRA ACLR is specified for both the first UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR1) and the 2nd UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR2).The UTRA channel power is measured with a RRC bandwidth filter with roll-off factor = 0.22. The assigned E-UTRA channel power is measured with a rectangular filter with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3B.3.2-1.
For UEs with two transmit antenna connectors in closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme, the requirements in Table 6.6.2.3B.3.2-1 apply to each transmit antenna connector with the UL-MIMO configurations specified in Table 6.2.2B.3‑2.
If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than -50dBm then the UTRAACLR1, and UTRAACLR2 shall be higher than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3B.3.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.3B.3.2-1: General requirements for UTRAACLR1/2
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
33 dB |
33 dB |
33 dB |
33 dB |
33 dB |
33 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
0.7+BWUTRA/2 / -0.7-BWUTRA/2 |
1.5+BWUTRA/2 / -1.5-BWUTRA/2 |
2.5+BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-BWUTRA/2 |
5+BWUTRA/2 / -5-BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-BWUTRA/2 |
10+BWUTRA/2 / -10-BWUTRA/2 |
UTRAACLR2 |
– |
– |
36 dB |
36 dB |
36 dB |
36 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
– |
– |
2.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
10+3*BWUTRA/2 / -10-3*BWUTRA/2 |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1 |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2 |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum. |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 clause 6.6.2B.
6.6.2.3B.4 Test description
6.6.2.3B.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3B.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in AnnexeA.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.3B.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1) |
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD |
TDD |
FDD |
TDD |
|||
1.4MHz |
N/A for ACLR testing |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
||
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
|||
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
6 |
6 |
|||
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|||
3MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
15 |
|||
3MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
4 |
|||
3MHz |
16QAM |
15 |
15 |
|||
3MHz |
16QAM |
4 |
4 |
|||
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
25 |
|||
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
8 |
|||
5MHz |
16QAM |
25 |
25 |
|||
5MHz |
16QAM |
8 |
8 |
|||
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
50 |
|||
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
12 |
|||
10MHz |
16QAM |
50 (Note 3) |
50 (Note 3) |
|||
10MHz |
16QAM |
12 |
12 |
|||
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
75 |
|||
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
16 |
|||
15MHz |
16QAM |
75 (Note 3) |
75 (Note 3) |
|||
15MHz |
16QAM |
16 |
16 |
|||
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
100 |
|||
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
18 |
|||
20MHz |
16QAM |
100 (Note 3) |
100 (Note 3) |
|||
20MHz |
16QAM |
18 |
18 |
|||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (max + 1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories [FFS]. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.28.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3B.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3B.4.3.
6.6.2.3B.4.2 Test procedure
1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 4 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3B.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
3. Measure the sum of the mean power at each antenna connector of UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in clause 6.2.3B.5. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
4. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for E-UTRA at each antenna connector of UE.
5. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel at each antenna connector of UE.
6. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel at each antenna connector of UE.
7. Calculate the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 5 for E-UTRAACLR.
8. Calculated the ratio of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 6 for UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2.
6.6.2.3B.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.
6.6.2.3B.5 Test requirement
6.6.2.3B.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA
– The measured sum of mean power at each transmit antenna connector for UE in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in clause 6.2.3B.5 as appropriate,
and
– The requirements apply to each transmit antenna connector.
– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than -50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 7, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3B.5.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.3B.5.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UE channel |
+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz |
+3 MHz or -3 MHz |
+5MHz or -5MHz |
+10MHz or -10MHz |
+15MHz or -15MHz |
+20MHz or -20MHz |
6.6.2.3B.5.2 Test requirements UTRA
The requirements apply to each transmit antenna connector.
If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than -50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, derived in step 8, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3B.5.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.3B.5.2-1: UTRA UE ACLR
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
UTRAACLR1 |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
0.7+BWUTRA/2 / -0.7-BWUTRA/2 |
1.5+BWUTRA/2 / -1.5-BWUTRA/2 |
2.5+BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-BWUTRA/2 |
5+BWUTRA/2 / -5-BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-BWUTRA/2 |
10+BWUTRA/2 / -10-BWUTRA/2 |
UTRAACLR2 |
– |
– |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
– |
– |
2.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
10+3*BWUTRA/2 / -10-3*BWUTRA/2 |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1 |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2 |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum. Note 3: BWUTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz. |
6.6.2.3E Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for UE category 0
6.6.2.3E.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.3.1.
6.6.2.3E.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 12 and forward of UE category 0.
6.6.2.3E.3 Minimum conformance requirements
Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.3.3.
6.6.2.3E.4 Test description
6.6.2.3E.4.1 Initial conditions
Same initial conditions as in clause 6.6.2.3.4.1 with following exceptions:
– Instead of Table 6.6.2.3.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.6.2.3E.4.1-1.
– Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.
Table 6.6.2.3E.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD |
TDD |
FDD and HD-FDD |
TDD |
|||
1.4MHz |
N/A for ACLR testing |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
||
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
|||
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|||
3MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
15 |
|||
3MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
4 |
|||
3MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|||
3MHz |
16QAM |
4 |
4 |
|||
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
25 |
|||
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
8 |
|||
5MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|||
10MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
25 |
|||
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
12 |
|||
10MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|||
15MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
36 |
|||
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
16 |
|||
15MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|||
20MHz |
QPSK |
36 |
36 |
|||
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
18 |
|||
20MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (max + 1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. |
6.6.2.3E.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.3.4.2 with following exception for HD-FDD:
– In step 3, slots with transient periods are not under test. Half-duplex guard subframe are not under test.
6.6.2.3E.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.
6.6.2.3E.5 Test requirement
6.6.2.3E.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA
– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3E.5-1 as appropriate,
and
– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 7, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3E.5.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.3E.5.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UE channel |
+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz |
+3 MHz or -3 MHz |
+5MHz or -5MHz |
+10MHz or -10MHz |
+15MHz or -15MHz |
+20MHz or -20MHz |
Test requirements UTRA
If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, derived in step 8, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3E.5.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.3E.5.2-1: UTRA UE ACLR
Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
UTRAACLR1 |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
0.7+BWUTRA/2 / -0.7-BWUTRA/2 |
1.5+BWUTRA/2 / -1.5-BWUTRA/2 |
2.5+BWUTRA/2 / |
5+BWUTRA/2 / -5-BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-BWUTRA/2 |
10+BWUTRA/2 / -10-BWUTRA/2 |
UTRAACLR2 |
– |
– |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
– |
– |
2.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
10+3*BWUTRA/2 / -10-3*BWUTRA/2 |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1 |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2 |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum. Note 3: BWUTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz. |
6.6.2.3EA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for UE category M1
6.6.2.3EA.1 Test purpose
To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR).
6.6.2.3EA.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category M1.
6.6.2.3EA.3 Minimum conformance requirements
ACLR requirements are specified for two scenarios for an adjacent E -UTRAACLR and UTRAACLR1/2 as shown in Figure 6.6.2.3EA.3-1.
Figure 6.6.2.3EA.3-1: Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio requirements
6.6.2.3EA.3.1 Minimum conformance requirements for E-UTRA
E-UTRA ACLR (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency at nominal channel spacing. The assigned E-UTRA channel power and adjacent E-UTRA channel power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3EA.3.1-1.
If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50dBm then the E-UTRAACLR shall be higher than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3EA.3.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.3EA.3.1-1: General requirements for E-UTRAACLR
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.3.1.
6.6.2.3EA.3.2 Minimum conformance requirements for UTRA
UTRA ACLR (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned E-UTRA channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent UTRA channel frequency.
UTRA ACLR is specified for both the first UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR1) and the 2nd UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR2).The UTRA channel power is measured with a RRC bandwidth filter with roll-off factor = 0.22. The assigned E-UTRA channel power is measured with a rectangular filter with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3EA.3.2-1.
If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the UTRAACLR1, and UTRAACLR2 shall be higher than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3EA.3.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.3EA.3.2-1: General requirements for UTRAACLR1/2
Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
UTRAACLR1 |
33 dB |
33 dB |
33 dB |
33 dB |
33 dB |
33 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
0.7+BWUTRA/2 / -0.7-BWUTRA/2 |
1.5+BWUTRA/2 / -1.5-BWUTRA/2 |
2.5+BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-BWUTRA/2 |
5+BWUTRA/2 / -5-BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-BWUTRA/2 |
10+BWUTRA/2 / -10-BWUTRA/2 |
UTRAACLR2 |
– |
– |
36 dB |
36 dB |
36 dB |
36 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
– |
– |
2.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
10+3*BWUTRA/2 / -10-3*BWUTRA/2 |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1 |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2 |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum. |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 subclause 6.6.2.3.2.
6.6.2.3EA.4 Test description
6.6.2.3EA.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3EA.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in AnnexeA.2. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.3EA.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
|||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions |
|||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
N/A for ACLR test case |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
|
FDD and HD-FDD |
Narrowband index (Note 1) |
||||
Low range, Mid range |
|||||
1 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
0 |
|
2 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
0 |
|
3 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
0 |
|
4 |
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
0 |
|
5 |
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
0 |
|
6 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
0 |
|
7 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
0 |
|
8 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
0 |
|
9 |
3MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
0 |
|
10 |
3MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
0 |
|
11 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
0 |
|
12 (Note 4) |
5MHz |
16QAM |
1 |
0 |
|
13 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
0 |
|
14 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
0 |
|
15 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
0 |
|
16 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
0 |
|
17 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
0 |
|
18 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
0 |
|
19 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
0 |
|
20 |
15MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
0 |
|
21 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
0 |
|
High range |
|||||
1 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
0 |
|
2 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
0 |
|
3 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
0 |
|
4 |
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
0 |
|
5 |
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
0 |
|
6 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
1 |
|
7 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
1 |
|
8 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
1 |
|
9 |
3MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
1 |
|
10 |
3MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
1 |
|
11 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
3 |
|
12 (Note 4) |
5MHz |
16QAM |
1 |
3 |
|
13 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
3 |
|
14 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
3 |
|
15 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
7 |
|
16 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
7 |
|
17 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
7 |
|
18 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
7 |
|
19 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
11 |
|
20 |
15MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
11 |
|
21 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
15 |
|
Note 1: Denotes where in the channel Bandwidth the narrowband shall be placed. Narrowband and Narrowband index are defined in TS36.211, 5.2.4 Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – RB allocation) of the narrowband. Note 4: Only for power class 3 UE |
Table 6.6.2.3EA.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table, subPRB allocation
Initial Conditions |
|||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 |
Normal |
||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
||||
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
5MHz |
||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions |
|||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
|
FDD and HD-FDD |
Narrowband index (Note 1) |
||||
Low range, Mid range |
|||||
1 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
½ (6 SCs) |
0 |
|
High range |
|||||
2 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
½ (6 SCs) |
3 |
|
Note 1: Denotes the lowest narrowband index in the channel bandwidth where the wideband shall be placed. The allocation is contiguous, starting from the lowest narrowband index. Narrowband, Narrowband index and Wideband are defined in TS 36.211 [8], 5.2.7. Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 3: The SCstart shall be SC#0 and SC# (72 – RB allocation) of the narrowband, when RB allocation is defined as #SCs |
1. Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3EA.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3EA.4.3.
7. For UE supporting subPRB allocation, repeat step 1-6 with UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3EA.4.1-2.
6.6.2.3EA.4.2 Test procedure
1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3EA.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3EA.5-1 to 6.2.3EA.5-7a . The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test. For HD-FDD slots with transient periods and Half-duplex guard subframe are not under test.
4. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for E-UTRA.
5. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA channel, respectively.
6. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA channel, respectively.
7. Calculate the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 5 for lower and upper E-UTRAACLR, respectively.
8. Calculated the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 6 for lower and upper UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, respectively.
6.6.2.3EA.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6.
6.6.2.3EA.5 Test requirement
6.6.2.3EA.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA
– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in [Table 6.2.3EA.5-1 to 6.2.3EA.5-7, as appropriate,
and
– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 7, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3EA.5.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.3EA.5.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UE channel |
+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz |
+3 MHz or -3 MHz |
+5MHz or -5MHz |
+10MHz or -10MHz |
+15MHz or -15MHz |
+20MHz or -20MHz |
6.6.2.3EA.5.2 Test requirements UTRA
If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, derived in step 8, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3EA.5.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.3EA.5.2-1: UTRA UE ACLR
Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
UTRAACLR1 |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
0.7+BWUTRA/2 / -0.7-BWUTRA/2 |
1.5+BWUTRA/2 / -1.5-BWUTRA/2 |
2.5+BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-BWUTRA/2 |
5+BWUTRA/2 / -5-BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-BWUTRA/2 |
10+BWUTRA/2 / -10-BWUTRA/2 |
UTRAACLR2 |
– |
– |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
– |
– |
2.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
10+3*BWUTRA/2 / -10-3*BWUTRA/2 |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1 |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2 |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum. Note 3: BWUTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz. |
6.6.2.3EB Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for UE category 1bis
6.6.2.3EB.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as in clause 6.6.2.3.1.
6.6.2.3EB.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 13 and forward of UE category 1bis.
6.6.2.3EB.3 Minimum conformance requirements
Same minimum conformance requirements as in clause 6.6.2.3.3.
6.6.2.3EB.4 Test description
6.6.2.3EB.4.1 Initial conditions
Same initial conditions as in clause 6.6.2.3.4.1 with following exceptions:
– Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.
6.6.2.3EB.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as in clause 6.6.2.3.4.2
6.6.2.3EB.4.3 Message contents
Message contents same as clause 6.6.2.3.4.3.
6.6.2.3EB.5 Test requirement
6.6.2.3EB.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA
– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3EB.5-1 as appropriate,
and
– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 7, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3EB.5.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.3EB.5.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UE channel |
+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz |
+3 MHz or -3 MHz |
+5MHz or -5MHz |
+10MHz or -10MHz |
+15MHz or -15MHz |
+20MHz or -20MHz |
6.6.2.3EB.5.2 Test requirements UTRA
If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, derived in step 8, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3EB.5.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.3EB.5.2-1: UTRA UE ACLR
Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
UTRAACLR1 |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
0.7+BWUTRA/2 / -0.7-BWUTRA/2 |
1.5+BWUTRA/2 / -1.5-BWUTRA/2 |
2.5+BWUTRA/2 / |
5+BWUTRA/2 / -5-BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-BWUTRA/2 |
10+BWUTRA/2 / -10-BWUTRA/2 |
UTRAACLR2 |
– |
– |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
– |
– |
2.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
10+3*BWUTRA/2 / -10-3*BWUTRA/2 |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1 |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2 |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum. Note 3: BWUTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz. |
6.6.2.3EC Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for UE category M2
6.6.2.3EC.1 Test purpose
To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR).
6.6.2.3EC.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward of UE category M2.
6.6.2.3EC.3 Minimum conformance requirements
ACLR requirements are specified for two scenarios for an adjacent E -UTRAACLR and UTRAACLR1/2 as shown in Figure 6.6.2.3EC.3-1.
Figure 6.6.2.3EC.3-1: Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio requirements
6.6.2.3EC.3.1 Minimum conformance requirements for E-UTRA
E-UTRA ACLR (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency at nominal channel spacing. The assigned E-UTRA channel power and adjacent E-UTRA channel power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3EC.3.1-1.
If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50dBm then the E-UTRAACLR shall be higher than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3EC.3.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.3EC.3.1-1: General requirements for E-UTRAACLR
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.3.1.
6.6.2.3EC.3.2 Minimum conformance requirements for UTRA
UTRA ACLR (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned E-UTRA channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent UTRA channel frequency.
UTRA ACLR is specified for both the first UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR1) and the 2nd UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR2).The UTRA channel power is measured with a RRC bandwidth filter with roll-off factor = 0.22. The assigned E-UTRA channel power is measured with a rectangular filter with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3EC.3.2-1.
If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the UTRAACLR1, and UTRAACLR2 shall be higher than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3EC.3.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.3EC.3.2-1: General requirements for UTRAACLR1/2
Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
UTRAACLR1 |
33 dB |
33 dB |
33 dB |
33 dB |
33 dB |
33 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
0.7+BWUTRA/2 / -0.7-BWUTRA/2 |
1.5+BWUTRA/2 / -1.5-BWUTRA/2 |
2.5+BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-BWUTRA/2 |
5+BWUTRA/2 / -5-BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-BWUTRA/2 |
10+BWUTRA/2 / -10-BWUTRA/2 |
UTRAACLR2 |
– |
– |
36 dB |
36 dB |
36 dB |
36 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
– |
– |
2.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
10+3*BWUTRA/2 / -10-3*BWUTRA/2 |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1 |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2 |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum. |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 subclause 6.6.2.3.2.
6.6.2.3EC.4 Test description
6.6.2.3EC.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in clause 5.2E. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3EC.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in AnnexeA.2. Configurations of PDSCH and MPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.3EC.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 |
Normal |
|||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD and HD-FDD |
TDD |
Narrowband index (Note 1) |
||||
Low range, Mid range |
||||||
1 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
2 |
0 |
|
2 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
0 |
|
3 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
0 |
|
4 |
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
2 |
0 |
|
5 |
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
6 |
6 |
0 |
|
6 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
2 |
0 |
|
7 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
0 |
|
8 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
12 |
0 |
|
9 |
3MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
2 |
0 |
|
10 |
3MHz |
16QAM |
12 |
12 |
0 |
|
11 (Note 4) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
1 |
0 |
|
12 (Note 5) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
3 |
3 |
0 |
|
13 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
24 |
0 |
|
14 (Note 4) |
5MHz |
16QAM |
1 |
1 |
0 |
|
15 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
3 |
0 |
|
16 (Note 5) |
5MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
0 |
|
17 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
24 |
0 |
|
18 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
4 |
0 |
|
19 (Note 5) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
0 |
|
20 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
24 |
0 |
|
21 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
3 |
0 |
|
22 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
0 |
|
23 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
24 |
0 |
|
24 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
16 |
0 |
|
25 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
24 |
0 |
|
26 |
15MHz |
16QAM |
16 |
16 |
0 |
|
27 |
15MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
24 |
0 |
|
28 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
18 |
0 |
|
29 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
24 |
0 |
|
30 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
18 |
18 |
0 |
|
31 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
24 |
0 |
|
High range |
||||||
1 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
2 |
0 |
|
2 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
0 |
|
3 |
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
0 |
|
4 |
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
2 |
0 |
|
5 |
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
6 |
6 |
0 |
|
6 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
2 |
2 |
1 |
|
7 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
1 |
|
8 |
3MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
12 |
0 |
|
9 |
3MHz |
16QAM |
2 |
2 |
1 |
|
10 |
3MHz |
16QAM |
12 |
12 |
0 |
|
11 (Note 4) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
1 |
1 |
3 |
|
12 (Note 5) |
5MHz |
QPSK |
3 |
3 |
3 |
|
13 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
24 |
0 |
|
14 (Note 4) |
5MHz |
16QAM |
1 |
1 |
3 |
|
15 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
3 |
3 |
|
16 (Note 5) |
5MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
3 |
|
17 |
5MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
24 |
0 |
|
18 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
4 |
7 |
|
19 (Note 5) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
7 |
|
20 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
24 |
4 |
|
21 (Note 4) |
10MHz |
16QAM |
3 |
3 |
7 |
|
22 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
7 |
|
23 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
24 |
4 |
|
24 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
15 |
9 |
|
25 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
24 |
8 |
|
26 |
15MHz |
16QAM |
15 |
15 |
9 |
|
27 |
15MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
24 |
8 |
|
28 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
18 |
13 |
|
29 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
24 |
24 |
12 |
|
30 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
18 |
18 |
13 |
|
31 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
24 |
24 |
12 |
|
Note 1: Denotes the lowest narrowband index in the channel bandwidth where the wideband shall be placed. The allocation is contiguous, starting from the lowest narrowband index. Narrowband, Narrowband index and Wideband are defined in TS 36.211 [8], 5.2.7. Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – (RB allocation mod 6)) of the narrowband. Note 4: Only for power class 3 UE Note 5: Only for power class 5 and power class 6 UE |
Table 6.6.2.3EC.4.1-2: Test Configuration Table, subPRB allocation
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 |
Normal |
|||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, 15 MHz |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths and Narrowband positions |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Configuration ID |
Ch BW |
N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD and HD-FDD |
Narrowband index (Note 1) |
|||||
Low range, Mid range |
||||||
1 |
5MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
2 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
3 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
0 |
||
4 |
10MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
5 |
10MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
4 |
||
6 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
7 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
¼ |
4 |
||
8 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
0 |
||
9 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
4 |
||
10 |
15MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
11 |
15MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
8 |
||
12 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
13 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
¼ |
8 |
||
14 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
0 |
||
15 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
8 |
||
High range |
||||||
16 |
5MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
17 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
18 |
5MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
0 |
||
19 |
10MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
20 |
10MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
4 |
||
21 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
22 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
4 |
||
23 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
24 |
10MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
4 |
||
25 |
15MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
26 |
15MHz |
π/2-BPSK |
¼ |
8 |
||
27 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
¼ |
0 |
||
28 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
¼ |
8 |
||
29 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
0 |
||
30 |
15MHz |
QPSK |
½ |
8 |
||
Note 1: Denotes the lowest narrowband index in the channel bandwidth where the wideband shall be placed. The allocation is contiguous, starting from the lowest narrowband index. Narrowband, Narrowband index and Wideband are defined in TS 36.211 [8], 5.2.7. Note 2: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, the applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 3: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (6 – (RB allocation mod 6)) of the narrowband. |
1. Connect SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Annex A Figure A.3 using only main UE Tx/Rx antenna.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3EC.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF-CE according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2AA. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3EC.4.3.
6.6.2.3EC.4.2 Test procedure
1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3EC.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3EC.5-1 to 6.2.3EC.5-3. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test. For HD-FDD slots with transient periods and Half-duplex guard subframe are not under test.
4. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for E-UTRA.
5. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA channel, respectively.
6. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA channel, respectively.
7. Calculate the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 5 for lower and upper E-UTRAACLR, respectively.
8. Calculated the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 6 for lower and upper UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, respectively.
9. For UE supporting subPRB allocation, repeat step 1-8 with UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3EC.4.1-2.
6.6.2.3EC.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the condition CEModeA.
6.6.2.3EC.5 Test requirement
6.6.2.3EC.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA
– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3EC.5-1, 6.2.3EC.5-2 and 6.2.3EC.5-3 as appropriate,
and
– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 7, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3EC.5.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.3EC.5.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UE channel |
+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz |
+3 MHz or -3 MHz |
+5MHz or -5MHz |
+10MHz or -10MHz |
+15MHz or -15MHz |
+20MHz or -20MHz |
6.6.2.3EC.5.2 Test requirements UTRA
If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, derived in step 8, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3EC.5.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.3EC.5.2-1: UTRA UE ACLR
Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
UTRAACLR1 |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
0.7+BWUTRA/2 / -0.7-BWUTRA/2 |
1.5+BWUTRA/2 / -1.5-BWUTRA/2 |
2.5+BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-BWUTRA/2 |
5+BWUTRA/2 / -5-BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-BWUTRA/2 |
10+BWUTRA/2 / -10-BWUTRA/2 |
UTRAACLR2 |
– |
– |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
– |
– |
2.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
10+3*BWUTRA/2 / -10-3*BWUTRA/2 |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1 |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2 |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum. Note 3: BWUTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz. |
6.6.2.3F Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for category NB1 and NB2
6.6.2.3F.1 Test purpose
To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR).
6.6.2.3F.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 13 and forward of category NB1.
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD UE release 14 and forward of category NB2.
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD UE release 15 and forward of category NB1 and NB2.
6.6.2.3F.3 Minimum conformance requirements
Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency. The assigned category NB1 or NB2 channel power and adjacent channel power are measured with filters and measurement bandwidths specified in Table 6.6.2.3F-1. If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50dBm then the category NB1 or NB2 UE ACLR shall be higher than the value specified in Table 6.6.2.3F-1. GSMACLR requirement is intended for protection of GSM system. UTRAACLR requirement is intended for protection of UTRA and E-UTRA systems.
Table 6.6.2.3F-1: category NB1 and NB2 UE ACLR requirements
GSMACLR |
UTRAACLR |
|
ACLR |
20 dB |
37 dB |
Adjacent channel |
±200 kHz |
±2.5 MHz |
Adjacent channel |
180 kHz |
3.84 MHz |
Measurement filter |
Rectangular |
RRC-filter α=0.22 |
Category NB1 and NB2 channel measurement bandwidth |
180 kHz |
180 kHz |
Category NB1 and NB2 channel Measurement filter |
Rectangular |
Rectangular |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 subclause 6.6.2F.3.
6.6.2.3F.4 Test description
6.6.2.3F.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions and test frequencies based on the subset of E-UTRA operating bands defined for NB-IoT in clause 5.2F. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters shown in table 6.6.2.3F.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in Annex A.2.4. Configurations of NPDSCH and NPDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.3F.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table for FDD & TDD
Initial Conditions |
||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508[7] subclause 8.1.1 |
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
|||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.3.1 |
Frequency ranges defined in Annex K.1.2 |
|||
Test Parameters |
||||
Configuration ID |
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||
N/A |
Modulation |
Ntones |
Sub-carrier spacing (kHz) |
|
1 |
QPSK |
1@0 |
3.75kHz |
|
2 |
QPSK |
1@47 |
3.75kHz |
|
3 |
QPSK |
1@0 |
15kHz |
|
4 |
QPSK |
1@11 |
15kHz |
|
5 (Note 1) |
QPSK |
3@0 |
15kHz |
|
6 (Note 1) |
QPSK |
3@3 |
15kHz |
|
7 (Note 1) |
QPSK |
3@9 |
15kHz |
|
8 (Note 1) |
QPSK |
6@0 |
15kHz |
|
9 (Note 1) |
QPSK |
6@6 |
15kHz |
|
10 (Note 1) |
QPSK |
12@0 |
15kHz |
|
Note 1: Applicable to UE supporting UL multi-tone transmissions |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3 using only main Tx/Rx antenna.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1.1 and H.4.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3F.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimisation according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.5. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3F.4.3.
6.6.2.3F.4.2 Test procedure
1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for the UL HARQ process via NPDCCH DCI format N0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3F.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC. (UE should be already transmitting PUMAX after Initial Conditions setting).
2. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3F.5-1. The measurement period is at least one sub-frame (1ms) for 15 KHz channel spacing, and at least a 2ms slot (excluding the 2304Ts gap when UE is not transmitting) respectively for the 3.75 KHz channel spacing. For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
3. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for category NB1 or NB2 UE channel.
4. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the GSM adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the category NB1 or NB2 UE channel, respectively.
5. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the category NB1 or NB2 UE channel, respectively.
6. Calculate the ratios of the power between the value measured in step 3 over step 4 for lower and upper GSMACLR.
7. Calculated the ratio of the power between the value measured in step 3 over step 5 for lower and upper UTRAACLR.
NOTE 1: For configuration IDs applicable to UE depending on UE capability in Test Configuration Table with different UL sub-carrier spacing, the SS shall release the connection through State 3A-NB and finally ensure the UE is in State 2A-NB with CP CIoT Optimisation according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 8.1.5 using the appropriate UL subcarrier spacing in Random Access Response message.
6.6.2.3F.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.6.
6.6.2.3F.5 Test requirement
– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3F.5-1 as appropriate,
and
– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured GSMACLR derived in step 7 and UTRAACLR derived in step 8 shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3F.5-1.
Table 6.6.2.3F.5-1: Category NB1 and UE ACLR Test requirements
GSMACLR |
UTRAACLR |
|
ACLR |
19.2 dB |
36.2 dB |
Adjacent channel |
±200 kHz |
±2.5 MHz |
Adjacent channel |
180 kHz |
3.84 MHz |
Measurement filter |
Rectangular |
RRC-filter α=0.22 |
Category NB1 and NB2 channel measurement bandwidth |
180 kHz |
180 kHz |
Category NB1 and NB2 channel Measurement filter |
Rectangular |
Rectangular |
6.6.2.3FA Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for category NB1 and NB2/Power Class 6
6.6.2.3FA.1 Test purpose
Same as in Clause 6.6.2.3F.1.
6.6.2.3FA.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD Power Class 6 UE release 14 and forward of category NB1 and NB2.
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA TDD Power Class 6 UE release 15 and forward of category NB1 and NB2.
6.6.2.3FA.3 Minimum conformance requirements
Same minimum conformance requirement as in clause 6.6.2.3F.3.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 subclause 6.6.2F.3.
6.6.2.3FA.4 Test description
Same test description as in clause 6.6.2.3F.4 with the following exceptions:
– Instead of Table 6.6.2.3F.4.1-1 🡪 use Table 6.6.2.3FA.4-1.
– Instead of Table 6.2.3F.5-1 🡪 use Table 6.2.3FA.5-1.
Table 6.6.2.3FA.4-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.1 |
Normal, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
|||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 8.1.3.1 |
Frequency ranges defined in Annex K.1.2 |
|||
Test Parameters |
||||
Configuration ID |
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
||
Modulation |
Ntones |
Sub-carrier spacing (kHz) |
||
1 |
N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case |
QPSK |
1@0 |
3.75 |
2 |
QPSK |
1@47 |
3.75 |
|
3 |
BPSK |
1@0 |
15 |
|
4 |
BPSK |
1@11 |
15 |
|
5 (Note 1) |
QPSK |
3@0 |
15 |
|
6 (Note 1) |
QPSK |
3@3 |
15 |
|
7 (Note 1) |
QPSK |
3@9 |
15 |
|
8 (Note 1) |
QPSK |
6@0 |
15 |
|
9 (Note 1) |
QPSK |
6@6 |
15 |
|
10 (Note 1) |
QPSK |
12@0 |
15 |
|
Note 1: Applicable to UE supporting UL multi-tone transmissions |
6.6.2.3FA.5 Test requirement
– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3FA.5-1 as appropriate,
and
– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured GSMACLR derived in step 7 and UTRAACLR derived in step 8 shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3FA.5-1.
Table 6.6.2.3FA.5-1: Category NB1 and UE ACLR Test requirements
GSMACLR |
UTRAACLR |
|
ACLR |
19.2 dB |
36.2 dB |
Adjacent channel |
±200 kHz |
±2.5 MHz |
Adjacent channel |
180 kHz |
3.84 MHz |
Measurement filter |
Rectangular |
RRC-filter α=0.22 |
Category NB1 and NB2 channel measurement bandwidth |
180 kHz |
180 kHz |
Category NB1 and NB2 channel Measurement filter |
Rectangular |
Rectangular |
6.6.2.3G Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for V2X Communication
6.6.2.3G.1 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for V2X Communication / Non-concurrent with E-UTRA uplink transmissions
6.6.2.3G.1.1 Test purpose
To verify that V2X UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) when UE is configured for E-UTRA V2X sidelink transmissions non-concurrent with E-UTRA uplink transmissions.
6.6.2.3G.1.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward which support V2X Sidelink communication.
6.6.2.3G.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements
When UE is configured for E-UTRA V2X sidelink transmissions non-concurrent with E-UTRA uplink transmissions for E-UTRA V2X operating bands specified in Table 5.2G-1, the requirements in subclause 6.6.2.3 apply except for the ACLR requirements for power class 2 V2X UE.
For power class 2 V2X UE, the assigned channel power and adjacent channel power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidths specified in Table 6.6.2.3G.1.3-1. If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50dBm then ACLR shall be higher than the value specified in Table 6.6.2.3G.1.3-1.
Table 6.6.2.3G.1.3-1: ACLR requirements for power class 2 V2X Communication
Channel bandwidth / ACLR / Measurement bandwidth |
||
10 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
ACLR |
31 dB |
31 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
9.0 MHz |
18 MHz |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset [MHz] |
+10 / -10 |
+20 / -20 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2G, and clause 6.6.2.3.
6.6.2.3G.1.4 Test description
6.6.2.3G.1.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in sub-clause 5.2G. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3G.1.4.1-1 the details of the V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in sub-clause A.8.3 and the GNSS configuration in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.11.
Table 6.6.2.3G.1.4.1-1: Test Configuration for V2X sidelink transmission
Initial Conditions |
||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC |
|
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in subclause 5.4.2G) |
Lowest, Highest |
|
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||
V2X Configuratin to Transmit |
||
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
PSSCH RB Allocation |
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 (Note 2) |
10MHz |
QPSK |
48@2 |
10MHz |
16QAM |
12 (Note 2) |
10MHz |
16QAM |
48@2 |
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 (Note 2) |
20MHz |
QPSK |
96@2 |
20MHz |
16QAM |
18 (Note 2) |
20MHz |
16QAM |
96@2 |
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in specified in subclause 5.4.2G. Note 2: The test shall be performed with allocated sub-channel(s) at low and high end of the channel bandwidth respectively. |
1. Connect the SS and GNSS simulator to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508[7] Figure A.92.
2. The parameter settings for the V2X sidelink transmission over PC5 for both SS and UE are pre-configured according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.10.1 with the exception specified in clause 6.6.2.3G.1.4.3.
3. The V2X reference measurement channel is set according to Table 6.6.2.3G.1.4.1-1
4. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7] Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0;
6. Ensure the UE is in State 5A-V2X in Transmit Mode according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9.
7. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.
6.6.2.3G.1.4.2 Test procedure
1. The V2X UE schedules the V2X RMC with transmission power at PUMAX level according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration which is in line with the test configuration in Table 6.6.2.3G.1.4.1-1;
2. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in subclass 6.2.3G.1 for power class 3 UE, and shall meet the requirements described in subclass 6.2.3G.2 for power class 2 UE. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms).
3. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for E-UTRA sidelink.
4. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA sidelink channel, respectively.
6. Calculate the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 3 over step 4 for lower and upper E-UTRAACLR, respectively.
6.6.2.3G.1.4.3 Message contents
Refer to the subclause 6.6.2.1G.1.4.3
6.6.2.3G.1.5 Test requirements
– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 2, shall fulfil requirements in subclause 6.2.3G.1 for power class 3 UE, and shall meet the requirements described in subclass 6.2.3G.2 for power class 2 UE as appropriate,
and
– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 6, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3.5.1-1.
Table6.6.2.3G.1.5-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR for power class 3 UE
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth |
||
10MHz |
20MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
29.2dB |
29.2dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
9.0 MHz |
18 MHz |
UE channel |
+10MHz or -10MHz |
+20MHz or -20MHz |
Table6.6.2.3G.1.5-2: E-UTRA UE ACLR for power class 2 UE
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth |
||
10MHz |
20MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
30.2dB |
30.2dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
9.0 MHz |
18 MHz |
UE channel |
+10MHz or -10MHz |
+20MHz or -20MHz |
6.6.2.3G.2 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for V2X Communication / Simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink transmissions
6.6.2.3G.2.1 Test purpose
To verify that V2X UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) when UE is configured for E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink transmissions.
6.6.2.3G.2.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to E-UTRA UE release 14 and forward which support V2X communication and is capable of V2X Sidelink communication simultaneous with E-UTRA uplink transmissions.
6.6.2.3G.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements
When UE is configured for simultaneous E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink transmissions for inter-band E-UTRA V2X / E-UTRA bands specified in Table 5.5G-2, the requirements in subclause 6.6.2 apply per V2X sidelink transmission and E-UTRA uplink transmission as specified for the corresponding inter-band con-current operation with uplink assigned to two bands.
The assigned channel power and adjacent channel power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidths specified in Table 6.6.2.3G.2.3-1 and 6.6.2.3G.2.3-2. If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50dBm then ACLR shall be higher than the value specified in Table 6.6.2.3G.2.3-1 and 6.6.2.3G.2.3-2.
Table 6.6.2.3G.2.3-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR for power class 3 UE
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / Measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset [MHz] |
+1.4 / -1.4 |
+3.0 / -3.0 |
+5 / -5 |
+10 / -10 |
+15 / -15 |
+20 / -20 |
Table 6.6.2.3G.2.3-2: E-UTRA UE ACLR for power class 2 UE
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / Measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
31 dB |
31 dB |
31 dB |
31 dB |
31 dB |
31 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset [MHz] |
+1.4 / -1.4 |
+3.0 / -3.0 |
+5 / -5 |
+10 / -10 |
+15 / -15 |
+20 / -20 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2G, and clause 6.6.2.3.
6.6.2.3G.2.4 Test description
6.6.2.3G.2.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and CC combinations based on E‑UTRA CA configurations specified in table 5.4.2G.1-2. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each CA Configuration, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3G.2.4.1-1. The details of the V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in sub-clause A.8.3.
Table 6.6.2.3G.2.4.1-1: Test Configuration
Initial Conditions |
|||||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 |
Normal |
||||||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Low range for uplink and Low range for V2X, High range for uplink and High range for V2X |
||||||
Test Channel Bandwidths as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg |
||||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
|||||||
Downlink |
Uplink Configuration |
V2X Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
N/A for Maximum Power Reduction (MPR) test case |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
PSSCH RB allocation |
|
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
10 MHz |
QPSK |
48@2 |
||
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
6 |
10 MHz |
16QAM |
48@2 |
||
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
20 MHz |
QPSK |
96@2 |
||
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
6 |
20 MHz |
16QAM |
96@2 |
||
3MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
|||||
3MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
|||||
3MHz |
16QAM |
4 |
|||||
3MHz |
16QAM |
15 |
|||||
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
|||||
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
|||||
5MHz |
16QAM |
8 |
|||||
5MHz |
16QAM |
25 |
|||||
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
|||||
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
|||||
10MHz |
16QAM |
12 |
|||||
10MHz |
16QAM |
50 (Note 3) |
|||||
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
|||||
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
|||||
15MHz |
16QAM |
16 |
|||||
15MHz |
16QAM |
75 (Note 3) |
|||||
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
|||||
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
|||||
20MHz |
16QAM |
18 |
|||||
20MHz |
16QAM |
100 (Note 3) |
|||||
Note 1: V2X con-current band configurations are checked separately for each band configuration, which applicable aggregated channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2G.1-2. Note 2: For Low range the E-UTRA carrier uses only test points with RBstart=0. For High range the E-UTRA carrier uses only test points with RBstart=RBmax-LCRB+1. |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.93a.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3. Message content exceptions are defined in clause 6.6.2.3G.2.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1, and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL and V2X Reference Measurement Channels are set according to table 6.6.2.3G.2.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in the state 3A-RF-V2X according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2C.
6.6.2.3G.2.4.2 Test procedure
1. The SS simultaneously sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC and V2X scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 5A for SL_V_RNTI to schedule the V2X RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3G.2.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends MAC padding bits on the UL and V2X RMCs.
2. SS sends the appropriate TPC commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in subclass 6.2.3G.1.3.5 for power class 3 UE. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms). On E-UTRA carrier, the TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
4. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink, respectively. On E-UTRA carrier, the TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
5. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA V2X sidelink and E-UTRA uplink channel, respectively. On E-UTRA carrier, the TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
6. Calculate the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 5 for lower and upper E-UTRAACLR, respectively.
6.6.2.3G.2.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6, with the following exception:
Table 6.6.2.3G.2.4.3-1: SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14-DEFAULT
Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.6.3-20C |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
SL-CommResourcePoolV2X-r14-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
sizeSubchannel-r14 |
n50 |
BW10 |
|
n100 |
BW20 |
||
numSubchannel-r14 |
n1 |
||
} |
6.6.2.3G.2.5 Test requirements
– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in subclause 6.2.3G.1.3.5 for power class 3 UE as appropriate,
and
– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 6, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3G.2.5-1 and 6.6.2.3G.2.5-2.
Table 6.6.2.3G.2.5-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR for power class 3 UE
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UE channel |
+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz |
+3 MHz or -3 MHz |
+5MHz or -5MHz |
+10MHz or -10MHz |
+15MHz or -15MHz |
+20MHz or -20MHz |
Table 6.6.2.3G.2.5-2: E-UTRA UE ACLR for power class 2 UE
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
30.2 dB |
30.2 dB |
30.2 dB |
30.2 dB |
30.2 dB |
30.2 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UE channel |
+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz |
+3 MHz or -3 MHz |
+5MHz or -5MHz |
+10MHz or -10MHz |
+15MHz or -15MHz |
+20MHz or -20MHz |
6.6.2.3G.3 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for V2X Communication / Intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation
6.6.2.3G.3.1 Test purpose
To verify that V2X UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR) when UE is configured for V2X intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation.
6.6.2.3G.3.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of UE that support Intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation V2X Sidelink Communication and Band 47.
6.6.2.3G.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements
For intra-band contiguous multi-carrier operation, the E-UTRA ACLR requirment for Bandwidth Class B specified in subclause 6.6.2.3.3A shall apply.
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 6.6.2G, and clause 6.6.2.3.3A.
6.6.2.3G.3.4 Test description
6.6.2.3G.3.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E‑UTRA operating bands specified in table 5.4.2G.1-4. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3G.3.4.1-1. The details of the V2X reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in sub-clause A.8.3 and the GNSS configuration in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.11.
Table 6.6.2.3G.3.4.1-1: Test Configuration
Initial Conditions |
||||
Test Environment as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1 |
Normal |
|||
Test Frequencies as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1 |
Low range, High range |
|||
Test CC Combination setting(NRB_agg) as specified in subclause 5.4.2G |
Lowest NRB_agg, Highest NRB_agg |
|||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||
V2X Multi-carrier Configuration |
V2X PSSCH Allocation |
|||
CC1 NRB |
CC2 NRB |
CC1 & CC2 Mod |
CC1 and CC2 RB Allocation |
|
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
48@2+0@0 |
|
50 |
50 |
QPSK |
48@2+48@2 |
1. Connect the SS and GNSS simulator to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, in Figure A.89a.
2. The parameter settings for V2X sidelink transmission over PC5 are pre-configured according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4. 10.1. Message content exceptions are defined in clause 6.6.2.3G.3.4.3.
3. The UL V2X Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3G.3.4.1-1.
4. The GNSS simulator is configured for Scenario #1: static in Geographical area #1, as defined in TS36.508 [7] Table 4.11.2-2. Geographical area #1 is also pre-configured in the UE.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 5A-V2X according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.5.9.
7. The GNSS simulator is triggered to start step 1 of Scenario #1 to simulate a location in the centre of Geographical area #1. Wait for the UE to acquire the GNSS signal and start to transmit.
6.6.2.3G.3.4.2 Test procedure
1. The UE starts to perform the V2X sidelink communication according to SL-V2X-Preconfiguration. Since the UE has no payload and no loopback data to send the UE sends uplink MAC padding bits on the V2X RMC.
2. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in subclass 6.2.3G.1.4.5 for power class 3 UE. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of one sub-frame (1ms).
3. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for E-UTRA V2X sidelink channel.
4. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA V2X sidelink channel.
5. Calculate the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 5 for lower and upper E-UTRAACLR, respectively.
6.6.2.3G.3.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6, 4.7.I and 4.10.
6.6.2.3G.3.5 Test requirements
– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 2, shall fulfil requirements in subclause 6.2.3G.1.4.5 for power class 3 UE as appropriate,
and
– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 5, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3G.3.5-1.
Table 6.6.2.3G.3.5-1: V2X UE ACLR for intra-band multi carrier operation
CA bandwidth class / CA E-UTRAACLR / Measurement bandwidth |
|
CA bandwidth class B and C |
|
CA E-UTRAACLR |
29.2 dB |
CA E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
BWChannel_CA – 2* BWGB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
+ BWChannel_CA / – BWChannel_CA |
6.6.2.3_s Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio for subslot/slot TTI
6.6.2.3_s.1 Test purpose
To verify that UE transmitter does not cause unacceptable interference to adjacent channels in terms of Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio (ACLR).
6.6.2.3_s.2 Test applicability
This test case applies to all types of E-UTRA Power Class 3 UE release 15 and forward that support subslot/slot TTI.
6.6.2.3_s.3 Minimum conformance requirements
ACLR requirements are specified for two scenarios for an adjacent E-UTRAACLR and UTRAACLR1/2 as shown in Figure 6.6.2.3_s.3-1.
Figure 6.6.2.3_s.3-1: Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio requirements
6.6.2.3_s.3.1 Minimum conformance requirements for E-UTRA
E-UTRA ACLR (E-UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent channel frequency at nominal channel spacing. The assigned E-UTRA channel power and adjacent E-UTRA channel power are measured with rectangular filters with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3_s.3.1-1.
If the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50dBm then the E-UTRAACLR shall be higher than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3_s.3.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.3_s.3.1-1: General requirements for E-UTRAACLR
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
30 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] subclause 6.6.2.3.1.
6.6.2.3_s.3.2 Minimum conformance requirements for UTRA
UTRA ACLR (UTRAACLR) is the ratio of the filtered mean power centred on the assigned E-UTRA channel frequency to the filtered mean power centred on an adjacent UTRA channel frequency.
UTRA ACLR is specified for both the first UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR1) and the 2nd UTRA adjacent channel (UTRAACLR2).The UTRA channel power is measured with a RRC bandwidth filter with roll-off factor a = 0.22. The assigned E-UTRA channel power is measured with a rectangular filter with measurement bandwidth specified in Table 6.6.2.3_s.3.2-1.
If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the UTRAACLR1, and UTRAACLR2 shall be higher than the valued specified in Table 6.6.2.3_s.3.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.3_s.3.2-1: General requirements for UTRAACLR1/2
Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
UTRAACLR1 |
33 dB |
33 dB |
33 dB |
33 dB |
33 dB |
33 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
0.7+BWUTRA/2 / -0.7-BWUTRA/2 |
1.5+BWUTRA/2 / -1.5-BWUTRA/2 |
2.5+BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-BWUTRA/2 |
5+BWUTRA/2 / -5-BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-BWUTRA/2 |
10+BWUTRA/2 / -10-BWUTRA/2 |
UTRAACLR2 |
– |
– |
36 dB |
36 dB |
36 dB |
36 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
– |
– |
2.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
10+3*BWUTRA/2 / -10-3*BWUTRA/2 |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1 |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2 |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum. |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 subclause 6.6.2.3.2.
6.6.2.3_s.4 Test description
6.6.2.3_s.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, and channel bandwidths based on E-UTRA bands specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. All of these configurations shall be tested with applicable test parameters for each channel bandwidth, and are shown in table 6.6.2.3_s.4.1-1. The details of the uplink reference measurement channels (RMCs) are specified in AnnexeA.2. Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Table 6.6.2.3_s.4.1-1: Test Configuration Table
Initial Conditions |
||||||
Test Environment (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.1) |
NC, TL/VL, TL/VH, TH/VL, TH/VH |
|||||
Test Frequencies (as specified in TS36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Low range, Mid range, High range |
|||||
Test Channel Bandwidths (as specified in TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.3.1) |
Lowest, 5MHz, 10MHz, Highest |
|||||
Test Parameters for Channel Bandwidths |
||||||
Downlink Configuration |
Uplink Configuration |
|||||
Ch BW |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
Mod’n |
RB allocation |
||
FDD |
TDD |
FDD |
TDD |
|||
1.4MHz |
N/A for ACLR testing |
QPSK |
6 |
6 |
||
1.4MHz |
QPSK |
5 |
5 |
|||
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
6 |
6 |
|||
1.4MHz |
16QAM |
5 |
5 |
|||
3MHz |
QPSK |
15 |
15 |
|||
3MHz |
QPSK |
4 |
4 |
|||
3MHz |
16QAM |
15 |
15 |
|||
3MHz |
16QAM |
4 |
4 |
|||
5MHz |
QPSK |
25 |
25 |
|||
5MHz |
QPSK |
8 |
8 |
|||
5MHz |
16QAM |
25 |
25 |
|||
5MHz |
16QAM |
8 |
8 |
|||
10MHz |
QPSK |
50 |
50 |
|||
10MHz |
QPSK |
12 |
12 |
|||
10MHz |
16QAM |
50 (Note 3) |
50 (Note 3) |
|||
10MHz |
16QAM |
12 |
12 |
|||
15MHz |
QPSK |
75 |
75 |
|||
15MHz |
QPSK |
16 |
16 |
|||
15MHz |
16QAM |
75 (Note 3) |
75 (Note 3) |
|||
15MHz |
16QAM |
16 |
16 |
|||
20MHz |
QPSK |
100 |
100 |
|||
20MHz |
QPSK |
18 |
18 |
|||
20MHz |
16QAM |
100 (Note 3) |
100 (Note 3) |
|||
20MHz |
16QAM |
18 |
18 |
|||
Note 1: Test Channel Bandwidths are checked separately for each E-UTRA band, which applicable channel bandwidths are specified in Table 5.4.2.1-1. Note 2: The RBstart of partial RB allocation shall be RB#0 and RB# (max + 1 – RB allocation) of the channel bandwidth. Note 3: Applies only for UE-Categories 2-5 |
1. Connect the SS to the UE antenna connectors as shown in Figure TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.3.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.4.3.
3. Downlink signals are initially set up according to Annex C0, C.1 and C.3.0, and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.0.
4. The UL Reference Measurement channels are set according to Table 6.6.2.3_s.4.1-1.
5. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
6. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 6.6.2.3_s.4.3.
6.6.2.3_s.4.2 Test procedure
1. SS sends uplink scheduling information for each UL HARQ process via PDCCH DCI format 0 for C_RNTI to schedule the UL RMC according to Table 6.6.2.3_s.4.1-1. Since the UE has no payload data to send, the UE transmits uplink MAC padding bits on the UL RMC.
2. Send continuously uplink power control "up" commands in the uplink scheduling information to the UE until the UE transmits at PUMAX level.
3. Measure the mean power of the UE in the channel bandwidth of the radio access mode according to the test configuration, which shall meet the requirements described in Table 6.2.3_s.5-1. The period of the measurement shall be at least the continuous duration of 7 OS (0.5ms) for slot TTI and 2/3 OS for subslot TTI. For TDD slots with transient periods are not under test.
4. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power for E-UTRA.
5. Measure the rectangular filtered mean power of the first E-UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA channel, respectively.
6. Measure the RRC filtered mean power of the first and the second UTRA adjacent channel on both lower and upper side of the E-UTRA channel, respectively.
7. Calculate the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 5 for lower and upper E-UTRAACLR, respectively.
8. Calculated the ratios of the power between the values measured in step 4 over step 6 for lower and upper UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, respectively.
6.6.2.3_s.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] subclause 4.6 with the following exceptions:
Table 6.6.2.3_s.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT (preamble)
Derivation Path: 36.508 Table 4.8.2.1.6-1 with condition Short-TTI |
||||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
||||
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSTTI-r15 SEQUENCE { |
||||
shortTTI-r15 SEQUENCE { |
||||
dl-STTI-Length-r15 |
subslot |
FDD_sTTI-22 OR FDD_sTTI-27 |
||
ul-STTI-Length-r15 |
subslot |
FDD_sTTI-22 |
||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
Condition |
Explanation |
FDD_sTTI-22 |
FDD cell environment and UEs supporting {subslot, subslot} combination |
FDD_sTTI-27 |
FDD cell environment and UEs supporting {subslot, slot} combination |
6.6.2.3_s.5 Test requirement
6.6.2.3_s.5.1 Test requirements E-UTRA
– The measured UE mean power in the channel bandwidth, derived in step 3, shall fulfil requirements in Table 6.2.3.5-1 as appropriate,
and
– if the measured adjacent channel power is greater than –50 dBm then the measured E-UTRAACLR, derived in step 7, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3_s.5.1-1.
Table 6.6.2.3_s.5.1-1: E-UTRA UE ACLR
Channel bandwidth / E-UTRAACLR1 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
E-UTRAACLR1 |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
29.2 dB |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UE channel |
+1.4 MHz or -1.4 MHz |
+3 MHz or -3 MHz |
+5MHz or -5MHz |
+10MHz or -10MHz |
+15MHz or -15MHz |
+20MHz or -20MHz |
6.6.2.3_s.5.2 Test requirements UTRA
If the measured UTRA channel power is greater than –50dBm then the measured UTRAACLR1, UTRAACLR2, derived in step 8, shall be higher than the limits in table 6.6.2.3_s.5.2-1.
Table 6.6.2.3_s.5.2-1: UTRA UE ACLR
Channel bandwidth / UTRAACLR1/2 / measurement bandwidth |
||||||
1.4 MHz |
3.0 MHz |
5 MHz |
10 MHz |
15 MHz |
20 MHz |
|
UTRAACLR1 |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
32.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
0.7+BWUTRA/2 / -0.7-BWUTRA/2 |
1.5+BWUTRA/2 / -1.5-BWUTRA/2 |
2.5+BWUTRA/2 / |
5+BWUTRA/2 / -5-BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-BWUTRA/2 |
10+BWUTRA/2 / -10-BWUTRA/2 |
UTRAACLR2 |
– |
– |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
35.2 dB |
Adjacent channel centre frequency offset (in MHz) |
– |
– |
2.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -2.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
7.5+3*BWUTRA/2 / -7.5-3*BWUTRA/2 |
10+3*BWUTRA/2 / -10-3*BWUTRA/2 |
E-UTRA channel Measurement bandwidth |
1.08 MHz |
2.7 MHz |
4.5 MHz |
9.0 MHz |
13.5 MHz |
18 MHz |
UTRA 5MHz channel Measurement bandwidth1 |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
3.84 MHz |
UTRA 1.6MHz channel measurement bandwidth2 |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
1.28 MHz |
Note 1: Applicable for E-UTRA FDD co-existence with UTRA FDD in paired spectrum. Note 2: Applicable for E-UTRA TDD co-existence with UTRA TDD in unpaired spectrum. Note 3: BWUTRA for UTRA FDD is 5MHz and for UTRA TDD is 1.6MHz. |